2014 Quadrennial Regulatory Review, 76220-76263 [2016-25567]
Download as PDF
76220
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 73
[MB Docket Nos. 14–50, 09–182, 07–294,
and 04–256; FCC 16–107]
2014 Quadrennial Regulatory Review
Federal Communications
Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
AGENCY:
This document retains the
broadcast ownership rules with minor
modifications in compliance with
section 202(h) of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 which
requires the Commission to review its
broadcast ownership rules
quadrennially to review these rules to
determine whether they are necessary in
the public interest as a result of
competition. In addition, this document
adopts an eligible entity definition
pursuant to the remand of the
Commission’s 2008 Diversity Order by
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third
Circuit. This document also readopts
the Television Joint Sales Agreement
(JSA) Attribution Rule, which was
vacated on procedural grounds by the
Third Circuit. Lastly, this document
adopts a definition of Shared Service
Agreements (SSAs) and requires
commercial television stations to
disclose those SSAs by placing the
agreements in each station’s online
public inspection file.
DATES: Effective December 1, 2016,
except for the amendment to § 73.3526,
which contains information collection
requirements that are not effective until
approved by the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB). The Commission
will publish a document in the Federal
Register announcing the effective date
of these changes. A separate notice will
be published in the Federal Register
soliciting public and agency comments
on the information collections and
establishing a deadline for accepting
such comments.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Benjamin Arden, Industry Analysis
Division, Media Bureau, FCC, (202)
418–2605. For additional information
concerning the PRA information
collection requirements contained in the
Second Report and Order, contact Cathy
Williams at (202) 418–2918, or via the
Internet at PRA@fcc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This
Second Report and Order, in MB Docket
Nos. 14–50, 09–182, 07–294, and 04–
256; FCC 16–107, was adopted on
August 10, 2016, and released on
August 25, 2016. The complete text of
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
SUMMARY:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
this document is available electronically
via the search function on the FCC’s
Electronic Document Management
System (EDOCS) Web page at https://
apps.fcc.gov/edocs_public/. The
complete document is available for
inspection and copying during normal
business hours in the FCC Reference
Information Center, 445 12th Street SW.,
Room CY–A257, Washington, DC 20554.
To request materials in accessible
formats for people with disabilities
(Braille, large print, electronic files,
audio format), send an email to fcc504@
fcc.gov or call the FCC’s Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202)
418–0530 (voice), (202) 418–0432
(TTY).
Synopsis
I. Introduction
1. The Commission brings to a close
the 2010 and 2014 Quadrennial Review
proceedings with this Second Report
and Order (Order). In this Order, the
Commission maintains strong media
ownership rules and adopts rules that
will help to promote diversity and
transparency in local television markets.
The Order readopts the Television JSA
Attribution Rule, which was vacated on
procedural grounds by the Third
Circuit. Also, pursuant to the Third
Circuit’s remand in Prometheus Radio
Project v. FCC, 652 F.3d 431 (3d Cir.
2011) (Prometheus II), of certain aspects
of the Commission’s 2008 Diversity
Order (73 FR 28361, May 16, 2008, FCC
07–217, rel. March 5, 2008), the Order
also reinstates the revenue-based
eligible entity standard, as well as the
associated measures to promote the
Commission’s goal of encouraging small
business participation in the broadcast
industry, which will cultivate
innovation and enhance viewpoint
diversity. Finally, the Order adopts a
definition of SSAs and requires
commercial television stations to
disclose those SSAs by placing the
agreements in each station’s online
public inspection file.
II. Background
2. The media ownership rules subject
to this quadrennial review are the local
television ownership rule, the local
radio ownership rule, the newspaper/
broadcast cross-ownership rule, the
radio/television cross-ownership rule,
and the dual network rule. Congress
requires the Commission to review these
rules every four years to determine
whether they are necessary in the public
interest as the result of competition and
to repeal or modify any regulation the
Commission determines to be no longer
in the public interest. The Third Circuit
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
has instructed in Prometheus Radio
Project v. FCC, 373 F.3d 372 (3d Cir.
2004) (Prometheus I) that necessary in
the public interest is a plain public
interest standard under which necessary
means convenient, useful, or helpful,
not essential or indispensable. The court
also concluded that the Commission is
required to take a fresh look at its
regulations periodically to ensure that
they remain ‘necessary in the public
interest. No presumption in favor of
repealing or modifying the ownership
rules exists. Rather, the Commission has
the discretion to make the rule more or
less stringent. This 2014 Quadrennial
Review will focus on identifying a
reasoned basis for retaining, repealing,
or modifying each rule consistent with
the public interest.
3. Policy Goals. The Commission
continues to find that the longstanding
policy goals of competition, localism,
and diversity represent the appropriate
framework within which to evaluate the
Commission’s media ownership rules.
Accordingly, the Commission rejects
suggestions in the record that the
Commission should adopt any
additional or different policy goals.
While those proposals generally
represent worthwhile pursuits, the
Commission does not believe that they
can be meaningfully promoted through
the structural ownership rules and/or
are outside the Commission’s statutory
authority.
III. Media Ownership Rules
A. Local Television Ownership Rule
1. Introduction
4. The current Local Television
Ownership Rule allows an entity to own
two television stations in the same
Nielsen Designated Market Area (DMA)
only if no Grade B contour overlap
between the commonly owned stations
exists, or at least one of the commonly
owned stations is not ranked among the
top-four stations in the market (top-four
prohibition) and at least eight
independently owned television
stations remain in the DMA after
ownership of the two stations is
combined (eight-voices test). Based on
the record that was compiled for the
2010 and 2014 Quadrennial Review
proceedings, the Commission finds that
the current Local Television Ownership
Rule, with a limited contour
modification, remains necessary in the
public interest.
5. Under the revised Local Television
Ownership Rule, an entity may own up
to two television stations in the same
DMA if: (1) The digital NLSCs of the
stations (as determined by § 73.622(e) of
the Commission’s rules) do not overlap;
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
or (2) at least one of the stations is not
ranked among the top-four stations in
the market and at least eight
independently owned television
stations would remain in the DMA
following the combination. In
calculating the number of stations that
would remain post-transaction, only
those stations whose digital NLSCs
overlap with the digital NLSC of at least
one of the stations in the proposed
combination will be considered.
2. Discussion
6. Market. The Commission finds that
the record supports its conclusion from
the FNPRM (79 FR 29010, May 20, 2014,
FCC 14–28, rel. Apr. 14, 2014) that nonbroadcast video offerings still do not
serve as meaningful substitutes for local
broadcast television. Accordingly, the
Commission’s analysis regarding the
Local Television Ownership Rule must
continue to focus on promoting
competition among broadcast television
stations in local television viewing
markets. Competition within a local
market motivates a broadcast television
station to invest in better programming
and to provide programming tailored to
the needs and interests of the local
community to gain market share.
Community-tailored programming,
which includes local news and public
interest programming, is largely limited
to broadcast television as online video
and cable network programming is
largely national in scope. By thus
strengthening its position in the local
market, a television broadcaster also
strengthens its ability to compete for
advertising revenue and retransmission
consent fees, an increasingly important
source of revenue for many stations. As
a result, viewers in the local market
benefit from such competition among
numerous strong rivals in the form of
higher quality programming.
7. While the Commission recognizes
the popularity of video programming
delivered via MVPDs, the Internet, and
mobile devices, it finds that competition
from such video programming providers
remains of limited relevance for the
purposes of analysis. Video
programming delivered by MVPDs such
as cable and DBS is generally uniform
across all markets, as is online video
programming content. Unlike local
broadcast stations, such programming
providers are not likely to make
programming decisions based on
conditions or preferences in local
markets. No commenter in this
proceeding offered evidence of nonbroadcast video programmers modifying
their programming decisions based on
the competitive conditions in a
particular local market. This strengthens
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
the Commission’s determination that,
while non-broadcast video programming
may offer consumers additional
programming options in general, they
do not serve as a meaningful substitute
in local markets due to their national
focus. Unlike broadcast television
stations, national programmers are not
responsive to the specific needs and
interests of local markets, and as the
Commission has previously stated,
competition among local rivals most
benefits consumers and serves the
public interest.
8. In addition, the Commission finds
that broadcast television’s strong
position in the local advertising market
supports the Commission’s view that
non-broadcast video programming
distributors are not meaningful
substitutes in local television markets.
The current data do not support the
claim that advertisers no longer
distinguish local broadcast television
from non-broadcast sources of video
programming when choosing how to
allocate spending for local advertising,
as advertising revenues for broadcast
television stations remain strong and are
projected to grow through 2019. While
advertising revenues on cable, satellite,
and digital platforms have risen, those
gains do not appear to be at the expense
of broadcast television stations. The
Commission finds that broadcast
television continues to play a significant
role in the local advertising market,
particularly when it comes to political
advertising. Broadcast stations receive
considerable revenue from political
advertising every other year, which
further highlights broadcast television’s
unparalleled value to advertisers for
reaching local markets.
9. With regard to an economic study
submitted by the National Association
of Broadcasters, the Commission does
not find the study relevant or
informative in this proceeding for
multiple reasons. First, the Commission
finds significant issues with the
statistical methods employed within the
study and with the interpretation of
those results. In addition, the study
critiques the local broadcast television
market relied on by the Department of
Justice (DOJ) in its merger reviews
pursuant to Section 7 of the Clayton
Act—which focuses solely on the
impact of the transaction in the local
advertising market—and not the market
definition relied on by the Commission
for analyzing its Local Television
Ownership Rule pursuant to Section
202(h), as discussed herein. While the
Commission’s market definition for
purposes of the Local Television
Ownership Rule is similar to the market
definition used by DOJ when evaluating
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76221
broadcast television mergers, in that the
scope of the Commission’s rule is
limited to broadcasters, DOJ focuses on
competition for advertising, whereas the
Commission’s rule is premised on
multiple factors, including audience
share. Therefore, the Commission finds
that the study does not inform the
current proceeding.
10. The Commission concludes that
broadcast television stations continue to
play a unique and vital role in local
communities that is not meaningfully
duplicated by non-broadcast sources of
video programming. In addition to
providing viewers with the majority of
the most popular programming on
television, broadcast television stations
remain the primary source of local news
and public interest programming.
Accordingly, the Commission concludes
that, for purposes of determining
whether the Local Television Rule
remains necessary in the public interest,
the relevant product market is the
delivery of local broadcast television
service.
11. Contour Overlap/Grandfathering
Existing Ownership Combinations.
Consistent with the tentative
conclusions in the FNPRM, the
Commission declines to adopt the DMAonly approach. Instead, the Commission
will retain the existing DMA and
contour overlap approach but replace
the analog Grade B contour with the
digital NLSC, which the Commission
has treated as the functional equivalent
of the Grade B contour in previous
proceedings. By contrast, there is no
digital counterpart to a station’s analog
city grade contour, which is an aspect
of the Commission’s satellite station
inquiry. Accordingly, consistent with
case law developed after the digital
transition, the Commission continues to
evaluate all future requests for new or
continued satellite status on an ad hoc
basis. The Commission finds that this
modified approach accurately reflects
current digital service areas while
minimizing any potential disruptive
impact. In addition, consistent with
previous Commission decisions, the
Commission finds that retaining the
DMA and contour overlap approach
serves the public interest by promoting
local television service in rural areas.
That is, such an approach continues to
allow station owners in rural areas to
build or purchase an additional station
in remote portions of the DMA, so long
as no digital NLSC overlap exists.
12. The Commission confirms that the
digital NLSC is an accurate measure of
a station’s current service area and thus
is an appropriate standard. The Local
Television Ownership Rule must take
into account the current digital service
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76222
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
area of a station. Thus, the Commission
continues to define the geographic
dimensions of the local television
market by referring to DMAs under the
adopted modified rule but replaces the
analog Grade B contour with the digital
NLSC, with the effect that within a
DMA an entity may own or operate two
stations in a market if the digital NLSCs
of those stations do not overlap. The
Commission previously determined that
the DMA is the most appropriate
definition of the geographic dimensions
of the local television market, and it
does not disturb that finding. The
approach adopted in this Order is
consistent with the approach under the
prior Local Television Ownership Rule.
Where digital NLSC overlap exists, the
combination will be permitted only if it
satisfies the top-four prohibition and the
eight-voices test.
13. The Commission also adopts the
proposal to grandfather existing
ownership combinations that would
exceed the numerical limits by virtue of
the revised contour approach instead of
requiring divestiture. Under these
circumstances, the Commission does
not believe that compulsory divestiture
is appropriate. In the Local Radio
Ownership Rule section, the
Commission confirms the disruptive
impact of compulsory divestitures but
determine that divestitures would be
appropriate if it tightened the local
radio ownership limits. In adopting the
digital NLSC standard, the Commission
is not reducing the number of stations
that can be commonly owned by all
licensees; rather, it is adopting a
technical change that may result in a
small number of station combinations
no longer complying with the criteria
necessary to permit such common
ownership. Accordingly, compulsory
divestiture is not appropriate in these
circumstances. The Commission
continues to believe that the disruption
to the marketplace and hardship for
individual owners resulting from forced
divestiture of stations would outweigh
any benefits of forced divestiture to its
policy goals, including promoting
ownership diversity. Furthermore, the
Commission notes that the replacing the
Grade B contour with the digital
NLSC—given the similarity in the
contours—effectively maintains the
status quo for most, if not all, owners of
duopolies formed as a result of the
previous Grade B contour overlap
provision.
14. However, the Commission
concludes that where grandfathered
combinations are sold, the ownership
rule governing television stations in
effect at the time of the sale must be
complied with. If the digital NLSC of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
two stations in the same DMA overlap,
then the stations serve the same area,
even if there was no Grade B contour
overlap before the digital transition.
Accordingly, requiring that a
grandfathered combination be brought
into compliance with the new standard
at the time of sale is consistent with the
Commission’s rationale for adopting the
digital NLSC-based standard and does
not cause hardship by requiring
premature divestiture. Consistent with
Commission precedent, the Commission
finds that the public interest would not
be served by allowing grandfathered
combinations to be freely transferable in
perpetuity where a combination does
not comply with the ownership rules at
the time of transfer or assignment.
Under the adopted approach, the
Commission continues to allow
grandfathered combinations to survive
pro forma changes in ownership and
involuntary changes of ownership due
to death or legal disability of the
licensee.
15. Numerical Limits. The
Commission concludes that the local
television marketplace has not changed
sufficiently to justify tightening the
current numerical limits of the rule and
returning to a single-license television
rule. The record data demonstrate that
the duopolies permitted subject to the
restrictions of the current rule have
created tangible public interest benefits
for viewers in local television markets
that offset any potential harms that are
associated with common ownership.
Such benefits include substantial
operating efficiencies, which potentially
allow a local broadcast station to invest
more resources in news or other public
interest programming that meets the
needs of its local community.
16. Likewise, the Commission does
not find that there have been sufficient
changes in the local television
marketplace to justify ownership of a
third in-market station. Growing
competition from non-broadcast
alternatives and the economic
efficiencies of owning multiple stations
are cited generally as the reasons why
the Commission should permit
ownership of more than two stations. As
with the decision to define the relevant
product market as broadcast television,
the Commission concludes that it is not
appropriate to consider competition
from non-broadcast sources in
evaluating whether the rule remains
necessary. Despite the aforementioned
benefits that duopolies can create,
excessive consolidation remains likely
to threaten the Commission’s
competition and diversity goals by
jeopardizing small and mid-sized
broadcasters. Without significant
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
evidence of the public interest benefits
that could result from the ownership of
three stations in a local market that are
not already available from the
ownership of two stations, the
Commission does not believe that
adequate justification exists at this time
for increasing the numerical limits.
17. Top-Four Prohibition. The
Commission concludes that the top-four
prohibition remains necessary to
promote competition in the local
television marketplace; accordingly, it
retains the top-four prohibition in the
Local Television Ownership Rule. First,
the Commission continues to find that
audience share is the appropriate metric
for purposes of the top-four prohibition,
and the record does not offer persuasive
reason to depart from this
determination. Second, the Commission
finds that there typically remains a
significant cushion of audience share
points that separates the top-four
stations in a market from the fifthranked station. Further, the court has
twice upheld the Commission’s
rationale for retaining the top-four
prohibition. The Commission notably
has never based the top-four prohibition
solely on the existence of the ratings
cushion in every market. The
Commission previously determined that
the cushion existed in two-thirds of the
markets with five or more full-power
commercial television stations and the
court in Prometheus I, cited specifically
to this finding as evidence to support
the Commission’s line-drawing
decision. Therefore, the Commission
finds unconvincing any claim that the
top-four prohibition cannot be
supported because the ratings cushion is
not present in every market. The
cushion continues to exist in most
markets and, as such, it continues to
support the Commission’s decision to
retain the top-four prohibition. The
Commission is not persuaded by NAB’s
assertions regarding the revenue of
fourth- and fifth-ranked stations in a
market. As noted in the FNPRM, NAB’s
analysis evaluates revenue share and
does not sufficiently examine audience
share, which the Commission has
utilized when evaluating the need for
the top-four prohibition. The
Commission continues to find that the
ability to attract mass audiences
distinguishes the top ranked stations in
local television markets, which is why
ratings appropriately serve as the basis
for the top-four prohibition. The only
data NAB offers regarding audience
share relate to the shares of the third
and fourth ranked stations in
comparison to the top ranked station in
Nielsen markets, but do not compare
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
them to the fifth ranked station in the
market. The court in Prometheus I
rejected a similar argument when
upholding the Commission’s decision to
retain the top-four prohibition.
Therefore, NAB’s evidence does not
disturb the Commission’s previous
determinations that the relevant metric
for purposes of the top-four prohibition
is audience share and does not rebut the
evidence in this proceeding that a
cushion still exists between the fourthand fifth-ranked stations in most
markets.
18. The Commission reaffirms its
belief that top-four combinations would
generally result in a single firm
obtaining a significantly larger market
share than other firms in the market and
that such combinations would create
welfare harms. Top-four combinations
reduce incentives for local stations to
improve their programming by giving
once strong rivals incentives to
coordinate their programming to
minimize competition between the
commonly owned stations. The
Commission is not persuaded by
assertions that commonly owned
stations have no incentive to coordinate
their programming based solely on
anecdotal showings from Nexstarowned stations in two DMAs. While the
Commission recognizes that duopolies
permitted subject to the restrictions of
the current rule can create operating
efficiencies, which allow the commonly
owned stations to invest in news and
other local programming, the
Commission finds that this potential
benefit is outweighed by the harm to
competition where a single firm obtains
a significantly larger market share
through a combination of two top-four
stations. Accordingly, the Commission
finds that the public interest is best
served by retaining the top-four
prohibition.
19. Affiliation Swaps. The
Commission finds that application of
the top-four prohibition to affiliation
swaps is consistent with previous
Commission action and policy; the
Commission is merely closing a
potential loophole and preventing
circumvention of its rules. Parties can
achieve through an affiliation swap the
same result as a transfer of control or
assignment of license, which would be
subject to Commission review and be
required to comply with the Local
Television Ownership Rule. Absent
Commission action, parties could utilize
affiliation swaps to achieve a result
otherwise prohibited by the Local
Television Ownership Rule. Therefore,
the Commission finds that its statutory
authority to extend the Local Television
Ownership Rule to include affiliation
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
swaps derives from the same general
rulemaking authority that supports all of
the Commission’s broadcast ownership
rules, as the Supreme Court has
repeatedly held. In the 1999 Ownership
Order (64 FR 50651, Sept. 17, 1999, FCC
99–209, rel. Aug. 6, 1999) that adopted
the top-four prohibition, the
Commission did not make a statement
regarding its authority to require
divestiture if two merged stations both
became ranked among the top-four rated
stations in the market; it stated only that
it would refrain from doing so to further
certain, specific public interest benefits.
By allowing combinations between a
large station and a small station, the
Commission sought to enable the
smaller station to improve its operations
and local program offerings. The
Commission wanted to avoid penalizing
a station whose operations improved to
the point that it became a top-four
station. By contrast, the Commission
was concerned that mergers involving
top-four stations would harm
competition and viewpoint diversity.
Affiliation swaps, by their design,
implicate the specific harms to public
interest that led the Commission to
adopt the top-four prohibition. Aside
from the assignment/transfer of a station
license, an affiliation swap is essentially
indistinguishable in its effect on the
policy underlying the Commission’s
duopoly rule from a top-four merger
described by the Commission in the
1999 Ownership Order. If compelling
evidence exists that an affiliation swap
involving a top-four station and a nontop-four station would not result in the
non-top-four station becoming a topfour station after the swap (e.g., a
station’s top-four ratings are driven by
non-network programming that is
unaffected by the affiliation swap), the
parties are free to seek a waiver of this
prohibition under Section 1.3 of the
Commission’s rules.
20. Moreover, the Commission
cautioned in 1999 that future
transactions, such as license transfers,
that do not satisfy the top-four
prohibition may not be granted. This
demonstrates that the Commission
sought to distinguish instances where a
station organically becomes a top-four
station through station improvement
from situations where a station actively
transacts to become a top-four station
via an ownership transfer or assignment.
As the Commission said in the FNPRM,
acquiring control over a second inmarket top-four station through
affiliation swap transactions can be
distinguished easily from other,
legitimate actions a station may
undertake to increase ratings at the
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76223
expense of a competitor, such as
producing higher quality or more
extensive local programming or
acquiring higher quality syndicated
programming. Moreover, the adopted
extension of the top-four prohibition
would not apply in situations where a
network offers an existing duopoly
owner (one top-four station and one
station ranked outside the top four) a
top-four-rated affiliation for the lowerrated station, perhaps because the
network is no longer satisfied with the
existing affiliate station and the duopoly
owner has demonstrated superior
station operation (i.e., earned the
affiliation on merit). Such a
circumstance represents organic growth
of the station and not a transaction that
is the functional equivalent of an
assignment or transfer of control.
21. While the Commission said in the
1999 Ownership Order that the top-four
determination would be made at the
time of the initial transaction, the
Commission signaled its intent to
review future transactions involving
assignments or transfers of ownership
resulting in a single entity owning two
top-four stations in the same market. A
contrary conclusion would greatly
diminish the effectiveness of the topfour prohibition, as an entity could
essentially transact to acquire a top-four
station through an affiliation swap as
soon as the Commission approved the
initial duopoly. Although the
Commission decided in 1999 not to
prohibit licensees from owning two topfour stations when a station’s top-four
status resulted from organic growth,
transactions involving the sale or swap
of network affiliations between inmarket stations that result in an entity
holding an attributable interest in two
top-four stations serve as the functional
equivalent of a transfer of control or
assignment of license. Therefore,
affiliation swaps undermine the purpose
of the top-four prohibition and the Local
Television Ownership Rule as a whole.
Application of the top-four prohibition
to affiliation swaps is necessary to
prevent circumvention of the Local
Television Ownership Rule.
22. The Commission rejects any
assertion that extending the top-four
prohibition to affiliation swaps amounts
to impermissible content regulation and
is subject to strict scrutiny. The adopted
clarifying amendment does not regulate
content any more than the top-four
prohibition and the media ownership
rules that consistently have been upheld
by the courts, and it is therefore subject
to rational basis review. The decision to
prohibit affiliation swaps involving two
top-four stations, as described herein,
does not consider content but rather the
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76224
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
content’s ratings only. In that regard, the
extension of the top-four prohibition to
affiliation swaps operates exactly as the
existing top-four prohibition does. The
rule is predicated entirely on contentneutral objectives, primarily the public
interest goal of promoting competition
in local markets. The rule does not limit
a licensee’s discretion to air the content
of its choice but rather limits the
number of stations in a single market
that a licensee may own if common
ownership would result in significantly
reduced competition.
23. The Prometheus II court found
under the rational basis standard of
review that the media ownership rules
do not violate the First Amendment
because they are rationally related to
substantial government interests in
promoting competition and protecting
viewpoint diversity. The court rejected
broadcasters’ claims that the rules are
impermissible attempts by the FCC to
manipulate content and rejected
Sinclair’s argument that the Local
Television Ownership Rule violates the
First Amendment because it ‘singles out
television stations. Instead, the court
recognized that these rules apply
regardless of the content of the
programming. The adopted extension of
the top-four prohibition merely clarifies
that the top-four prohibition applies to
agreements that are the functional
equivalent of a transfer of control or
assignment of license from the
standpoint of the Commission’s Local
Television Ownership Rule. The
Commission noted in the 1999
Ownership Order that a duopoly may
not automatically be transferred to a
new owner if the market does not satisfy
the eight voice/top four-ranked
standard. Accordingly, this application
of the top-four prohibition remains
subject to the same constitutional
analysis, and the amended rule is
rationally related to the substantial
government interests in promoting
competition and diversity. Pursuant to
that constitutional analysis, courts
repeatedly have found that the Local
Television Ownership Rule, which
includes the top-four prohibition, does
not violate the First Amendment.
24. The Commission also rejects the
assertion that extension of the top-four
prohibition constitutes unlawful
interference in the network affiliation
marketplace. The Commission does not
believe that its action is likely to have
a significant impact on the marketplace,
as affiliation swaps are, at this point,
rare. Indeed, the record demonstrates
only a single instance of an affiliation
swap that would be subject to the rule
adopted herein. Evidence in the record
demonstrates that the negotiation of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
affiliation agreements typically does not
involve affiliation swaps; therefore,
most negotiations will be unaffected by
the amendment clarifying the top-four
prohibition. The Commission confirms
that extension of the top-four
prohibition to affiliation swaps would
not prevent a station from obtaining an
affiliation through negotiating with a
national network outside the context of
an affiliation swap. While affiliation
swaps have not occurred often to date,
given the potential of such transactions
to undermine the Local Television
Ownership Rule, the Commission finds
that the application of the top-four
prohibition to such transactions is
necessary to ensure the continued
effectiveness of that rule. Such action is
necessary because the Commission does
not believe a reliable marketplace
solution exists that would restrain the
future use of affiliation swaps to evade
the top-four prohibition should it
decline to extend the top-four
prohibition to affiliation swaps, nor is
there a less restrictive means to
accomplish the goal.
25. Accordingly, to close this
loophole, the Commission finds that
affiliation swaps must comply with the
top-four prohibition at the time the
agreement is executed. Specifically, an
entity will not be permitted to directly
or indirectly own, operate, or control
two television stations in the same DMA
through the execution of any agreement
(or series of agreements) involving
stations in the same DMA, or any
individual or entity with a cognizable
interest in such stations, in which a
station (the new affiliate) acquires the
network affiliation of another station
(the previous affiliate), if the change in
network affiliations would result in the
licensee of the new affiliate, or any
individual or entity with a cognizable
interest in the new affiliate, directly or
indirectly owning, operating, or
controlling two of the top-four rated
television stations in the DMA at the
time of the agreement. In addition, for
purposes of making this determination,
the new affiliate’s post-consummation
ranking will be the ranking of the
previous affiliate at the time the
agreement is executed, determined in
accordance with § 73.3555(b)(1)(i) of the
Commission’s rules. The Commission
will find any party that directly or
indirectly owns, operates, or controls
two top-four stations in the same DMA
as a result of such transactions to be in
violation of the top-four prohibition and
subject to enforcement action.
Application of this rule to affiliation
swaps is prospective; therefore, all
future transactions will be required to
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
comply with the Commission’s rules
then in effect. Parties that acquired
control over a second in-market top-four
station by engaging in affiliation swaps
before the release date of this Order will
not be subject to divestiture or
enforcement action.
26. Eight-Voices Test. The
Commission does not find that there
have been any changes in the local
television marketplace that would
warrant modification of the eight-voices
test at this time. Nearly every market
with eight or more full-power television
stations—absent a waiver of the Local
Television Ownership Rule or unique
circumstances—continues to be served
by each of the Big Four networks and at
least four independent competitors
unaffiliated with a Big Four network.
Competition among these
independently owned stations serves an
important function by motivating both
the major network stations and the
independent stations to improve their
programming, including increased local
news and public interest programming.
This competition is especially valuable
during the parts of the day in which
local broadcast stations do not transmit
the programming of affiliated broadcast
networks and rely on local content
uniquely relevant to the stations’
communities.
27. The Commission continues to
believe the minimum threshold
maintained by the eight-voices test
helps to ensure robust competition
among local television stations in the
markets where common ownership is
permitted under the rule. The eightvoices test increases the likelihood that
markets with common ownership will
continue to be served by stations
affiliated with each of the Big Four
networks as well as at least four
independently owned and operated
stations unaffiliated with these major
networks. In addition, the Commission
disagrees with the interpretation that
the eight-voices test implies that at least
eight competing over-the-air TV stations
are the minimum necessary to ensure
competition and so each market must
have at least eight independent stations.
The eight-voices test only establishes
the minimum level necessary to permit
common ownership of stations in a
market, subject to the other
requirements in the rule. Therefore,
markets with fewer than eight
independent stations can still maintain
a significant level of competition given
the absence of duopolies in these
markets. Also, because a significant gap
in audience share persists between the
top-four stations in a market and the
remaining stations in most markets—
demonstrating the dominant position of
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
the top-four-rated stations in the
market—the Commission continues to
believe that it is appropriate to retain
the eight-voices test, which helps to
promote at least four independent
competitors for the top-four stations
before common ownership is allowed.
Accordingly, the Commission retains
the eight-voices test.
28. The Commission also sought
comment on whether the Sinclair
Broadcasting Group v. FCC, 284 F.3d
148 (D.C. Cir. 2002) (Sinclair), opinion
compels the Commission to include
other voices in addition to full-power
television stations in the eight-voices
test. The Commission finds that it does
not. In Sinclair, the court rejected the
eight-voices test, finding that the
Commission had failed to justify its
decision to define voices differently in
the radio-television cross-ownership
rule and the Local Television
Ownership Rule. The primary purpose
of the Local Television Ownership Rule
and the eight-voices test is to promote
competition among broadcast television
stations in local television viewing
markets. By contrast, the primary
purpose of the radio-television crossownership rule is to promote viewpoint
diversity; therefore, it is appropriate to
consider a broader range of voices there
than in the context of the Local
Television Ownership Rule.
Accordingly, the Commission continues
to include only full-power television
stations in the voice count for purposes
of the Local Television Ownership Rule.
29. The Commission’s conclusion
adheres to Prometheus II, where the
court upheld the Commission’s
rationale in the 2006 Quadrennial
Review (73 FR 9481, Feb. 21, 2008, FCC
07–216, rel. Feb. 2008) proceeding for
limiting voices in the Local Television
Ownership Rule to full-power television
stations. The Commission had
determined in that proceeding that the
primary goal of the Local Television
Ownership Rule was to promote
competition among local television
stations, and not to foster viewpoint
diversity because there were other
outlets for diversity of viewpoint in
local markets. Therefore, although other
types of media contribute to viewpoint
diversity, the Commission determined
that they should not be counted as
voices under the Local Television
Ownership Rule. The court agreed and
upheld the Commission’s decision.
30. Attribution of Television JSAs. In
the JSA Order (79 FR 28996, May 20,
2014, FCC 14–28, rel. Apr. 14, 2014), the
Commission adopted a rule that
attributed television JSAs under which
a television station (the broker) sold
more than 15 percent of the weekly
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
advertising time for another samemarket television station (the brokered
station). Pursuant to the new rule, in
such circumstances, the brokering
station was deemed to hold an
attributable interest in the brokered
station. Among other implications
associated with attribution, this resulted
in counting the brokered station toward
the brokering station’s permissible
ownership totals. While one purpose of
the attribution rules is to determine
compliance with the Commission’s
various broadcast ownership rules,
including the Local Television
Ownership Rule, the Commission’s
attribution rules are relevant in many
other contexts, as well (e.g., Form 323
ownership reporting, auctions,
retransmission consent negotiations,
and foreign ownership). Accordingly,
even if the Commission were to
eliminate all its ownership caps, the
attribution rules would remain relevant
in connection with a large number of
other rules. As such, the Commission
must retain the ability to update its
attribution rules, as appropriate. In
addition, the Commission provided a
two-year period from the effective date
of the JSA Order (March 31, 2014) for
parties to existing, same-market
television JSAs whose attribution
resulted in a violation of the ownership
limits to terminate or amend those JSAs
or otherwise come into compliance with
the ownership rules. Following the
adoption of the JSA Order, Congress
twice extended this compliance period,
ultimately extending the relief through
September 30, 2025.
31. The Third Circuit vacated the
Television JSA Attribution Rule in
Prometheus v. FCC, 824 F.3d 33 (3d Cir.
2016) (Prometheus III), finding that the
adoption of the rule was procedurally
invalid as a result of the Commission’s
failure to also determine that the Local
Television Ownership Rule served the
public interest. The court stated that the
Commission could readopt the rule if it
was able to justify readopting the
ownership rules to which television JSA
attribution applies or to adopt new
ownership rules. The court specifically
noted that it offered no opinion on
substantive challenges to the Television
JSA Attribution Rule.
32. Consistent with Prometheus III,
having concluded that the Local
Television Ownership Rule (with minor
modifications) continues to serve the
public interest, the Commission now
readopt the Television JSA Attribution
Rule first adopted in the JSA Order. In
so doing, the Commission incorporates
by reference the rationale articulated in
the JSA Order for the adoption and
application of the rule. The Commission
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76225
notes that television JSA attribution is
also relevant in the other adopted
broadcast ownership rules that involve
ownership of a broadcast television
station. The Commission continues to
find attributing certain television JSAs
under the Commission’s attribution
standards appropriate. Upon the
effective date of this Order, the
following rules, which were not
modified or removed from the CFR,
shall again be effective as they relate to
television JSAs: 47 CFR 73.3555, Note
2(k)(2)–(3) and 47 CFR 73.3613(d)(2).
The Commission finds that readopting
the rule serves the public interest by
ensuring compliance with its broadcast
ownership rules, and anecdotal
evidence exists that suggests the
attribution of television JSAs has helped
promote minority and female ownership
opportunities.
33. In addition, the Commission
adopts different transition procedures
than those adopted in the JSA Order.
Specifically, the Commission retains the
previous effective date for application of
the grandfathering relief—March 31,
2014—and will extend the compliance
period through September 30, 2025.
Until that time, such grandfathered
agreements will not be counted as
attributable, and parties will be
permitted to transfer or assign these
agreements to other parties without
terminating the grandfathering relief.
Any television JSAs adopted or revised
following the Third Circuit’s decision to
vacate the Television JSA Attribution
Rule are not provided any transition
relief and must immediately be brought
into compliance with the Commission’s
rules. This is consistent with the
treatment of television JSAs executed
after the release of the JSA Order, which
were not provided any transition period.
The Commission believes that it is
reasonable to adopt a similar measure
here given that parties were on notice
following Prometheus III that the
Commission could readopt the
Television JSA Attribution Rule if the
Commission were to conclude,
following completion of its Section
202(h) review, that the existing Local
Television Ownership Rule should be
retained or replaced with a new rule—
which has been done herein. In
addition, any television JSA that
previously lost grandfathering relief as a
result of a condition imposed by the
Commission in the approval of a
transaction may seek to have the
condition rescinded. Upon request of
the transferee or assignee of the station
license, the Commission will rescind
the condition and permit the licensees
of the stations whose advertising was
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76226
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
jointly sold pursuant to such agreement
to enter into a new JSA—to the extent
that both parties wish to enter into the
agreement—on substantially similar
terms and conditions as the prior
agreement. The Commission delegates
authority to the Media Bureau to review
these requests and grant relief, as
appropriate. While the Commission
notes that this grandfathering relief is
not typical of the relief normally
provided by the Commission—generally
grandfathered combinations cannot be
assigned or transferred unless they
comply with the ownership rules in
effect at the time—it believes that the
relief is warranted given the various
expressions of Congressional will in this
regard.
34. In addition to readopting the
Television JSA Attribution Rule, the
Commission finds that such attribution
does not change its determination here
that the existing Local Television
Ownership Rule should be retained,
with a minor contour modification. The
analysis underlying the various
components of the Local Television
Ownership Rule (e.g., the numerical
limits, the top-four prohibition, and the
eight-voices test) assumes that
independently owned and operating
stations are just that—independent. The
Commission’s attribution rules are
designed to help to ensure that
independence, or, stated differently, to
reflect a determination of when stations
are not truly independent, because of
common ownership or other
relationships that provide the ability to
exercise influence or control over
another station’s core operating
functions. The Local Television
Ownership Rule is a bright-line rule
designed to promote competition.
Accordingly, Commission analysis
focuses on concepts that are generally
applicable across all markets and this
approach is favored by broadcasters.
The bright-line approach, however,
precludes full consideration of changing
economic conditions within a particular
local market or all of the variations that
may exist across markets. To take
account of such considerations, the
Commission would need to adopt a
case-by-case approach. However, such
an approach provides less certainty to
the market, imposes higher
administrative burdens on the
Commission than the bright-line
approach, and may delay Commission
decision-making, which could
ultimately chill marketplace activity.
The Commission does not find any
support in the record for such an
approach. Accordingly, arguments that
the Commission’s analysis regarding the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
Local Television Ownership Rule and/
or television JSAs fails to account for
market-by-market differences are
unavailing, as an approach that takes
those differences into account would be
inconsistent with the bright-line rule
favored by broadcasters.
35. The attribution of certain
television JSAs, which prevents those
agreements from being used to
circumvent the ownership limits by
compromising the independence of a
same-market station, helps to ensure
that the goals of the Local Television
Ownership Rule are realized. This
mechanism applies to any
circumstances in which an individual or
entity has an attributable interest in
more than one station in a market. The
arguments that television JSAs should
not be attributed because they produce
public interest benefits are essentially
indistinguishable from arguments that
the ownership limits should be relaxed
because common ownership produces
public interest benefits. The
Commission acknowledges and
addresses these arguments throughout;
however, it has ultimately determined
that the Local Television Ownership
Rule should be retained, with a minor
modification to the contour standard.
The Commission’s responsibility under
section 202(h) is to ensure that the Local
Television Ownership Rule continues to
serve the public interest, not to
manipulate the rule to counterbalance
the attribution of television JSAs. As
discussed in this section, the
Commission finds that the adopted rule
serves the public interest.
36. Waiver Policy. Under the existing
failed/failing station waiver policy, to
obtain a waiver of the local television
rule, an applicant must demonstrate that
one of the broadcast television stations
involved in the proposed transaction is
either failed or failing and that the inmarket buyer is the only reasonably
available candidate willing and able to
acquire and operate the station; and
selling the station to an out-of-market
buyer would result in an artificially
depressed price. A station is considered
to be failed if it has not been in
operation due to financial distress for at
least four consecutive months
immediately before the application, or is
a debtor in an involuntary bankruptcy
or insolvency proceeding at the time of
the application; a television station is
considered to be failing if it has an allday audience share of no more than four
percent and it has had negative cash
flow for three consecutive years
immediately before the application.
Under the failing station standard, the
applicants must also demonstrate that
consolidation of the two stations would
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
result in tangible and verifiable public
interest benefits that outweigh any harm
to competition and diversity.
37. Waiver of the Commission’s rules
is meant to be exceptional relief, and the
Commission finds that the existing
waiver criteria effectively establish
when relief from the rule is appropriate.
The Commission remains concerned
that loosening the existing failed/failing
station waiver criteria—such as by
eliminating the four percent audience
share requirement or by reducing the
negative cash flow period from three
years to one—would result in a waiver
standard that is more vulnerable to
manipulation by parties seeking to
obtain a waiver. Also, such changes may
not be rationally related to improving
the Commission’s ability to evaluate the
viability of a station subject to the
waiver request. The Commission
declines to adopt any industry-proposed
waiver standard that would significantly
expand the circumstances in which a
waiver of the Local Television
Ownership Rule would be granted,
absent sufficient demonstration that the
stations could not effectively compete in
the market. Such relaxation of the
waiver standard would be inconsistent
with the Commission’s determination
that the public interest is best served by
retaining the existing television
ownership limits to promote
competition. Therefore, the Commission
concludes that the existing waiver
standard is not unduly restrictive and
that it provides appropriate relief in all
television markets. The Commission
also declines to adopt a 180-day shot
clock for waiver request reviews. No
record evidence indicates that waiver
requests are subject to undue delay; on
the contrary, the Commission believes
that the current process works
effectively and that applications are
processed in a timely and efficient
manner. In addition, the Commission
currently endeavors to complete action
on assignment and transfer of control
applications (including those requesting
a failed/failing station waiver) within
180 days of the public notice accepting
the applications. Routine applications
are typically decided within the 180-day
mark, and all applications are processed
expeditiously as possible consistent
with the Commission’s regulatory
responsibilities. However, several
factors could cause the Commission’s
review of a particular application to
exceed 180 days. Certain cases will
present difficult issues that require
additional consideration, and the
Commission does not believe that
artificially constraining its review is
appropriate.
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
38. Multicasting. The Commission
finds that the ability to multicast does
not justify tightening the current
numerical limits. Based on evidence in
the record, broadcasting on a multicast
stream does not typically produce the
cost savings and additional revenue
streams that can be achieved by owning
a second in-market station. Therefore,
tightening the numerical limits might
prevent those broadcasters in markets
where common ownership is permitted
under the existing rule from achieving
the efficiencies and related public
interest benefits associated with
common ownership. Accordingly, the
Commission’s view, based on the most
recent record, is that adjusting the
numerical limits as a result of stations’
multicasting capability is not
appropriate.
39. As proposed in the FNPRM, the
Commission declines to regulate dual
affiliations via multicast, including dual
affiliation with more than one Big Four
network, at this time. A significant
benefit of the multicast capability is the
ability to bring more local network
affiliates to smaller markets, thereby
increasing access to popular network
programming and local news and public
interest programming tailored to the
specific needs and interests of the local
community. The Commission finds that
the strongest public interest concerns
posed by dual affiliations via
multicasting involve affiliations
between two Big Four networks.
However, based on the record, dual
affiliations involving two Big Four
networks via multicasting are generally
limited to smaller markets where there
are not enough full-power commercial
television stations to accommodate each
Big Four network or where other unique
marketplace factors responsible for
creating the dual affiliation exist.
Marketplace incentives, at present,
appear to limit the occurrence of dual
affiliations via multicasting involving
multiple Big Four networks largely to
these smaller markets. Therefore, the
Commission concludes that the nature
of the local television market supports
the Commission’s decision to decline
regulation of dual affiliations via
multicasting at this time. However, the
Commission will continue to monitor
this issue and take action in the future,
if appropriate; moreover, the
Commission can consider issues that
impact the Commission’s policy goals in
the context of individual transactions
such as transfers of control or
assignments of licenses.
40. The factors that justify the
Commission’s decision not to restrict
dual affiliations via multicast are not
present in circumstances involving
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
affiliation swaps. Dual affiliations via
multicasting do not result in an entity
owning two television stations rated in
the top four in the market in violation
of the Local Television Ownership Rule,
which is the case with affiliation swaps
now subject to the top-four prohibition,
and no marketplace forces exist that
would limit affiliation swaps absent the
Commission’s action in this Order.
Indeed, given the marketplace
conditions that tend to give rise to dual
affiliations, prohibiting dual affiliation
with more than one Big Four network
could result in some Big Four networks
becoming unavailable over the air in
certain markets because there are not
enough commercial television stations
to accommodate each Big Four network
in these markets. Prohibiting affiliation
swaps would not create such a result
since affiliation swaps, by definition,
involve separate licensees affiliated
with each network.
41. Minority and Female Ownership.
The Commission affirms its tentative
conclusion from the FNPRM that the
current rule remains consistent with the
Commission’s goal to promote minority
and female ownership of broadcast
television stations. While the
Commission retains the existing Local
Television Ownership Rule for the
reasons stated above, to promote
competition among broadcast television
stations in local markets, and not with
the purpose of preserving or creating
specific amounts of minority and female
ownership, the Commission finds that
retaining the existing rule nevertheless
promotes opportunities for diversity in
local television ownership. The
competition-based rule helps to ensure
the presence of independently owned
broadcast television stations in the local
market, thereby indirectly increasing the
likelihood of a variety of viewpoints and
preserving ownership opportunities for
new entrants. The Commission notes
also that it retains without modification
the current failed/failing station waiver
policy, including the requirement that
the waiver applicant attempt to first
solicit an out-of-market buyer, which
promotes possible new entry in a market
by ensuring that out-of-market entities
interested in purchasing a station are
aware of station sale opportunities.
42. The Commission is unconvinced
by arguments made by the Coalition of
Smaller Market Television Stations that
sharing agreements, such as JSAs and
SSAs, promote minority and female
ownership. While the record
demonstrates that some stations that are
owned by minorities and women
participate in JSAs, the record also
indicates that many such stations do
not. The Smaller Market Coalition
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76227
provides statistics regarding only full
power television stations owned by
women and African Americans. By their
own data, the majority of stations
owned by women do not participate in
JSAs; moreover, they do not offer any
statistics for stations owned by other
minority groups, which make up the
largest portion of minority station
owners. No evidence shows that current
minority or female station owners
utilized such agreements to acquire
those stations. To the contrary,
anecdotal evidence suggests that JSAs,
in particular, have been used by large
station owners to foreclose entry into
markets and that the Commission’s
decision to attribute JSAs has actually
led to greater ownership diversity—a
proposition supported by multiple
parties throughout this proceeding.
43. Additionally, the Commission
finds the claim that tightening the Local
Television Ownership Rule will
promote increased opportunities for
minority and female ownership to be
both speculative and unsupported by
existing ownership data. No data
provided in the record support a
contention that the duopoly rule has
reduced minority ownership or suggest
that a return to the one-to-a-market rule
would increase ownership opportunities
for minorities and women. On the other
hand, while the data reflect an increase
in minority ownership following
relaxation of the Local Television
Ownership Rule, the Commission has
no evidence in the record that would
permit it to infer causation and thus it
declines to loosen the rule on this basis.
44. Finally, the Commission finds
that, at the present time, analyzing the
implications of the incentive auction for
the Local Television Ownership Rule
generally, or minority and female
ownership specifically is impossible. In
the auction proceeding, the Commission
has considered the effects of the auction
on diversity, stating that voluntary
participation in the reverse auction, via
a channel sharing, ultra-high frequency
(UHF)-to-very-high frequency (VHF), or
high-VHF-to-low-VHF bid, offers a
significant and unprecedented
opportunity for these owners to raise
capital that may enable them to stay in
the broadcasting business and
strengthen their operations. A licensee’s
participation in the reverse auction does
not mean it has decided to exit the
business, even if its bid is accepted. The
auction provides for bid options that
allow the licensee to obtain a share of
auction proceeds but still remain on the
air: (i) Channel sharing; (ii) a UHF
station could bid to move to a VHF
channel; and (iii) a high VHF station
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76228
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
(channels 7–13) could bid to move to a
low VHF channel (2–6).
45. The broadcast television incentive
auction is ongoing and its implications
will not be known for some time.
Broadcasters interested in participating
in the reverse auction filed their
applications in January 2016. Entities
interested in bidding in the forward
auction on the spectrum made available
through the reverse auction filed
applications in February 2016. The
clock round bidding for the reverse
auction commenced on May 31, 2016,
and concluded on June 29, 2016; the
Commission announced August 16,
2016, as the start date for the initial
stage of the forward auction. Under
statute, the identities of the broadcasters
participating in the reverse auction are
confidential. After the conclusion of the
auction—the date of which is
unknown—the Commission will release
a public notice announcing the reverse
and forward auction winners, and
identifying those television stations that
will be reassigned to new channels (or
repacked). Reassigned stations will have
up to 39 months after release of that
public notice to complete the transition
to their new channels, while winning
bidders who will relinquish their
spectrum entirely or move to share a
channel with another station must do so
within a specified number of months
from receipt of their incentive payment.
46. Because of these factors, and
because the incentive auction is a
unique event without precedent, the
Commission cannot evaluate or predict
the likely impacts of the auction at this
time. The Commission will soon
commence its evaluation of the
broadcast marketplace post-auction, and
the Commission will address the
implications of the incentive auction for
the media ownership rules in the
context of future quadrennial reviews.
Further, the court in Prometheus III
indicated that the Commission should
consider how the ongoing broadcast
incentive auction affects minority and
female ownership. Consistent with this
direction and the Commission’s
previous requests for comment on this
issue, the Commission has evaluated the
record and the status of the ongoing
incentive auction, and its determination
is that it is too soon to assess the impact
of the auction on minority and female
ownership.
B. Local Radio Ownership Rule
1. Introduction
47. Based on the record in the 2010
and 2014 Quadrennial Review
proceedings, the Commission finds that
the current Local Radio Ownership Rule
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
remains necessary in the public interest
and should be retained without
modification. The Commission finds
that the rule remains necessary to
promote competition and that the radio
ownership limits promote viewpoint
diversity by ensuring a sufficient
number of independent radio voices and
by preserving a market structure that
facilitates and encourages new entry
into the local media market. Similarly,
the Commission finds that a competitive
local radio market helps to promote
localism, as a competitive marketplace
tends to lead to the selection of
programming that is responsive to the
needs and interests of the local
community. Also, the Commission finds
that the Local Radio Ownership Rule is
consistent with its goal of promoting
minority and female ownership of
broadcast television stations. The
Commission finds that these benefits
outweigh any burdens that may result
from retaining the rule without
modification.
48. Accordingly, the Local Radio
Ownership Rule will continue to permit
the following: An entity may own (1) up
to eight commercial radio stations in
radio markets with 45 or more radio
stations, no more than five of which can
be in the same service (AM or FM); (2)
up to seven commercial radio stations in
radio markets with 30–44 radio stations,
no more than four of which can be in
the same service (AM or FM); (3) up to
six commercial radio stations in radio
markets with 15–29 radio stations, no
more than four of which can be in the
same service (AM or FM); and (4) up to
five commercial radio stations in radio
markets with 14 or fewer radio stations,
no more than three of which can be in
the same service (AM or FM), provided
that an entity may not own more than
50 percent of the stations in such a
market, except that an entity may
always own a single AM and single FM
station combination.
2. Discussion
49. Under section 202(h), the
Commission considers whether the
Local Radio Ownership Rule continues
to be necessary in the public interest as
a result of competition. In determining
whether the rule meets that standard,
the Commission considers whether the
rule serves the public interest. While the
Commission believes that the
competition-based Local Radio
Ownership Rule is consistent with its
other policy goals and may promote
such goals in various ways, the
Commission does not rely on these
other goals as the basis for retaining the
rule. Consistent with Commission
precedent, upheld by the court in
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Prometheus II, the Commission finds
that the Local Radio Ownership Rule
continues to be necessary to protect
competition, which provides a sufficient
ground on which to retain the rule.
50. Market. In this Order, the
Commission adopts its tentative
conclusion from the FNPRM that the
relevant product market for review of
the Local Radio Ownership Rule is the
radio listening market and that
including non-broadcast audio sources
in that market is not appropriate. When
determining the appropriate market
definition for the Local Radio
Ownership Rule, the Commission must
determine whether alternate audio
platforms provide consumers with a
meaningful substitute for local
broadcast radio stations. For purposes of
Commission review, the nature of
broadcast radio must be considered
when determining whether an alternate
source of audio programming provides a
meaningful substitute for broadcast
radio—the ability to access audio
content alone is not sufficient to
demonstrate substitution. Broadcast
radio stations provide free, over-the-air
programming tailored to the needs of
the stations’ local markets. In contrast,
Internet radio requires either a fixed or
mobile broadband Internet connection,
and satellite radio requires a monthly
subscription to access programming.
Neither of these sources is as
universally and freely available as
broadcast radio, and neither typically
provides programming tailored to the
needs and interests of specific local
markets.
51. As noted in the FNPRM, despite
the growing popularity of non-broadcast
platforms such as satellite radio and
Internet-delivered audio in the
commercial audio industry, broadcast
radio continues to dominate in its reach
among listeners. Moreover, no data was
submitted to the record to refute the
findings stated in the FNPRM, and
recent data confirm that broadcast radio
listenership remains essentially
unchanged. In addition, the vast
majority of Americans prefer to use
broadcast radio as their in-car audio
entertainment over new technology
options. Lastly, the Commission notes
that the growth of online radio listening
likely includes audiences that are
listening to streams of broadcast radio
stations online instead of or in addition
to listening over the air. One data source
cited by NAB to establish the
competitive impact of online radio
define online radio as listening to AM/
FM radio stations online and/or
listening to streamed audio content
available only on the Internet. To the
extent that online audio merely allows
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
listeners to access broadcast radio
station content over the Internet rather
than over the air, it may not be a true
alternative to broadcast radio.
Ultimately, broadcast radio remains the
most easily accessible and popular way
for consumers to listen to audio
programming, and the only one that
focuses on the needs and interests of
local markets.
52. In addition, the Commission
disagrees with NAB’s assertion
regarding the lack of significance of
non-broadcast radio’s national platform.
The local character of broadcast radio is
a significant aspect of the service that
must be considered when determining
whether alternate audio platforms
provide a meaningful substitute. The
record fails to demonstrate that nonbroadcast radio programmers make
programming decisions to respond to
competitive conditions in local markets.
As the Commission has stated
previously, competition among local
rivals most benefits consumers and
serves the public interest.
53. The Commission also disagrees
with NAB’s characterization that the
Commission has recognized nonbroadcast radio programming as
meaningful substitutes for broadcast
radio simply by virtue of the
Commission’s acknowledgment of the
potential impact of alternate audio
platforms on AM radio. While the
Commission has recognized that AM
radio is susceptible to audience
migration due to its technical
shortcomings, recognition of this fact
does not mean that non-broadcast audio
alternatives are a meaningful substitute
for AM radio, specifically, or broadcast
radio, in general. As discussed earlier,
non-broadcast audio alternatives do not
respond to competitive conditions in
local markets and are not available to all
consumers in a local market to the same
extent as broadcast radio, which are
critical considerations when
determining substitutability. While the
Commission does not take the position
that advanced telecommunications/
broadband deployment and adoption
must be universal before it will consider
Internet-delivered audio programming
to be a competitor in the local radio
listening market, the Commission finds
that the current level of penetration and
adoption of broadband service remains
relevant when considering the extent to
which this platform is a meaningful
substitute for broadcast radio stations.
54. Ultimately, the Commission finds
that the record demonstrates that
alternative sources of audio
programming are not currently
meaningful substitutes for broadcast
radio stations in local markets;
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
therefore, the Commission declines to
depart from its tentative conclusion to
exclude non-broadcast sources of audio
programming from the relevant market
for the purposes of the Local Radio
Ownership Rule. The Commission’s
approach to limit the relevant market to
broadcast radio stations in local radio
listening markets is consistent with
current DOJ precedent in evaluating
proposed mergers involving broadcast
radio stations. The Commission finds
that the Local Radio Ownership Rule
should continue to focus on promoting
competition among broadcast radio
stations in local radio listening markets.
55. Market Size Tiers. As the FNPRM
stated, the Commission’s experience in
applying the Local Radio Ownership
Rule supports retention of the existing
framework to promote competition. The
Commission consistently has found that
setting numerical ownership limits
based on market size tiers remains the
most effective method for preventing the
acquisition of market power in local
radio markets. This bright-line approach
helps to keep the limited available radio
spectrum from becoming locked up in
the hands of one or a few radio station
owners. Furthermore, the Commission
believes that this approach benefits
transaction participants by expediting
the processing of assignment or transfer
of control applications and by providing
clear guidance on which transactions
comply with the local radio ownership
limits.
56. The Commission received two
proposals for alternative methodologies
for determining market size tiers. MidWest Family proposes that the
Commission assign different values to
stations of different classes when
calculating how many stations an entity
owns in a local market (e.g., Class C FM
station = 1 station; Class A FM station
= .5 station) or adopt a case-by-case
analysis that would allow a station
owner to acquire more stations than
otherwise permitted under the rule to
equalize the population coverage
achieved by an in-market competitor.
Connoisseur proposes that acquisitions
involving stations in embedded
markets—smaller radio markets that are
located within the boundaries of a larger
radio market (parent market)—should
not be required to include stations
owned in other embedded markets
when demonstrating compliance with
the ownership limits of a parent market.
57. The Commission declines to adopt
Mid-West Family’s proposals. First, the
Commission disagrees with Mid-West
Family’s contention that the Prometheus
I decision mandates an adjustment to
the rule’s current methodology in the
way proposed by Mid-West Family.
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76229
Second, as the Commission has said
previously, adopting Mid-West Family’s
approach would permit potentially
significant consolidation in local radio
markets, which would be inconsistent
with the rationale for the Commission’s
retention of the existing numerical
ownership limits discussed below.
Specifically, Mid-West Family’s
proposal to assign different values to
stations of different classes does not
account for the possibility of a relatively
low power radio station potentially
reaching a larger audience than a station
with a larger service contour.
58. Moreover, service contour (and
the associated population coverage) is
just one of many aspects of station
operations that may impact the ability to
compete in a local market. Each station
serves as a voice in its local market, and
the Commission is not inclined to
discount the value of certain voices,
particularly based on criteria that may
have a limited impact on a station’s
ability to compete. For these reasons,
the Commission declines to change the
methodology for determining market
size tiers, as proposed by Mid-West
Family.
59. The Commission also declines to
adopt Mid-West Family’s proposal for a
case-by-case analysis of population
coverage. The Commission does not
believe that population coverage alone
is an appropriate basis on which to
judge the competitiveness of a station
(or cluster of stations) or the impact of
these voices in the local market. The
existing rule already provides for
economies of scale that help stations
compete; the Commission does not
believe it is appropriate (or even
possible) to revise the rule based on
population coverage in an attempt to
achieve a competitive equilibrium,
which is effectively what Mid-West
Family seeks. Moreover, the ability to
seek a waiver of the ownership limits
already provides parties with an
opportunity to assert that special
circumstances justify deviation from the
rule in a particular case.
60. The Commission also declines to
alter the methodology for determining
market size tiers as proposed by
Connoisseur. Under the current
methodology, owners wishing to acquire
a radio station in an embedded market
must satisfy the numerical limits in both
the embedded market and the overall
parent market. In the 2002 Biennial
Review (68 FR 46286, Aug. 5, 2003, FCC
03–127, rel. July 2, 2003) that adopted
the Nielsen Audio Metro (formerly
Arbitron Metro) methodology for
determining radio markets, the
Commission specifically declined to
treat embedded markets differently. The
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76230
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Commission found that requiring
proposed combinations to comply with
the Local Radio Ownership Rule in each
Nielsen Audio Metro implicated by the
proposed combination (i.e., in both the
embedded and parent markets)
comports with its general recognition
that Nielsen Audio’s market definitions
are the recognized industry standard.
The Commission rejected a proposal to
apply a different test for embedded
markets because it concluded that the
proposed scheme would be inconsistent
with the general reliance on Nielsen
Audio’s market definition and
cumbersome to administer. The
Commission finds that Connoisseur has
not presented evidence of changes in
the radio industry that would warrant
an across-the-board departure from the
Commission’s longstanding reliance on
Nielsen Audio’s market analysis as
reported by BIA as the basis for multiple
ownership calculations for embedded
and parent markets. In these situations,
a station’s above-the-line listing in the
parent market (i.e., stations that are
listed by BIA as home to that Metro)
reflects a determination by Nielsen
Audio and BIA that the station at issue
competes in the parent market. For this
reason, all embedded market stations
that are listed as home to the parent
market, like any other above-the-line
stations, must be taken into account
when demonstrating multiple
ownership compliance in the parent
market. This principle is consistent with
Commission treatment of stations whose
communities of license are outside the
geographic boundaries of a Metro but
are listed by BIA as home to the Metro.
Such stations must comply with the
multiple ownership limits in both the
Metro market in which they are listed as
home and the market in which their
community of license is located,
because they are considered to compete
in both. Connoisseur conflates the
embedded and parent market analyses,
suggesting that the parent market
analysis erroneously introduces stations
from one embedded market to another,
which may have tenuous economic or
listenership ties to the first. This
contention misses the point that, as a
separate application of the
Commission’s multiple ownership rules,
the parent market analysis necessarily
includes all stations that compete in
that market, whether or not they also
compete in another embedded Metro
market.
61. However, the Commission
recognizes Connoisseur’s concerns that
Nielsen Audio and BIA’s practice of
designating all embedded market
stations as home to the parent market—
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
regardless of actual market share—could
result in certain stations being counted
for multiple ownership purposes in a
market in which they do not actually
compete. Although the Commission
does not believe that the record justifies
a blanket exception to the rule, it will
entertain market-specific waiver
requests under section 1.3
demonstrating that the BIA listings in a
parent market do not accurately reflect
competition by embedded market
stations and should thus not be counted
for multiple ownership purposes.
62. Numerical Limits. The
Commission concludes that the
competitive conditions in the radio
marketplace that supported the
Commission’s decision to retain the
existing numerical limits in the 2006
Quadrennial Review Order and to
propose to retain the limits in the
FNPRM remain largely unchanged. No
data was provided in the record to
contradict this conclusion. As
demonstrated in the record, following
the relaxation of the local radio
ownership limits by Congress in the
1996 Act, there was substantial
consolidation of radio ownership both
nationally and locally. In local markets,
the largest firms continue to dominate
in terms of audience and revenue share.
63. The Commission also concludes
that the record in this proceeding does
not reflect changes in the marketplace
that warrant reconsideration of the
Commission’s previous decision not to
make the limits more restrictive. The
Commission continues to believe that
tightening the restrictions would
disregard the previously identified
benefits of consolidation in the radio
industry and would be inconsistent
with the guidance provided by Congress
in the 1996 Act. Further, the
Commission continues to find that
tightening the rule, absent
grandfathering, would require
divestitures that it believes would be
disruptive to the radio industry and
would upset the settled expectations of
individual owners. The record does not
indicate that the benefits derived from
tightening the limits would outweigh
these countervailing considerations. For
these reasons, and consistent with prior
decisions, the Commission concludes
that tightening the limits would not be
in the public interest.
64. Clarification of Application of
Local Radio Ownership Rule. In the
2002 Biennial Review Order, the
Commission established safeguards to
deter parties from attempting to
manipulate Nielsen Audio Metro market
definitions for purposes of
circumventing the Local Radio
Ownership Rule. Specifically, the
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
restrictions prohibit a party from
receiving the benefit of a change in
Nielsen Audio Metro boundaries or
home market designation unless that
change has been in place for at least two
years (or unless the station’s community
of license is within the Metro, in the
case of a home designation change). In
general, a licensee seeking to
demonstrate multiple ownership
compliance may rely upon the removal
of a station from BIA’s list of home
stations in a Metro, without a two-year
waiting period, when the exclusion
results from an FCC-approved change in
the community of license from a
community that is within a Metro’s
geographic boundaries to one that is
outside the Metro. In the FNPRM, the
Commission proposed to clarify that
this exception applies only where the
community of license change also
involves the physical relocation of the
station facilities to a site outside the
relevant Nielsen Audio Metro market
boundaries. Otherwise, the licensee of a
station currently located in a Nielsen
Audio Metro market could use the
exception to reduce the number of its
stations listed as home to that Metro,
without triggering the two-year waiting
period and without any change in
physical coverage or market
competition, merely by specifying a new
community of license located outside
the Metro. No objections to this
clarification of the exception to the twoyear waiting period were voiced in the
record. Accordingly, the Commission
adopts this clarification as it will ensure
that the local radio ownership limits
cannot be manipulated based on Nielsen
Audio market definitions.
65. Note 4 to § 73.3555 of the
Commission’s rules (Note 4)
grandfathers existing station
combinations that do not comply with
the numerical ownership limits of
§ 73.3555(a). However, the Commission
recognizes that certain circumstances
require applicants to come into
compliance with the numerical
ownership limits even though the
relevant station may have been part of
an existing grandfathered cluster. One
such circumstance is a community of
license change, which occasionally can
lead to difficulty when an applicant
with a grandfathered cluster of stations
seeks to move a station’s community of
license outside the relevant Nielsen
Audio Metro market. Given that the
Commission relies on the BIA database
for information regarding Nielsen Audio
Metro home designations, such an
applicant cannot concurrently
demonstrate compliance with the
multiple ownership limits at the time of
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
application filing, because the station
proposing to change its community will
continue to be listed by BIA as home to
the Metro. To resolve this
administrative issue, the Commission
adopts the proposal in the FNPRM to
allow a temporary waiver of the radio
multiple ownership limits in this
limited instance for three months from
grant of the community of license
modification application to allow BIA
sufficient time to change the affected
station’s home designation following a
community of license relocation. Grant
of the application will be conditioned
on coming into compliance with the
applicable multiple ownership limits
within three months. If the relevant
station is still listed by BIA as home to
the Metro at the end of this temporary
waiver period, the Commission will
rescind grant of the application and respecify the original community of
license.
66. The Commission also proposed to
exempt intra-Metro community of
license changes from the requirements
of Note 4. In 2006, the Commission
introduced a streamlined procedure
allowing an FM or AM broadcast
licensee or permittee to change its
community of license by filing a minor
modification application. The
Commission has found that strict
application of Note 4 has produced
disproportionately harsh results from
what is now otherwise a minor and
routine application process. The
Commission also agrees with
commenter Results Radio that the
reasoning supporting the proposed
exemption should apply not only to
community of license changes within
the physical boundaries of the Metro
market, but to any community of license
change where the station remains
designated as home to the Metro market.
Such an exemption would, in limited
circumstances, provide equitable relief
from the divestiture requirements of
Note 4. Moreover, the Commission finds
that such intra-market community of
license changes in most cases will have
little or no impact on the concentration
of ownership within the local market.
Accordingly, the Commission adopts
these exemptions to Note 4.
67. Since 2003, the Commission has
regularly waived the Nielsen Audio
Metro market definition for Puerto Rico,
which defines Puerto Rico as a single
market, instead relying on a contour
overlap analysis for proposed
transactions. The Commission has held
that the unique characteristics of Puerto
Rico present a compelling showing of
special circumstances that warrant
departing from the Nielsen Audio Metro
as the presumptive definition of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
local market. This practice is based on
Puerto Rico’s extremely mountainous
topography, large number of radio
stations and station owners, and
division into eight Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSAs) as defined by
the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB), which demonstrate that Puerto
Rico has more centers of economic
activity than are accounted for by the
single Puerto Rico Nielsen Audio Metro
definition.
68. In previous waiver proceedings
involving the Puerto Rico radio market,
the Commission utilized the contouroverlap methodology that normally
applies to defining markets in nonNielsen Audio rated markets. The
contour-overlap methodology is
generally permitted to define the local
radio market only when a station’s
community of license is located outside
of a Nielsen Audio Metro boundary.
Under this methodology, the relevant
radio market is defined by the area
encompassed by the mutually
overlapping principal community
contours of the stations proposed to be
commonly owned. The Commission has
determined previously that this
methodology was appropriate to apply
when examining the Puerto Rico radio
market because of Puerto Rico’s unique
characteristics. Therefore, the
Commission concludes that adoption of
the contour-overlap market definition
will facilitate the most appropriate
application of the Local Radio
Ownership Rule in Puerto Rico, and
there is no opposition to this proposal
in the record. Accordingly, the
Commission adopts the market
definition based on contour overlap for
Puerto Rico that it has applied
consistently in previous waiver
proceedings.
69. AM/FM Subcaps. The AM/FM
subcaps limit the number of stations
from the same service—AM or FM—that
an entity may own in a single market.
Just as the Commission has found that
the public interest is served by retaining
the existing numerical limits, it finds
appropriate to retain the existing
subcaps. The subcaps, as originally
adopted by Congress, were premised on
the ownership limits adopted in the
1996 Act. As the Commission has stated
previously, tightening one or both of the
subcaps absent a corresponding change
to the numerical ownership limits (or a
tightening of one subcap absent a
loosening of the other) would result in
an internal inconsistency in the rule, as
such a tightening would result in an
entity not being permitted to own all the
stations otherwise permitted under
certain numerical tiers. The
Commission sought comment on
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76231
whether any reason supports adopting
different subcaps despite this potential
inconsistency and received no
comments arguing for tightening the
subcaps. The Commission also finds
that loosening or abolishing the subcaps
would create public interest harms by
potentially permitting excessive
consolidation of a particular service—an
outcome the subcaps are designed to
prevent—and reducing opportunities for
new entry within local radio markets.
70. The Commission is not persuaded
by suggestions that eliminating the
subcaps would result in public interest
benefits sufficient to justify that action.
While flexibility in ownership
structuring may benefit existing
licensees, such benefits may not extend
to new entrants who potentially would
see opportunities for radio ownership
diminish through the increased
concentration of ownership in a
particular service that elimination of the
subcaps would permit. The Commission
also does not agree that eliminating or
modifying the AM subcap would be an
effective way to revitalize AM radio.
NAB’s assertion that elimination of the
subcap would revitalize AM radio is
unsupported, as NAB fails to explain
how additional consolidation of AM
stations will improve the ability of those
stations to overcome existing
technological and competitive
challenges.
71. The Commission continues to
believe that broadcast radio, in general,
remains the most likely avenue for new
entry in the media marketplace—
including entry by small businesses and
entities seeking to serve niche
audiences—as a result of radio’s ability
to more easily reach certain
demographic groups and the relative
affordability of radio stations compared
to other mass media. As the
Commission has stated previously, AM
stations are generally the least
expensive option for entry into the radio
market, often by a significant margin,
and therefore permit new entry for far
less capital investment than is required
to purchase an FM station. Nothing in
the record of this proceeding indicates
that this marketplace characteristic has
changed. Therefore, the Commission
concludes that the public interest
remains best served by retaining the
existing AM subcap, which limits
concentration of AM station ownership
and thereby promotes opportunities for
new entry that further competition and
viewpoint diversity. In addition, FCC
Form 323 data for 2011 and 2013
notably indicates that minority and
female ownership of radio stations (and
AM stations, in particular) exceeds that
of television stations.
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76232
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
72. Furthermore, despite the general
technological limitations of AM
stations, there continue to be many
markets in which AM stations are
significant radio voices. No data was
offered in the record to refute the
Commission’s tentative conclusion in
the FNPRM that AM stations continue to
be significant radio voices in many
markets. Also, AM stations are among
the top revenue earners in some of the
largest radio markets (e.g., New York,
Chicago, and Los Angeles). The
Commission therefore finds that, in
addition to the general promotion of
new entry across all markets described
above, retention of the existing AM
subcaps is also necessary to prevent a
single station owner from acquiring
excessive market power through
concentration of ownership of AM
stations in those markets in which AM
stations are significant radio voices.
73. The Commission also concludes
that there continue to be technical and
marketplace differences between AM
and FM stations that justify retention of
both the AM and FM subcaps to
promote competition in local radio
markets. As the Commission has noted
previously, FM stations enjoy unique
advantages over AM stations, such as
increased bandwidth, superior audio
signal fidelity, and longer hours of
operation. These technological
differences often, but not always, result
in greater listenership and revenues for
FM stations that justifies a limit on the
concentration of FM station ownership,
in particular. Nothing in the record of
this proceeding indicates that the
Commission should depart from the
tentative conclusions in the FNPRM
regarding the differences between AM
and FM radio. Therefore, the
Commission concludes that retaining
the existing FM subcap continues to
serve the public interest as well.
Accordingly, the Commission retains
both the AM and FM subcaps without
modification.
74. The Commission also finds that
the digital radio transition and the
changes to the FM translator rules have
not yet meaningfully ameliorated the
general differences between AM and FM
stations, such that the justifications
described above have been rendered
moot. Recent digital radio deployment
data support previous findings that FM
stations are actually increasing the
technological divide through greater
adoption rates of digital radio
technology than AM stations. The
trends noted in the FNPRM have
continued. Also, the recent changes to
the FM translator rules, to allow AM
stations to use currently authorized FM
translator stations to retransmit their
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
AM service within their AM stations’
current coverage areas, have not yet
significantly impacted the technological
and marketplace differences between
AM and FM stations. While the change
to the FM translator rule benefited many
AM stations, more than half of all AM
stations continue to operate without
associated FM translators. The
Commission received no objections or
material in the record to refute its
findings; however, the Commission will
continue to monitor the impact of the
digital radio deployment and the FM
translator rule change in future media
ownership proceedings.
75. Waiver Criteria. The Commission
declines to adopt specific waiver criteria
for the Local Radio Ownership Rule and
will continue to rely on the general
waiver standard. The Commission finds
that the considerations in proposals for
specific waiver criteria can be advanced
adequately in the context of a general
waiver request under § 1.3 of the
Commission’s rules and notes that the
Commission has an obligation to take a
hard look at whether enforcement of a
rule in a particular case serves the rule’s
purpose or instead frustrates the public
interest. Therefore, the Commission
concludes that adoption of a specific
waiver standard is not appropriate at
this time.
76. Minority and Female Ownership.
The Commission affirms its tentative
conclusion from the FNPRM that the
current rule remains consistent with the
Commission’s goal to promote minority
and female ownership of broadcast
radio stations. While the Commission
retains the existing Local Radio
Ownership Rule for the specific reasons
stated above, it finds that retaining the
existing rule nevertheless promotes
opportunities for diverse ownership in
local radio ownership. This
competition-based rule indirectly
advances the Commission’s diversity
goal by helping to ensure the presence
of independently owned broadcast radio
stations in the local market, thereby
increasing the likelihood of a variety of
viewpoints and preserving ownership
opportunities for new entrants. The
Commission has also retained the AM/
FM subcaps, in part, to help promote
new entry—as noted, the AM band in
particular has historically provided
lower-cost ownership opportunities for
new entrants.
77. Consistent with Commission
analysis of the local television
ownership rule above, however, the
Commission finds the claim that
tightening the Local Radio Ownership
Rule would promote increased
opportunities for minority and female
ownership to be speculative and
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
unsupported by existing ownership
data. No data in the record support a
contention that tightening the local
radio ownership limits would promote
ownership opportunities for minorities
and women.
78. In addition, the Commission does
not believe that Media Ownership Study
7, which considers the relationship
between ownership structure and the
provision of radio programming targeted
to African-American and Hispanic
audiences, supports the contention that
tightening the local radio ownership
limits would promote minority and
female ownership. While the data
suggest the existence of a positive
relationship between minority
ownership of radio stations and the total
amount of minority-targeted radio
programming available in a market, the
potential impact of tightening the
ownership limits on minority
ownership was not part of the study
design, nor something that can be
reasonably inferred from the data.
79. Nothing in the data or any other
evidence in the record permits the
Commission to infer causation;
therefore, the Commission declines to
loosen the existing ownership limits on
the basis of any trend reflected in the
data. The Commission remains mindful
of the potential impact of consolidation
in the radio industry on ownership
opportunities for new entrants,
including small businesses, and
minority- and women-owned
businesses, and the Commission will
continue to consider the implications in
the context of future quadrennial
reviews.
C. Newspaper/Broadcast CrossOwnership Rule
1. Introduction
80. The Newspaper/Broadcast CrossOwnership (NBCO) Rule prohibits
common ownership of a daily
newspaper and a full-power broadcast
station (AM, FM, or TV) if the station’s
service contour encompasses the
newspaper’s community of publication.
The rule currently in effect prohibits the
licensing of an AM, FM, or TV broadcast
station to a party (including all parties
under common control) that directly or
indirectly owns, operates, or controls a
daily newspaper, if the entire
community in which the newspaper is
published would be encompassed
within the service contour of the station,
namely: (1) The predicted or measured
2 mV/m contour of an AM station,
computed in accordance with § 73.183
or § 73.186; (2) the predicted 1 mV/m
contour for an FM station, computed in
accordance with § 73.313; or (3) the
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Grade A contour of a TV station,
computed in accordance with § 73.684.
81. In analyzing the NBCO Rule under
section 202(h), the Commission’s focus
is on the rule’s primary purpose—to
promote viewpoint diversity at the local
level. As the Commission noted in
adopting the NBCO Rule, if a
democratic society is to function,
nothing can be more important than
insuring a free flow of information from
as many divergent sources as possible.
Broadcast stations and daily newspapers
remain the predominant sources of the
viewpoint diversity that the NBCO Rule
is designed to protect. The proliferation
of (primarily national) content available
from cable and satellite programming
networks and from online sources has
not altered the enduring reality that
traditional media outlets are the
principal sources of essential local news
and information. The rapid and ongoing
changes to the overall media
marketplace do not negate the rule’s
basic premise that the divergence of
viewpoints between a cross-owned
newspaper and broadcast station cannot
be expected to be the same as if they
were antagonistically run.
82. After careful consideration of the
record, the Commission concludes that
regulation of newspaper/broadcast
cross-ownership within a local market
remains necessary to protect and
promote viewpoint diversity. The
Commission continues to find, however,
that an absolute ban on newspaper/
broadcast cross-ownership is overly
broad. Accordingly, and consistent with
the Commission’s approach in the 2006
proceeding, the adopted rule generally
prohibits common ownership of a
broadcast station and daily newspaper
in the same local market but provides
for a modest loosening of the previous
ban on cross-ownership consistent with
the Commission’s view that an absolute
ban may be overly restrictive in some
cases. The Commission finds that the
benefits of the revised rule outweigh
any burdens that may result from
adopting the rule.
2. Discussion
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
a. Policy Goals
83. Viewpoint diversity. The record
reaffirms the Commission’s view that
the NBCO Rule remains necessary to
promote diversity, specifically
viewpoint diversity. The FNPRM
commenters that oppose this position
do not present evidence persuading the
Commission to alter its tentative
conclusion in the FNPRM that
newspapers and broadcast television
stations, and their affiliated Web sites,
continue to be the predominant
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
providers of local news and information
upon which consumers rely. For the
most part, opponents of the rule
reiterate the two principal arguments
put forth by commenters to the initial
NPRM, namely that: (1) Ownership does
not necessarily influence viewpoint and
(2) an array of diverse viewpoints is
widely available from an abundance of
outlets, particularly via the Internet. The
Commission addressed these arguments
extensively in the FNPRM and does not
find them any more persuasive after
reviewing the FNPRM comments.
84. With regard to the first argument,
in the FNPRM, the Commission
acknowledged that NPRM commenters
provided examples of instances when
cross-owned properties diverged in
viewpoint. The Commission noted,
however, that, although similar
examples were provided during the
Commission’s 2002 and 2006 reviews,
the Commission continued to restrict
newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership
given that an owner has the
opportunity, ability, and right to
influence the editorial process of media
outlets it owns, regardless of the degree
to which it exercises that power. The
Third Circuit affirmed the Commission’s
reasoning that the possibility of a
connection between ownership and
viewpoint is not disproved by evidence
that a connection is not always present.
Moreover, the Commission has noted
previously the existence of ample
evidence pointing in the other direction,
namely that ownership can affect
viewpoint. In any event, the
Commission’s goal is to maximize the
number of distinct voices in a market,
which the Commission believe is
achieved more effectively by relying on
separate ownership rather than on a
hope or expectation that owners of
cross-owned properties will maintain a
distance from the editorial process. The
Commission’s concern is not alleviated
by the broadcasters’ argument that
consumers’ ideological preferences have
a greater influence on editorial slant
than ownership does. Indeed, the
Commission believes that such
influence only increases the importance
of ensuring that a multiplicity of voices
are available to consumers.
85. With regard to the second
argument, in the FNPRM, the
Commission addressed arguments that
the NBCO Rule is obsolete because
today’s consumers have access to a vast
array of news sources. The Commission
tentatively concluded that a crossownership restriction remains
necessary, despite the increase in media
outlets. Supporters of the rule agreed
with the Commission that traditional
news providers, and their affiliated Web
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76233
sites, continue to be the most reliedupon sources of local news and
information. In the FNPRM, the
Commission pointed to evidence
suggesting that, despite the Internet’s
increased role in news distribution,
traditional news providers are still
critical to ensuring viewpoint diversity
at the local level. The record showed
that independent online sources
currently cannot substitute for the
original reporting by professional
journalists associated with traditional
local media.
86. After reviewing the FNPRM
comments, which raise substantially the
same points that were addressed in the
FNPRM, the Commission’s position is
unchanged. Several FNPRM
commenters reiterate that the
Commission’s focus on traditional
media is too narrow because other
media outlets contribute to viewpoint
diversity. Evidence shows, however,
that the contributions of cable, satellite,
and Internet sources serve as a
supplement, but not as a substitute, for
newspapers and broadcasters providing
local news and information. A U.S.
District Court judge recently rejected an
argument that online sources of local
news present sufficient competition to
local newspapers in Orange County and
Riverside County in Southern California
(United States v. Tribune Publishing
Co., No. 16 CV 01822 AB (PJWx) (C.D.
Cal. Mar. 18, 2016)). The judge
concluded that, as creators of local
content, local newspapers continue to
serve a unique function in the
marketplace and are not reasonably
interchangeable with online sources of
news. He was not convinced that the
Internet renders geography and
distinctions between kinds of news
sources obsolete. The news and
information provided by cable and
satellite networks generally targets a
wide geographic audience, and the
record demonstrates that local news and
information available online usually
originates from traditional media
outlets. As discussed in the NPRM and
FNPRM, considerable evidence shows
that most online sources of local news
are affiliated with newspapers or
broadcast stations or contain content
that originates from those traditional
sources. The Commission affirms its
earlier finding that local, hyperlocal,
and niche Web sites generally do not fill
the role of local television stations or
daily newspapers. Local television
continues to dominate despite the
increasing use of social media as a
source of news. Moreover, the social
media platforms that consumers turn to
for news, such as Facebook, Twitter,
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76234
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
and Google, generally aggregate news
stories from other sources and those
sources do not focus necessarily on
local news.
87. The Commission concludes that
the NBCO Rule should continue to
apply to newspaper/radio crossownership. The Commission finds that
the newspaper/radio cross-ownership
restriction serves the public interest
because the record shows that radio
stations contribute in meaningful ways
to viewpoint diversity within their
communities. The Commission is
persuaded that radio adds an important
voice in many local communities such
that lifting the restriction could harm
viewpoint diversity. Although the
Commission tentatively concluded
earlier in this proceeding that radio
stations are not the primary outlets that
contribute to viewpoint diversity in
local markets and that consumers rely
predominantly on other sources for
local news and information, the
Commission finds that radio’s role in
promoting viewpoint diversity is
significant enough to warrant retention
of the restriction. Therefore, the
Commission declines to eliminate the
restriction or to adopt a presumptive
waiver standard, such as the one
proposed in the NPRM, favoring
newspaper/radio mergers in the top 20
DMAs.
88. As discussed in the FNPRM, the
Commission’s conclusion that radio
contributes sufficiently to viewpoint
diversity to warrant retention of the
newspaper/radio cross-ownership
restriction is consistent with the
longstanding position that newspaper/
radio combinations should be
prohibited even though radio generally
plays a lesser role in contributing to
viewpoint diversity. A lesser role does
not mean that radio plays no role. The
record shows that broadcast radio
stations produce a meaningful amount
of local news and information content
that is relied on by a significant portion
of the population and, therefore,
provide significant contributions to
viewpoint diversity.
89. With over 90 percent of
Americans listening to radio on a
weekly basis, radio’s potential for
influencing viewpoint is great.
Moreover, recent evidence suggests that
radio stations air a substantial amount
of local news programming. Evidence in
the record also indicates that members
of certain communities may rely more
heavily on broadcast radio stations for
local news and information. Such
reliance may be especially strong when
radio stations target particular
demographic groups or offer news
programs in a foreign language. A
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
community radio station recently
licensed in Minneapolis reports local
news stories in the Somali language and
provides information of particular
interest to the local Somali-American
community. Although the NBCO Rule
does not apply to that particular station
due to its low-power status, the example
nonetheless demonstrates the important
contributions that radio can make to
viewpoint diversity.
90. Evidence of reliance on broadcast
radio for local news and public
information programming is important
for assessing radio’s contributions to
viewpoint diversity; however, to be a
meaningful source of viewpoint
diversity in local markets, broadcast
radio stations must increase the
diversity of local information, not
simply its availability. The record
demonstrates that radio stations still
contribute to viewpoint diversity by
producing a meaningful amount of local
news and public interest programming
that is responsive to the needs and
concerns of the community. Moreover,
invitations to call-in to a radio program
offer local residents unique
opportunities to participate interactively
in a conversation about an issue of local
concern.
91. For the foregoing reasons, the
Commission finds that radio provides
an important contribution to viewpoint
diversity such that lifting the
newspaper/radio cross-ownership
restriction in all markets across-theboard could sweep too broadly. The
Commission finds that it must take care
not to overlook the contributions to
viewpoint diversity offered by radio
stations, particularly to the extent that
dedicated audiences of radio stations
rely on radio as a valuable source of
local news and information, and that
radio stations provide an additional
opportunity for civic engagement, as
certain commenters attest. Thus, while
the Commission previously has
recognized that a radio station generally
cannot be considered the equal of a
newspaper or television station when it
comes to providing news, in fact, for a
significant portion of the population
radio may play an influential role as a
source for news or the medium turned
to for discussion of matters of local
concern.
92. Accordingly, the Commission
finds that radio stations can contribute
in a meaningful way to viewpoint
diversity within local communities and
that a newspaper’s purchase of a radio
station in the same local market could
harm viewpoint diversity in certain
circumstances. As a result, the
Commission retains both the
newspaper/radio and the newspaper/
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
television cross-ownership restrictions.
However, consistent with previous
Commission findings, the Commission
believes that enforcement of the NBCO
Rule may not be necessary to promote
viewpoint diversity in every
circumstance and that there could be
situations where enforcement would
disserve the public interest.
Furthermore, the Commission reaffirms
its earlier findings that the opportunity
to share newsgathering resources and
realize other efficiencies derived from
economies of scale and scope may
improve the ability of commonly owned
media outlets to provide local news and
information. In certain circumstances,
newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership
may benefit the news offerings in a local
market without causing undue harm to
viewpoint diversity. In recognition of
this, the Commission will ease the
application of the prohibition through a
waiver process and other modifications
to the scope of the rule.
93. Localism. The Commission affirms
its belief stated in the FNPRM that the
nation’s interest in maintaining a robust
democracy through a multiplicity of
voices justifies maintaining certain
NBCO restrictions even if doing so
prevents some combinations that might
create cost-savings and efficiencies in
news production. While FNPRM
commenters proffer further examples in
support of the proposition that such
cost-savings and efficiencies may allow
cross-owned properties to provide a
higher quality and quantity of local
news, these additional examples do not
change the Commission’s conclusion.
The Commission has long accepted that
proposition but also recognized that
increased efficiencies do not necessarily
lead to localism benefits. Furthermore,
even if cost-savings are used to increase
investment in local news production,
the purpose of this rule is to promote
and preserve the widest possible range
of viewpoint; it is not, as NAB seems to
suggest, to promote localism. The
Commission therefore disagrees with
NAB’s argument that retaining crossownership restrictions will stymie the
rule’s intended benefits. Allowing
media owners to achieve economies of
scale and scope may enable them to
disseminate a greater amount of local
news over one or both of their crossowned properties, but the costly result
would be fewer independently owned
outlets in the market. The loss of a local
voice runs counter to the Commission’s
goal of promoting viewpoint diversity,
regardless of whether cross-ownership
is more or less likely to produce
localism benefits. Although the
Commission has found previously that
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
the NBCO Rule is not necessary to
promote its localism goal, that
determination, which the Commission
affirms in this Order, does not
undermine the viewpoint diversity
rationale for the rule.
94. Competition. Promoting
competition was not the Commission’s
primary concern when it considered
implementation of the NBCO Rule, and
in its 2002 biennial review the
Commission found that the rule was not
necessary to promote competition
because newspapers and broadcast
stations do not compete in the same
product markets. The FNPRM record
does not present a convincing case that
is contrary to the Commission’s
longstanding position. The fact that
broadcasters and newspapers both sell
to local advertisers does not mean they
compete with each other for advertising.
95. Although the Commission does
not find that the rule is necessary to
promote competition, it has concluded
that the rule is necessary to promote
viewpoint diversity. Therefore, the
Commission is not swayed by the media
industry’s arguments that the NBCO
Rule should be eliminated because it
potentially limits opportunities for
newspapers and broadcasters to expand
their businesses. As stated in the
FNPRM, the Commission does not
believe that viewpoint diversity in local
markets should be jeopardized to enable
media owners to increase their revenue
by pursuing cross-ownership within the
same local market. Moreover, the
application of the NBCO Rule has a very
limited geographic scope. Even if the
potential efficiencies of inter-market
consolidation are fewer than those to be
gained from in-market acquisitions, the
rule does not prevent media owners that
seek new revenue streams from
acquiring properties in other markets or
alternative media outlets that are not
subject to the NBCO Rule.
b. Scope of the Rule
96. Newspaper/Television
Combinations. The current rule
prohibits common ownership of a daily
newspaper and a television station
when the Grade A contour of the station
encompasses the entire community in
which the newspaper is published. The
Commission retained the Grade A
contour approach when it revised the
NBCO Rule in 2006. The trigger for the
newspaper/television cross-ownership
restriction therefore relies on a station’s
Grade A contour, which was rendered
obsolete by the transition to digital
television service.
97. The Commission adopts its
uncontested proposal in the FNPRM to
update the geographic scope of the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
restriction by incorporating both a
television station’s DMA and its digital
service contour. Specifically, crossownership of a full-power television
station and a daily newspaper will be
prohibited when: (1) The community of
license of the television station and the
community of publication of the
newspaper are in the same Nielsen
DMA, and (2) the principal community
contour (PCC) of the television station,
as defined in § 73.625 of the
Commission’s rules, encompasses the
entire community in which the
newspaper is published. For the reasons
provided in the FNPRM, the
Commission will maintain the current
definition of a daily newspaper as one
which is published four or more days
per week, which is in the dominant
language in the market, and which is
circulated generally in the community
of publication. The Commission
explained its disinclination to revise the
definition such as by imposing a
minimum circulation requirement. Both
conditions need to be met for the crossownership prohibition to be triggered.
The DMA requirement ensures that the
newspaper and television station serve
the same media market, and the contour
requirement ensures that they actually
reach the same communities and
consumers within that larger geographic
market.
98. Newspaper/Radio Combinations.
The current rule prohibits crossownership when the entire community
in which the newspaper is published
would be encompassed within the
service contour of: (1) The predicted or
measured 2 mV/m contour of an AM
station, computed in accordance with
§ 73.183 or § 73.186, or (2) the predicted
1 mV/m contour for an FM station,
computed in accordance with § 73.313.
Consistent with arguments made in the
record, the Commission will not replace
radio contours, but instead the
Commission will include an additional
requirement that the radio station and
the newspaper be located in the same
Nielsen Audio Metro market, where one
is defined. In circumstances in which
neither the radio station nor the
newspaper is geographically located
within a defined Nielsen Audio Metro
market, then the trigger will be
determined, as before, solely on the
basis of the station’s service contour.
The Commission finds that the added
Nielsen Audio Metro market condition
will serve a valid limiting role because
Nielsen Audio designations are based
on listening patterns, which will focus
the restriction on properties serving the
same audience.
99. Specifically, in areas designated as
Nielsen Audio Metro markets, cross-
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76235
ownership of a full-power radio station
and a daily newspaper will be
prohibited when: (1) The radio station
and the community of publication of the
newspaper are located in the same
Nielsen Audio Metro market, and (2) the
entire community in which the
newspaper is published is encompassed
within the service contour of the station,
namely: (a) The predicted or measured
2 mV/m groundwave contour of an AM
station, computed in accordance with
§ 73.183 or § 73.186; or (b) the predicted
or measured 1 mV/m contour for an FM
station, computed in accordance with
§ 73.313. Both conditions need to be met
for the cross-ownership restriction to
apply, except when both the community
of publication of the newspaper and the
community of license of the radio
station are not located in a Nielsen
Audio Metro market, then only the
second condition need be met.
Consistent with the Local Radio
Ownership Rule, the Commission will
rely on Nielsen to determine whether a
radio station is in the same Nielsen
Audio Metro market as the newspaper’s
community of publication. The Local
Radio Ownership Rule relies, in part, on
Nielsen Audio Metro markets in
applying the radio ownership limits. In
that context, the Commission has
developed certain procedural safeguards
to deter parties from attempting to
manipulate Nielsen Audio market
definitions to evade the Local Radio
Ownership Rules. By relying on Nielsen
Audio Metro markets, where available,
the revised NBCO Rule is susceptible to
similar manipulation by parties;
accordingly, the Commission will apply
the procedures adopted in the context of
the Local Radio Ownership Rule to the
adopted NBCO Rule. Specifically, for
purposes of this rule, a radio station will
be counted as part of the Nielsen Audio
Metro market in which the station’s
community of license is geographically
located and any other Nielsen Audio
Metro market in which the station is
listed by BIA as home to that market.
This approach will ensure that a radio
station is considered to be part of each
Nielsen Audio Metro market in which
that station is either geographically
located or competes. The Commission
believes Nielsen’s determination of a
radio market’s boundaries is useful in
considering whether particular
communities rely on the same media
voices. The Commission believes that
such a determination, combined with
the actual service areas of the respective
facilities, gives a stronger picture of the
relevant market and instances in which
the Commission should prohibit
common ownership. Therefore, the
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
76236
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Commission believes that including
consideration of the Nielsen Audio
Metro market (if one exists) in the
determination of when the crossownership prohibition is triggered will
help focus the restriction specifically on
those circumstances where the
newspaper and broadcast facility truly
serve the same audience.
c. Exception for Failed and Failing
Broadcast Stations and Newspapers
100. For the reasons expressed in the
FNPRM, the Commission will not create
an exception for failed/failing stations
or newspapers and no commenters
addressed this issue. The current
approach will not preclude waiver
applicants from attempting to show how
such a commitment could enhance
viewpoint diversity in the local market.
However, applicants seeking a waiver in
part or in whole on that basis should
recall the Commission’s previously
stated concerns that such a commitment
would be impracticable to enforce and
arguably might require the Commission
to make content-based assessments.
101. Consistent with its proposal in
the FNPRM, the Commission will adopt
an express exception for proposed
combinations involving a failed or
failing newspaper, television station, or
radio station. For the reasons explained
below in connection with the timing of
a waiver request, the Commission will
require television and radio licensees to
file for an exception to the NBCO Rule
before consummating the acquisition of
a newspaper. It stands to reason that a
merger involving a failed or failing
newspaper or broadcast station is not
likely to harm viewpoint diversity in the
local market. If the entity is unable to
continue as a standalone operation, and
thus contribute to viewpoint diversity,
then preventing its disappearance from
the market potentially can enhance, and
will not diminish, viewpoint diversity.
102. The Commission adopts failed/
failing criteria consistent with those
proposed in the FNPRM, which are
similar to those used for the Local
Television Ownership Rule and the
Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule. That is, a failed newspaper or
broadcast station must show that, as
applicable, it had stopped circulating or
had been dark due to financial distress
for at least four months immediately
before the filing of the assignment or
transfer of control application, or that it
was involved in court-supervised
involuntary bankruptcy or involuntary
insolvency proceedings. To qualify as
failing, the applicant would have to
show that: (1) If a broadcast television
station is the failing entity, that it has
had a low all-day audience share (i.e., 4
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
percent or lower); (2) the financial
condition of the newspaper or broadcast
station was poor (i.e., a negative cash
flow for the previous three years); and
(3) the combination would produce
public interest benefits. In addition, as
with the exemption for satellite
television stations pursuant to Note 5 of
§ 73.3555, in the event of an assignment
of license or transfer of control of the
broadcast/newspaper combination, the
proposed assignee or transferee would
need to make an appropriate showing
demonstrating compliance with the
elements of the failed/failing entity
exception at the time of the assignment
or transfer if it wishes to continue the
common ownership pursuant to this
exception. Further, although the
Commission is not including this failed/
failing exception in Note 7 of § 73.3555
of the Commission’s rules (which
addresses the failed/failing waiver
criteria applicable to the local television
ownership rule and the radio/television
cross-ownership rule), given the
similarities, the precedent established in
the application of Note 7 shall apply to
the application of the NBCO failed/
failing criteria, as appropriate. In
addition, the applicants must show that
the in-market buyer is the only
reasonably available candidate willing
and able to acquire and operate the
failed or failing newspaper or station
and that selling the newspaper or
station to any out-of-market buyer
would result in an artificially depressed
price. One way to satisfy this
requirement would be to provide an
affidavit from an independent broker
affirming that active and serious efforts
had been made to sell the newspaper or
broadcast station, and that no
reasonable offer from an entity outside
the market had been received.
103. Because the Commission is
creating an exception to the NBCO Rule,
rather than a waiver opportunity,
applicants seeking a failed/failing entity
exception need not show, either at the
time of their application or during
subsequent license renewals, that the
tangible and verifiable public interest
benefits of the combination outweigh
any harms. As the Commission has
concluded that the exception serves the
public interest in diversity simply by
preserving a media outlet, licensees
need not demonstrate that the
additional benefits outweigh the
potential harms. Recognizing that an
absolute ban on newspaper/broadcast
cross ownership is overly broad, the
Commission believes providing greater
flexibility and certainty in the context of
this rule is appropriate. Thus, the
Commission believes a clear exception
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to the rule for failed and failing entities,
rather than a waiver requiring a
balancing of the harms and benefits, is
appropriate to provide certainty for
relief, as the Commission believes such
combinations will have a minimal
impact on viewpoint diversity.
d. Waiver Standard
104. Consistent with the tentative
conclusion in the FNPRM, the
Commission declines to adopt a brightline rule that would exempt certain
combinations from the newspaper/
broadcast cross-ownership rule based on
a certain set of criteria. Given the
variability among local markets, the
Commission maintains its view that
blanket exemptions should not be built
into the rule. As the Commission
explained in the FNPRM, while a rule
with built-in exemptions might lend
greater certainty to parties considering a
merger, it would not lead necessarily to
the best result in an individual market.
The Commission reiterates its concern
that such a rule would be too blunt an
instrument to be used for these types of
mergers. Rather, the Commission
believes that the more prudent way to
ease the rule’s application is through a
case-by-case waiver process with a
particular focus on the impact the
proposed merger would have on
viewpoint diversity in the market.
105. Therefore, consistent with other
efforts to ease the rule’s application, the
Commission provides for the
consideration of waiver requests of the
NBCO Rule on a case-by-case basis. The
Commission believes a case-by-case
waiver approach will produce sensible
outcomes and also improve
transparency and public participation in
the process. To facilitate public
participation further, the Commission
will require television and radio
licensees to file a request for waiver of
the NBCO Rule before consummating
the acquisition of a newspaper, rather
than at the time of the station’s license
renewal. As the Commission explained
in the FNPRM, a broadcast licensee that
triggered the NBCO Rule with the
purchase of a newspaper previously was
required, absent a waiver, to dispose of
its station within one year or by the time
of its next renewal date, whichever was
longer. Alternatively, it could have
pursued a waiver in conjunction with
its license renewal, at which point
interested parties could comment on the
waiver request. As a result, the
opportunity to comment on a licensee’s
acquisition of a newspaper might have
arisen years after the purchase. The
Commission’s remedy will enable the
public to comment on such acquisitions
in a timely and effective manner before
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
the purchase is consummated.
Moreover, by requiring prior approval,
this approach will provide certainty to
transaction participants that the
proposed combination will not be
subject to potential divestiture after the
operations already have been
integrated—a certainty that is not
provided by the current approach. To
alert interested parties to a proposed
newspaper acquisition, the Commission
will require that the Media Bureau place
such waiver requests on public notice
and solicit public comment on the
proposed acquisition.
106. With regard to the two case-bycase options described in the FNPRM for
considering waivers, the Commission
adopts what is termed a pure case-bycase approach. That is, the Commission
will evaluate waiver requests by
assessing the totality of the
circumstances for each individual
transaction, considering each waiver
request anew without measuring it
against a set of defined criteria or
awarding the applicant an automatic
presumption based on a prima facie
showing of particular elements. Waiver
applicants will have the flexibility to
present their most compelling reasons
why strict application of the rule is not
necessary to promote the goal of
viewpoint diversity in that particular
local market. Furthermore, consistent
with its tentative conclusion in the
FNPRM, the Commission declines to
adopt the four-factor test that applied to
waiver requests under the 2006 rule
because the Commission concludes that
the factors would be vague, subjective,
difficult to verify, and costly to enforce.
As the Commission stated in the
FNPRM, evidence supporting
considerations like those reflected in the
four factors, although not required, is
also not discouraged if a waiver
applicant believes it would be useful in
supporting its request. Thus, an
applicant seeking a waiver under this
approach will have to show that grant
of the waiver will not unduly harm
viewpoint diversity. Likewise,
opponents of a transaction can respond
with a range of arguments and evidence
they consider most pertinent to that
case. The Commission believes this
approach will provide the Commission
the flexibility needed to allow due
consideration of all factors relevant to a
case, without spending time and
resources assessing presumptive criteria
that may not be useful for a particular
review. The 2006 rule required a waiver
applicant attempting to overcome a
negative presumption to show, with
clear and convincing evidence, that the
merged entity would increase diversity
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
and competition. In the FNPRM, the
Commission proposed not to
incorporate the requirement into any
presumptive waiver standard that the
Commission might adopt. FNPRM
commenters did not address the issue,
and the Commission’s concern remains
that the requirement would impose an
overly burdensome evidentiary
standard. Although the issue arguably is
mooted by the Commission’s decision
not to adopt a presumptive waiver
standard, the Commission also will not
incorporate that standard into the
adopted waiver approach. Thus, the
Commission can hone in quickly on the
most important considerations of the
proposed transaction and approach
them with an openness that might not
occur with a set framework. The
Commission believes that, as a result, it
will be able to determine more
accurately and precisely whether a
proposed combination will have an
adverse impact on viewpoint diversity
in the relevant local market. If a
proposed combination does not present
any undue harm to viewpoint diversity,
which is the underlying purpose of the
rule, then prohibiting the combination
is not necessary in the public interest.
107. The Commission recognizes that
a case-by-case approach with
presumptive guidelines, such as the one
described in the FNPRM, potentially
could offer waiver applicants greater
certainty and consistency. The criteria
proposed in this proceeding, however,
were widely criticized and rejected by
commenters. Ultimately, the
Commission is persuaded by the
criticism in the record that the proposed
presumptive guidelines should not be
adopted. Moreover, the Commission is
concerned that any presumptive
approach could result in an unduly
rigid evaluation of a waiver application.
Instead, the Commission believes that
the pure case-by-case approach is the
appropriate way to assess requests for
waiver of the NBCO Rule. For all the
reasons that favor a pure case-by-case
approach, plus those stated in the
FNPRM, the Commission declines to
adopt Cox’s proposal for a two-part test
that would measure every proposed
transaction against the same set of fixed
criteria. As the Commission stated in
the FNPRM, it believes that the first part
of Cox’s proposed test would define
independent media voices too broadly
and that the second part of Cox’s
proposed test would be difficult to
apply and enforce in an objective,
content-neutral manner.
108. In addition, the Commission
disagrees with Cox that a pure case-bycase approach is necessarily a retreat
from a presumptive waiver standard.
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76237
Rather, a pure case-by-case approach
lifts the potential burden of having to
overcome a negative presumption.
Regardless, the Commission’s intent in
choosing a pure case-by-case approach
over a presumptive waiver standard is
not to increase or decrease the number
of waiver approvals; it is to increase the
likelihood of achieving the proper result
in each individual case. Applying
presumptive criteria can work well in
other contexts and for other rules, but,
under the current record and given the
nature of viewpoint diversity and its
dependency on the particular facts and
circumstances of a specific market, the
Commission finds that a pure case-bycase approach is best suited for
handling requests for waiver of this rule.
109. The Commission also disagrees
with Cox that a pure case-by-case
approach is the equivalent of not having
a waiver standard. To be clear, the
Commission’s standard requires
applicants seeking a waiver of the
NBCO Rule to show that their proposed
combination would not unduly harm
viewpoint diversity in the local market.
The pure case-by-case approach
describes the method by which the
Commission will determine whether
this standard is met. The method of
examining the totality of the
circumstances may entail a broad
review, but the standard to be met is
narrowly focused on the impact on
viewpoint diversity. The Commission
anticipates that the precedent that
evolves from future waiver decisions
will provide further guidance to entities
considering a merger.
110. The Commission clarifies that
this waiver standard is distinct from the
traditional waiver standard under
section 1.3, which requires a showing of
good cause and applies to all
Commission rules. By specifically
allowing for a waiver of the NBCO Rule
in cases where applicants can
demonstrate that the proposed
combination will not unduly harm
viewpoint diversity, the Commission
signals its recognition that there may be
instances where enforcing the
prohibition against ownership of a
newspaper and broadcast station is not
necessary to serve the rule’s purpose of
promoting viewpoint diversity in the
local market. Indeed, the Commission’s
determination herein is that the public
interest would not be served by
restricting specific combinations that do
not unduly harm viewpoint diversity.
While in the context of section 1.3
waiver requests the Commission has
considered showings of undue
hardship, the equities of a particular
case, or other good cause, in this
particular context an applicant is
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
76238
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
required to make a narrower showing,
and a waiver will be granted so long as
the applicants can demonstrate that
viewpoint diversity will not be unduly
harmed as a result of the proposed
combination. The NBCO waiver
standard does not replace or limit a
waiver applicant’s available options
under section 1.3. Indeed, while the
NBCO waiver standard articulated
focuses specifically on the impact of the
proposed merger on viewpoint diversity
in the local market and requires
applicants to make a showing as to such
impact, waiver requests under section
1.3 could include a broader public
interest showing, under which parties
can assert any variety of considerations
they believe warrant waiver of the rule
consistent with established precedent.
Waiver of the Commission’s policies or
rules under section 1.3 is appropriate
only if both (1) special circumstances
warrant a deviation from the general
rule, and (2) such deviation will serve
the public interest. Under this section,
the Commission may take into account
considerations of hardship, equity, or
more effective implementation of
overall policy on an individual basis.
Although the Commission must give
waiver requests a hard look, an
applicant for waiver under section 1.3
faces a high hurdle even at the starting
gate and must support its waiver request
with a compelling showing.
111. FNPRM commenters did not
address the Commission’s question
whether a case-by-case approach should
incorporate, or disavow, these waiver
criteria, which remain in effect along
with the current rule. Accordingly,
because of the lack of comment on these
criteria (for or against), and for the
reasons discussed above, the
Commission is adopting a new waiver
standard that replaces these earlier
divestiture waiver criteria.
e. Grandfathering
112. The Commission will
grandfather, to the extent required, any
existing newspaper/broadcast
combinations that no longer comply
with the NBCO Rule as a result of the
changes to the scope of the rule. In
addition, as stated in the FNPRM, the
Commission will continue to allow all
combinations currently in existence that
have been grandfathered or approved by
permanent waiver to the extent that
grandfathering/permanent waivers are
still necessary to permit common
ownership. As the Commission
explained, it leaves in place any filing
deadlines the Commission has imposed
previously on specific parties related to
cross-ownership proceedings.
Consistent with Commission precedent,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
grandfathered combinations, including
those subject to permanent waivers, are
not transferrable. The Commission
disagrees with assertions that, contrary
to longstanding Commission precedent,
grandfathered and approved
combinations should be freely
transferable in perpetuity. As stated in
the FNPRM, the Commission will
continue to allow grandfathered status
to survive pro forma changes in
ownership and involuntary changes of
ownership due to death or legal
disability of the licensee. The
Commission’s approach strikes the
appropriate balance between avoiding
imposition of the hardship of divestiture
on owners of existing combinations that
have owned a combination in reliance
on the rules and moving the industry
toward compliance with current rules
when owners voluntarily decide to sell
their properties. A transferee or assignee
of the properties must comply with the
NBCO Rule in effect at the time of the
transaction or obtain a new waiver. This
requirement applies to the transfer of
existing combinations already
grandfathered or approved and to the
transfer of combinations grandfathered
as a result of becoming non-compliant
due to the changes to the scope of the
rule.
f. Minority and Female Ownership
113. The Commission has declined to
adopt the potential rule changes that
commenters argue could lead to
increased consolidation to the possible
detriment of minority- and womenowned businesses. Instead, the adopted
rule generally prohibits common
ownership of a broadcast station and
daily newspaper in the same local
market but provides for a modest
loosening of the previous ban on crossownership through revisions to the
rule’s geographic scope, creation of an
exception for failed/failing entities, and
adoption of a viewpoint diversity-based
waiver standard. The Commission does
not believe that these modest revisions
are likely to result in significant new
combinations, nor does the record
establish that significant demand exists
for newspaper/broadcast combinations;
indeed, the trend is in the opposite
direction, as cross-owned combinations
are being severed. Moreover, as
discussed in the FNPRM, the
Commission finds that the record fails
to demonstrate that the modifications to
the adopted NBCO Rule are likely to
result in harm to minority and female
ownership. Additionally, the study that
Free Press proposes, which involves
examining grandfathered combinations
separately from waived combinations,
would be unlikely to provide useful
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
results given the small sample size
available for each of those categories
(Free Press’s own criticisms of the
MMTC Cross-Ownership Study are
instructive in this regard). Nor is such
a study necessary given the existing
record evidence and the modest
revisions adopted.
114. Ultimately, while the
Commission adopts the revised NBCO
Rule based on its viewpoint diversity
goal, and not with the purpose of
preserving or creating specific amounts
of minority and female ownership, the
Commission finds that this rule
nevertheless helps to promote
opportunities for diversity in broadcast
television and radio ownership. The
rule helps to increase the likelihood of
a variety of viewpoints and to preserve
potential ownership opportunities for
new voices.
D. Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule
1. Introduction
115. The Radio/Television CrossOwnership Rule prohibits an entity
from owning more than two television
stations and one radio station within the
same market, unless the market meets
the following size criteria. The rule
applies only to commercial stations. If at
least 10 independently owned media
voices would remain in the market postmerger, an entity may own up to two
television stations and four radio
stations. If at least 20 independently
owned media voices would remain in
the market post-merger, an entity may
own either: (1) Two television stations
and six radio stations, or (2) one
television station and seven radio
stations. In all instances, entities also
must comply with the local radio and
local television ownership limits. The
market is determined by looking at the
service contours of the relevant stations.
The rule specifies how to count the
number of media voices in a market,
including television stations, radio
stations, newspapers, and cable systems.
116. After consideration of the full
record, including the further comments
received in response to the FNPRM, the
Commission concludes that the Radio/
Television Cross-Ownership Rule
continues to be necessary given that
radio stations and television stations
both contribute in meaningful ways to
promote viewpoint diversity in local
markets. The Commission’s finding is
consistent with its decision in the 2006
Quadrennial Review Order to retain the
rule, which the Third Circuit upheld. In
the NPRM and FNPRM, the Commission
asked whether the rule continues to
serve the public interest by preserving
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
viewpoint diversity in local markets or
whether the local radio and television
ownership rules alone would protect
these goals adequately. The Commission
has concluded that the rule continues to
play an independent role in serving the
public interest separate and apart from
the local radio and television ownership
rules, which are designed primarily to
promote competition. Accordingly,
given the important policy interests at
stake, the Commission will retain the
cross-ownership rule to ensure that
consumers continue to have access to a
multiplicity of media voices.
2. Discussion
117. The Commission concludes that
the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule should be retained because it finds
that radio stations are meaningful
contributors to viewpoint diversity
within their communities. The
Commission finds that broadcast radio
and television stations are valuable
mediums for viewpoint expression such
that losing a distinct voice through
additional consolidation could disserve
the public interest. The Commission
recognizes that the current rule permits
a degree of common ownership,
especially in larger markets, but that
latitude is not a sufficient reason to
ignore the potential harms to viewpoint
diversity that may result from further
consolidation. The Commission believes
that a significant risk of harm exists in
potentially reducing the number of
diverse and antagonistic information
sources within a market. Therefore, the
Commission retains the Radio/
Television Cross-Ownership Rule, with
modifications limited to updating its
obsolete references to analog television
service contours, to protect viewpoint
diversity in local markets. Consistent
with Commission analysis in the NBCO
context, it finds that Radio/Television
Cross-Ownership Rule is not necessary
to promote competition or localism in
local markets. In the FNPRM, the
Commission recognized that crossownership can create efficiencies that
may result in public interest benefits,
such as localism. However, there is no
guarantee that owners will use any gains
produced by such efficiencies to benefit
consumers.
118. Retaining the Rule. While
broadcast television stations and
newspapers may be the primary sources
of viewpoint diversity in local markets,
the current record shows that broadcast
radio contributes to viewpoint diversity
in meaningful ways. Moreover,
platforms such as the Internet or cable
do not contribute significantly to
viewpoint diversity in local markets and
therefore do not meaningfully protect
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
against the potential loss of viewpoint
diversity that would result from
increased radio/television crossownership. The Commission is
cognizant of the fact that consumers’
reliance on radio for local news and
information has declined over time, as
has the number of all-news commercial
radio stations. While broadcast radio
stations have historically been a less
significant source of viewpoint diversity
than newspapers and broadcast
television stations, the Commission has
still been justified in its efforts to
regulate cross-ownership. Nonetheless,
the Commission finds that it would be
inconsistent with the goal of preserving
viewpoint diversity to rescind the
Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule
and allow greater consolidation to
diminish the viewpoint diversity
available in local markets.
119. As acknowledged in the FNPRM,
the existing rule already permits various
levels of cross-ownership, based on the
size of the market. The Commission
sought comment in the FNPRM on the
extent to which the rule constrains
consolidation beyond what is permitted
under the local television and local
radio ownership rules and whether
those rules would be sufficient to
protect Commission policy goals absent
the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule. The Commission tentatively
concluded that eliminating the rule
would have no effect on the number of
television stations an entity could own
in a market and would permit the
acquisition of only one or two
additional radio stations in large
markets. As the Commission has found
previously, however, the existing limits
strike an appropriate balance between
the protection of viewpoint diversity
and the potential public interest benefits
that could result from the efficiencies
gained by common ownership of radio
and television stations in a local market.
While relying solely on the local
television and local radio ownership
rules, each designed to promote
competition, might result in only
limited additional consolidation, there
would still be a loss to viewpoint
diversity if the Radio/Television CrossOwnership Rule were eliminated.
Although the Commission continues to
find that, in general, newspapers and
television stations are the main sources
that consumers turn to for local news
and information, and the Commission
previously has held that radio generally
plays a lesser role in contributing to
viewpoint diversity, it nevertheless
concludes that radio contributes
meaningfully to viewpoint diversity.
The record shows that broadcast
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76239
television and radio are both important
sources of viewpoint diversity in local
markets; accordingly, the Commission
finds that the public interest is best
served by retaining the existing rule to
protect viewpoint diversity in these
markets. The FNPRM referenced
Prometheus I for the proposition that
mergers involving media that are not
significant sources of local news do not
pose a serious threat to viewpoint
diversity. The cited discussion in
Prometheus I does not contradict the
Commission’s conclusion that radio’s
contributions to viewpoint diversity are
significant enough to warrant the rule’s
retention. Rather, Prometheus I supports
the Commission’s current view that
cable and satellite television and the
Internet are not significant sources of
independently produced local news and
information.
120. Finally, the Commission asked in
the NPRM how the results of Media
Ownership Studies 8A and 8B, which
found little to no correlation between
radio/television cross-ownership and
viewpoint diversity, should inform its
analysis. As explained in the FNPRM,
Media Ownership Study 8A analyzes
the impact of radio/television crossownership on viewpoint diversity
available in local markets by examining
how consumers react to content. Media
Ownership Study 8B examines the
impact of media ownership, including
radio/television cross-ownership, on the
amount of programming provided in
television news programs in three
categories: Politics, local programming,
and diversity in coverage of news
topics. The Commission did not receive
meaningful comment on how the results
of these studies should inform its
analysis. Based on Commission review,
these studies provide some evidence
that common ownership does not
always limit viewpoint diversity. The
Commission already has recognized that
some evidence exists that crossownership does not always limit
viewpoint diversity. However, the
Commission also has found that the
possibility of a connection between
ownership and viewpoint is not
disproved by evidence that a connection
is not always present. Indeed, the
Commission has noted previously the
existence of ample evidence that
ownership can affect viewpoint. As
noted in the context of the NBCO Rule,
the Commission believes the best way to
promote viewpoint diversity is by
maximizing the number of
independently owned stations in a
market, not by relying on a hope or
expectation that cross-owned properties
will maintain distinct voices. The
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76240
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Commission finds, however, that the
conclusions in these studies are too
limited to serve as a basis for a rule
change. The authors of Media
Ownership Study 8A caution that their
evidence does not provide any
conclusive basis for policymaking, that
they do not make any claims of
causality, and that their findings are
based on limited data. The authors of
Media Ownership Study 8B, while
forming more detailed conclusions than
in Media Ownership Study 8A, concede
that they were forced to rely on limited
variation in many policy variables, a
constraint that leads to less precise
estimates, making it difficult to identify
the effects of interest. Ultimately, while
the studies do present interesting
findings based on indirect means of
measuring viewpoint diversity, the
Commission does not find that the
results—standing in contrast to the
record evidence demonstrating the
importance of broadcast radio and
television stations to viewpoint
diversity in local markets—justify
elimination of the Radio/Television
Cross-Ownership Rule.
121. Contour Modifications. In the
NPRM, the Commission sought
comment on how the Radio/Television
Cross-Ownership Rule could be
modified to account for the fact that the
analog broadcast television contours
upon which the rule relies became
obsolete with the transition to digital
television service. The Commission
observed that the digital NLSC
approximates the Grade B contour but
that the Grade A contour does not have
a digital equivalent. Given that the
Commission is retaining the rule and
did not receive any comments on this
issue in the context of this rule, the
Commission will draw from the relevant
discussions and comments in the
context of other rules to make the
modifications necessary to update the
Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule.
122. The first of these modifications
updates the television contour used to
determine when the rule is triggered.
The digital PCC, as defined in § 73.625
of the Commission’s rules, will replace
the analog Grade A contour when
assessing whether a television station’s
contour encompasses a radio station’s
community of license. This change is
consistent with the Commission’s
replacement of the Grade A contour for
purposes of the NBCO Rule.
Additionally, as stated in the FNPRM, a
television station’s PCC ensures reliable
service for the community of license, is
already defined in the Commission’s
rules, and can be verified easily in the
event of a dispute.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
123. The second modification updates
the use of a television station’s Grade B
contour for purposes of determining
how many media voices would remain
in a market following a station
acquisition. A television station’s digital
NLSC, the digital approximate of the
Grade B contour, will replace that
analog measurement. Therefore, the
Commission will count as media voices
those independently owned and
operating full-power broadcast
television stations within the DMA of
the television station’s (or stations’)
community (or communities) of license
that have digital NLSCs that overlap
with the digital NLSC(s) of the
television station(s) at issue. This digital
NLSC substitution is consistent with the
Commission’s replacement of the Grade
B contour in the Local Television
Ownership Rule.
124. Grandfathering. Due to the
contour modifications the Commission
adopts herein, there may be
circumstances in which an existing
combination now will be impermissible
under the revised rule. Consistent with
the Commission’s approach in adopting
technical modifications to the Local
Television Ownership Rule and the
NBCO Rule, the Commission will
grandfather any existing combinations,
so long as they are held by their current
owners, to avoid imposing the hardship
of divestiture on owners previously
compliant with the rules. However,
subsequent purchasers must either
comply with the rule in effect at that
time or obtain a waiver. Thus, stations
that are subject to license assignment or
transfer of control applications will be
required to comply with the applicable
rules, except that grandfathering will
continue to apply to stations that are
subject to pro forma changes in
ownership and involuntary changes of
ownership due to death or legal
disability of the licensee.
125. Minority and Female Ownership.
While the Commission retains the
existing Radio/Television CrossOwnership Rule (with minor contour
modifications) based on its viewpoint
diversity goal, and not with the purpose
of preserving or creating specific
amounts of minority and female
ownership, the Commission finds that
retaining the existing rule nevertheless
helps to promote opportunities for
diversity in broadcast television and
radio ownership. The rule helps to
increase the likelihood of a variety of
viewpoints and to preserve ownership
opportunities for new entrants.
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E. Dual Network Rule
1. Introduction
126. Based on the record compiled in
the 2010 and 2014 Quadrennial Review
proceedings, the Commission finds that
the Dual Network Rule, which permits
common ownership of multiple
broadcast networks but prohibits a
merger between or among the top-four
networks (specifically, ABC, CBS, Fox,
and NBC), continues to be necessary to
promote competition and localism and
should be retained without
modification. The rule provides that a
television broadcast station may affiliate
with a person or entity that maintains
two or more networks of television
broadcast stations unless such dual or
multiple networks are composed of two
or more persons or entities that, on
February 8, 1996, were networks as
defined in § 73.3613(a)(1) of the
Commission’s regulations. The Third
Circuit upheld the Commission’s
decision in the 2006 Quadrennial
Review Order to retain the dual network
rule to promote competition and
localism. The Commission finds that, in
comparison to other broadcast and cable
networks, the top-four broadcast
television networks have a distinctive
ability to attract larger primetime
audiences on a regular basis, which
enables the top-four networks to earn
higher rates from those advertisers
seeking to reach large, national mass
audiences consistently. By reducing the
number of choices available to such
advertisers, a combination among topfour broadcast networks could
substantially lessen competition and
lead the networks to pay less attention
to viewer demand for innovative, highquality programming. The Commission
also finds that the Dual Network Rule
remains necessary to preserve the ability
of affiliates to influence network
decisions in a manner that best serves
the interests of their local communities,
thereby maintaining the balance of
bargaining power between the top-four
networks and their affiliates. The
Commission concludes that the benefits
of retaining the rule outweigh any
potential burdens.
2. Discussion
127. Competition. The Commission
concludes that the Dual Network Rule
continues to be necessary in the public
interest to foster competition in the
provision of primetime entertainment
programming and the sale of national
advertising time. The Commission
continues to believe that at present
these four major networks continue to
constitute a strategic group in the
national advertising marketplace and
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
compete largely among themselves for
advertisers that seek to reach
comparatively large, national audiences.
Accordingly, the Commission finds that
a top-four network merger would
substantially lessen competition for
advertising dollars in the national
advertising marketplace, which would,
in turn, reduce incentives for the
networks to compete with each other for
viewers by providing innovative, highquality programming. Based on their
distinctive characteristics relative to
other broadcast and cable networks, the
Commission concludes that the top-four
broadcast networks continue to serve a
unique role in the provision of
primetime entertainment programming
and the sale of national advertising time
that justifies the retention of this rule
specific to them.
128. The Commission finds that the
top-four broadcast networks continue to
attract primetime audiences that are
more consistent and larger than those
achieved by other broadcast or cable
networks, as measured both by the
audience size for individual programs
and by the audience size for each
network as a whole. The primetime
entertainment programming supplied by
the top-four broadcast networks
generally is designed to appeal to a mass
audience, and financing such
programming on the scale needed for a
consistent primetime lineup, in turn,
requires investment of substantial
revenues that only a consistently large,
mass audience can provide. Thus, the
primetime entertainment programming
that the top-four networks provide to
their affiliated local stations is intended
to attract on a regular basis both mass
audiences and the advertisers that want
to reach them. This is in contrast to
other broadcast networks, and many
cable networks, which tend to target
more specialized, niche audiences. Due
to their targeted approaches,
programming on these networks attracts
smaller audiences than the top-four
networks.
129. The Commission notes that in
recent years some cable networks may
have modified their primetime lineups
to more closely resemble those of
broadcast networks and that some
online video providers have started
offering original programming that may
also attract sizable audiences.
Nonetheless, at this time the
Commission does not believe that cable
networks or online providers have
assembled a platform of programming
that is consistently of the same broad
appeal and audience share, on the
whole, as the primetime entertainment
programming provided by the top-four
broadcast networks.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
130. Commission staff review of more
recent data shows that, while certain
cable networks have continued to air a
discrete number of individual programs
or episodes that have become
increasingly capable of attracting
primetime audiences on par with, or
even greater than, the top-four broadcast
networks, no one cable network—let
alone several—has been able to
consistently deliver such audiences
beyond individual programs or
episodes.
131. This conclusion is also
supported by data on the average
primetime audience size of individual
broadcast and cable networks, as
measured at the network level. Even
though an increasing number of
individual cable primetime
entertainment programs or episodes
have achieved audiences of a similar
size to their broadcast network
counterparts, on average the primetime
audience size for each of the top-four
broadcast networks has remained
significantly larger than the audience
size for even the most popular cable
networks. Accordingly, the Commission
concludes that the primetime
entertainment programming provided
by the top-four broadcast networks
continues to be a distinct product
capable of attracting large audiences of
a size that individual cable networks
cannot consistently replicate, despite
the ability of a few primetime cable
network programs to achieve similarly
large audiences on an individual basis.
132. In addition, there continues to be
a wide disparity in the advertising rates
earned by the top-four broadcast
networks and the advertising rates
charged by other broadcast and cable
networks, which further indicates that
the top-four broadcast networks are
distinct from other networks.
133. Data on net advertising revenues
provide further indication that the topfour broadcast networks are particularly
appealing to advertisers seeking
consistent, large national audiences.
The Commission finds that the data
further support its conclusion that the
top-four broadcast networks comprise a
strategic group in the national
advertising marketplace and compete
largely among themselves for advertisers
that seek to reach large, national mass
audiences consistently.
134. Therefore, the Commission
retains the existing Dual Network Rule
without modification to promote
competition in the sale of national
advertising time. The Commission also
agrees with comments that the rule
remains necessary to promote
competition in the marketplace for
primetime programming. Specifically,
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76241
the Commission finds that the top-four
broadcast networks have a distinctive
ability to attract, on a regular basis,
larger primetime audiences than other
broadcast and cable networks, which
enables them to earn higher rates from
those advertisers that are willing to pay
a premium for such audiences. Thus, a
combination between two top-four
broadcast networks would reduce the
choices available to advertisers seeking
large, national audiences, which could
substantially lessen competition and
lead the networks to pay less attention
to viewer demand for innovative, highquality programming. The Commission
therefore concludes that the primetime
entertainment programming provided
by the top-four broadcast networks and
national television advertising time are
each distinct products—the availability,
price, and quality of which could be
restricted, to the detriment of
consumers, if two of the top-four
networks were permitted to merge.
Accordingly, the Commission finds that
the Dual Network Rule remains
necessary to foster competition in the
sale of national television advertising
time and the provision of primetime
entertainment programming.
135. Localism. In addition to
furthering its competition goal, the
Commission concludes that, consistent
with past Commission findings, the
Dual Network Rule also continues to be
necessary to foster localism.
Specifically, the Commission finds that
eliminating the rule could increase the
bargaining power of the top-four
broadcast networks over their affiliate
stations, thereby reducing the ability of
the affiliates to influence network
programming decisions in a manner that
best serves the interests of their local
communities. Typically, a critical role
of a broadcast network is to provide its
local affiliate stations with high-quality
programming. Because this
programming is distributed nationwide,
broadcast networks have an economic
incentive to ensure that the
programming both appeals to a mass,
nationwide audience and is widely
shown by affiliate stations. By contrast,
a network’s local affiliate stations
provide local input on network
programming decisions and air
programming that serves the specific
needs and interests of that specific local
community. As a result, the economic
incentives of the networks are not
always aligned with the interests of the
local affiliate stations or the
communities they serve.
136. In the context of this
complementary network-affiliate
relationship, the Commission agrees
with network affiliate commenters that
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76242
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
a top-four network merger would reduce
the ability of a network affiliate station
to use the availability of other top,
independently owned networks as a
bargaining tool to exert influence on the
programming decisions of its network,
including the affiliate’s ability to engage
in a dialogue with its network over the
suitability for local audiences of either
the content or scheduling of network
programming. Elimination of the Dual
Network Rule would increase the
economic leverage of the top-four
networks over their affiliate stations,
which would harm localism by
diminishing the ability of the affiliates
to serve their communities. The
Commission has recognized that affiliate
stations play an important role in
assuring that the needs and tastes of
local viewers are served. The
Commission also agrees with network
affiliate commenters that the Dual
Network Rule is an important structural
principle that helps to maintain
equilibrium between the top-four
networks and their affiliate stations.
Accordingly, the Commission concludes
that the Dual Network Rule remains
necessary to foster localism. In the
NPRM, the Commission also sought
comment on whether antitrust laws and
its public interest standard are sufficient
to address any harms to competition or
localism that might result from a topfour network merger. The Commission’s
concern here is that a merger of two or
more top-four networks would restrict
the availability, price, and quality of
primetime entertainment programming
and the bargaining power and influence
of network affiliate stations, harming
consumers and localism. Because these
harms to consumers and localism are
not typically considered in a structural
antitrust analysis, the Commission does
not believe that antitrust enforcement
would adequately protect against these
harms.
137. Dual Affiliation. As noted
previously, some commenters have
urged the Commission to prohibit a TV
station from affiliating with two or more
top-four broadcast networks in a single
market, claiming that dual affiliation
allows a broadcaster to do locally what
the networks are forbidden from doing
nationally, which is to consolidate the
bargaining power of multiple top-four
network signals under the control of a
single entity. The Commission finds,
however, that dual affiliation does not
implicate the Dual Network Rule and
that the rule should not be expanded to
address dual affiliation practices. The
Dual Network Rule addresses harms to
competition and localism that would
result from a decrease in the number of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
networks competing for national
advertisers and the reduced ability of
local affiliate stations to use the
availability of other top, independently
owned networks as a bargaining tool to
influence network programming
decisions. Because dual affiliation does
not reduce the number of network
owners, the Commission believes that
dual affiliation does not give rise to
either of these harms. Accordingly,
arguments related to dual affiliation are
not relevant to the Commission’s
consideration of the Dual Network Rule.
138. Minority and Female Ownership.
In this proceeding, the Commission
sought comment on the impact of its
media ownership rules on minority and
female ownership of broadcast stations.
No commenters, however, addressed the
potential impact of the Dual Network
Rule on minority and female ownership.
Given the distinct nature of the Dual
Network Rule and its focus on mergers
involving the top-four broadcast
networks, and not ownership limits in
local markets, the Commission does not
believe that this rule would be expected
to have any meaningful impact on
minority and female ownership levels.
IV. Diversity Order Remand
139. In addition to assessing each of
the broadcast ownership rules subject to
quadrennial review pursuant to Section
202(h), the Commission is considering
in this proceeding the Third Circuit’s
remand of the Commission’s 2008
Diversity Order, in particular the
decision in that order to adopt a
revenue-based eligible entity definition
as a race-neutral means of facilitating
ownership diversity. In Prometheus III,
the Third Circuit ordered the
Commission to act promptly to bring the
eligible entity definition to a close by
making a final determination as to
whether to adopt a new definition. The
court stated that it did not intend to
prejudge the outcome of this analysis.
140. The Order discusses below the
actions that the Commission believes
are appropriate in response to the Third
Circuit’s remand. As a threshold matter,
the Order discusses the Commission’s
ongoing initiatives to promote diversity
of ownership among broadcast licensees
and to expand opportunities for
minorities and women to participate in
the broadcast industry. The Order also
discusses the Commission’s ongoing
improvements to the collection of data
and other empirical evidence that are
relevant to minority and female
ownership issues. Next, the Order
discusses the measures the Commission
adopted to enhance ownership
diversity. Based on the record in this
proceeding, the Third Circuit’s remand
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
instructions, and Commission analysis
of the preexisting eligible entity
standard and the measures to which it
applied, the Commission concludes that
it should reinstate the revenue-based
eligible entity standard and apply the
standard to the regulatory policies set
forth in the Diversity Order. The
Commission concludes that reinstating
the previous revenue-based standard
will serve the public interest by
promoting small business participation
in the broadcast industry and potential
entry by new entrepreneurs. The
Commission finds that small businesses
benefit from flexible licensing policies
and that easing certain regulations for
small business applicants and licensees
will encourage innovation and enhance
viewpoint diversity. The Commission
also believes that the benefits of
reinstating the eligible entity standard
and applying it to the regulatory
measures set forth in the Diversity Order
outweigh any potential costs of the
Commission’s decision to do so.
Accordingly, the Commission concludes
that this action will advance the policy
objectives that traditionally have guided
the Commission’s analyses of broadcast
ownership issues.
141. This action does not, of course,
preclude Commission consideration of
other or additional eligibility standards
that have been put forward as means to
promote minority and women
ownership of broadcast stations. The
Commission has carefully studied the
record, and the evidence does not
establish a basis for race-conscious
remedies. Thus, the Commission does
not believe that such measures would
withstand review under the equal
protection component of the Due
Process Clause of the Constitution. The
Supreme Court held in Adarand
˜
Constructors, Inc. v. Pena, 515 U.S. 200
(1995) (Adarand), that any federal
program in which the government treats
any person unequally because of his or
her race must satisfy the strict scrutiny
constitutional standard of judicial
review. Finally, the Commission
evaluates additional measures that
commenters have proposed as potential
means of promoting diversity of
ownership, aside from the measures that
the Third Circuit remanded in
Prometheus II, including a proposal that
the Commission adopt an Overcoming
Disadvantage Preference (ODP)
standard.
A. Commission Diversity Initiatives and
Data Collection Efforts
1. Continuing Diversity Initiatives
142. Diversity Rules and Policies. The
Commission strongly believes that a
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
diverse and robust marketplace of ideas
is essential to democracy. As the
Supreme Court has recognized Metro
Broadcasting, Inc. v. FCC, 497 U.S. 547,
567 (1990), safeguarding the public’s
right to receive a diversity of views and
information over the airwaves is an
integral component of the FCC’s
mission. The Commission has
established numerous policies and rules
intended to further the proliferation of
diverse and antagonistic sources.
Furthermore, as noted by the Third
Circuit in Prometheus III, the
Commission has a congressional
mandate to disseminate spectrum
licenses among a wide variety of
applicants, including businesses owned
by members of minority groups and
women. This statutory directive,
however, does not mandate race- or
gender-conscious initiatives.
143. The Commission and Congress
previously adopted race- and genderconscious measures intended
specifically to assist minorities and
women in their efforts to acquire
broadcast properties, such as tax
certificates and distress sale policies.
Following the Adarand decision,
however, the Commission discontinued
those policies and programs. Congress
repealed the tax certificate policy in
1995 as part of its budget approval
process. Subsequently, the Commission
continued its efforts to promote
viewpoint diversity through a variety of
race- and gender-neutral initiatives
intended to promote diversity of
broadcast ownership, and the
Commission currently has a number of
such rules and initiatives in place. The
Commission addresses the concerns
raised by the court in Prometheus II and
finds that reinstating the revenue-based
eligible entity standard and the related
regulatory policies will serve its broader
goal of diversity of ownership, and thus
viewpoint diversity, by facilitating small
business and new entrant participation
in the broadcast industry. In addition to
these measures, the Commission also
took a number of other actions in the
Diversity Order to promote viewpoint
diversity through diversity of
ownership. Beyond fostering viewpoint
diversity, the Commission has taken
steps to facilitate the entry of new
participants into the broadcasting
industry to promote innovation in the
field also. Because the Third Circuit
expressly upheld those other actions,
they remain in place. Those actions
include, among others, a ban on
discrimination in broadcast
transactions, a zero tolerance policy for
ownership fraud, and a requirement that
non-discrimination provisions be
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
included in advertising sales contracts.
The Commission has revised its Form
303–S license renewal application form
to include this certification requirement.
The court also expressly upheld several
other measures adopted by the
Commission in the Diversity Order,
including the commissioning of
longitudinal research on minority and
women ownership trends, enabling the
Commission’s Office of
Communications Business
Opportunities (OCBO) to coordinate
with the Small Business Administration
to encourage local and regional banks to
make loans through SBA’s guaranteed
loan programs, the holding of Access to
Capital conferences, and the creation of
a guidebook on diversity. Similarly, the
Prometheus II opinion did not question
the Commission’s decision to reinstate
the failed station solicitation rule
(FSSR), which is intended to provide
out-of-market buyers, including
minorities and women, with notice of a
sale and an opportunity to bid on
stations before the seller seeks a waiver
of certain ownership rules. The FSSR
provides that, before selling a station to
an in-market buyer, an applicant for a
failed or failing station waiver of the
local television ownership rule or the
radio/television cross-ownership rule
must demonstrate that the in-market
buyer is the only entity ready, willing,
and able to operate the station and that
sale to a buyer outside the market would
result in an artificially depressed price.
In the 2002 Biennial Review Order, the
Commission eliminated the FSSR,
finding that the buyer most likely to
deliver public interest benefits by using
the failed, failing, or unbuilt station will
be the owner of another station in the
same market. The Prometheus I court
remanded the issue on the basis that the
Commission did not consider the
potential impact on minority owners
when it eliminated the rule. In the 2006
Quadrennial Review Order, the
Commission reinstated the FSSR.
Accordingly, this measure has remained
in place and is retained as part of this
Order on the local television ownership
rule. In addition, the Commission notes
that anecdotal evidence suggests that
JSAs may have had the effect of
enabling large station owners to
foreclose entry into markets and that the
Commission’s decision to attribute JSAs
has actually led to greater ownership
diversity.
144. OCBO Initiatives. Additionally,
OCBO promotes diversity by serving as
the principal advisor to the Chairman
and the Commissioners on issues,
rulemakings, and policies affecting
small, women-owned, and minority-
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76243
owned communications businesses.
OCBO also hosts workshops and
conferences designed to help promote
small business and minority
participation in the communications
marketplace. OCBO’s efforts to promote
small business participation and
ownership diversity—in broadcast,
telecommunications, and new media—
have continued since the release of the
FNPRM.
145. Foreign Ownership. The
Commission has taken steps to help
facilitate investment in the broadcast
industry, which a number of
commenters suggest would help to
facilitate ownership diversity. Recently,
the Commission released a Notice of
Proposed Rulemaking proposing to
extend to broadcast licensees the same
streamlined procedures and rules used
to review foreign ownership in common
carrier licensees, with certain tailored
modifications. These proposed changes,
if adopted, could facilitate investment
from new sources of capital at a time of
growing need for investment in the
broadcast sector. Further, MMTC and
others believe that these proposed
changes could potentially benefit
minority-owned broadcasters and
facilitate diverse programming.
146. Tax Certificate Legislation.
Consistent with comments in the record,
the Commission’s most recent Section
257 Report to Congress includes a
recommendation that Congress pass tax
deferral legislation. The report states
that such a program could permit tax
credits for sellers of communications
properties who offer financing to small
firms.
147. AM Revitalization. As discussed
in the FNPRM, several of the Diversity
and Competition Supporter’s (DCS)
proposals involve modifications to the
AM broadcast service, and the AM
Revitalization NPRM (78 FR 69629, Nov.
20, 2013, FCC 13–139, rel. Oct. 29,
2013) solicited comment on a number of
the technical issues that DCS raised in
this proceeding. Given the nature of
these proposals, they must be
considered in the broader context of the
Commission’s efforts to revitalize the
AM service. Since the release of the
FNPRM, the Commission has adopted
the six proposals set forth in the AM
Revitalization NPRM. The Commission
believes that its actions in the AM
Revitalization Order (81 FR 2751, Jan.
19, 2016, FCC 15–142, rel. Oct. 23,
2013) will assist AM broadcasters to
better serve the public, thereby
advancing the Commission’s
fundamental goals of diversity,
competition, and localism in broadcast
media. These actions address some of
the technical issues that DCS has raised
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
76244
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
in this proceeding about the AM
broadcast service. The Commission
notes that some commenters regard the
AM radio service as a critical point of
entry for women and minorities seeking
to become broadcasters.
148. Hispanic Television Study. In
addition, the Commission conducted a
study of Hispanic television viewing.
The study is the Commission’s first
systematic examination of the Hispanic
television marketplace, which
comprises a growing segment of the
nation’s population. Specifically, the
study considers: (1) The impact of
Hispanic-owned television stations on
Hispanic-oriented programming and
Hispanic viewership in selected local
television markets; and (2) the extent of
Hispanic-oriented programming on U.S.
broadcast television. The results of the
study’s regression analysis indicate that,
among other things, Hispanic viewers
favor the major Spanish-language
networks, especially Univision (which
is not Hispanic-owned); watch local,
Spanish-language news at higher levels
than English-language news; and watch
more telenovelas than other program
types.
149. The Commission recognizes,
however, that no one study, including
the Hispanic Television Study, will be
responsive to the many and varied
concerns raised by commenters. The
objective of the study was to attempt to
examine the nexus, if any, between
Hispanic ownership of broadcast
television stations and Hispanicoriented program content.
2. Continuing Improvements to Data
Collection
150. Collection of Biennial Ownership
Data. The Commission has improved its
collection and analysis of broadcast
ownership information. Indeed, its
recent efforts have largely addressed the
concerns expressed by certain
commenters. The Commission has been
engaged in a sustained effort to improve
the quality, utility, and reliability of
broadcast ownership data it collects on
FCC Forms 323 and 323–E.
151. To improve the quality of its
broadcast ownership data, the
Commission adopted several significant
changes to Form 323 in the 323 Order
(74 FR 25163, May 27, 2009, FCC 09–
33, rel. May 5, 2009). The Commission
established a new, machine-readable
Form 323, expanded the filing
requirement to sole proprietors,
partnerships of natural persons, low
power television (LPTV), and Class A
television licensees and established a
uniform filing deadline of November 1
for biennial ownership reports on Form
323. Most recently, the Commission in
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
2016 adopted a number of additional
enhancements to its broadcast
ownership data collection to further
improve the comprehensiveness and
reliability of the data. In particular, the
Commission implemented a Restricted
Use FCC Registration Number
(Restricted Use FRN)—a new identifier
within the Commission’s Registration
System (CORES)—that will allow for
unique identification of individuals
listed on broadcast ownership reports,
without necessitating the disclosure to
the Commission of individuals’ full
Social Security Numbers. The
Commission also eliminated the
availability of the interim Special Use
FRN for individuals reported on
broadcast ownership reports, except in
certain limited circumstances.
152. In addition, the Commission
revised Form 323–E to collect race,
gender, and ethnicity information for
attributable interest holders; to require
that CORES FRNs or Restricted Use
FRNs be used; and to conform the
biennial filing deadline for NCE station
ownership reports to the biennial filing
deadline for commercial station
ownership reports. Together, the further
enhancements that the Commission
adopted in the Form 323/CORES Report
and Order (81 FR 19432, Apr. 4, 2016,
FCC 16–1, rel. Jan. 20, 2016) will enable
the Commission to obtain data
providing a more useful, accurate, and
thorough picture of minority and female
broadcast station ownership, while
reducing filing burdens.
153. Improving Response Rates and
Data Quality. In addition to
substantially revising Forms 323 and
323–E, the Commission has made
ongoing outreach efforts to assist filers
in an effort to improve response rates
and to reduce common filing errors.
Prior to the 2011, 2013, and 2015
biennial filing periods for Form 323, the
Media Bureau released public notices to
remind commercial licensees of their
obligation to file a biennial ownership
report. To assist both novice and
experienced filers, the Bureau has
hosted information sessions regarding
the filing of biennial ownership reports
on Form 323, which are also available
on the Commission’s Web site.
154. Analysis of Ownership Data. To
assist parties in their ability to access
and analyze the ownership data, the
Commission has ensured that the data
submitted on Form 323 are incorporated
into a relational database, the most
common database format, which is
standard for large, complex, interrelated
datasets. Complete raw data from the
Commission’s broadcast ownership
filings, both current and historical, are
available for download from the
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Commission’s Web site, and the data are
updated on a daily basis to account for
new and amended filings. Researchers
and other parties may download the
data files from the Commission’s Web
site at any time and study, search, and
manipulate the data in a wide variety of
ways. The Commission has made
explanatory documents publicly
available and easy to find. Also, in
response to requests from outside
parties, the Commission now provides
spreadsheets that contain additional
ownership data, such as call signs,
broadcast location, and market
information. These spreadsheets are
released with the 323 Reports to help
present a broader picture of the biennial
Form 323 data.
155. In addition, the Media Bureau
hosted an all-day public workshop in
September 2015 to assist individuals
and organizations that wish to use and
study the large amount of broadcast
ownership data that is available to the
public on the Commission’s Web site.
The workshop addressed a number of
topics concerning access to, and use of,
the Commission’s commercial broadcast
ownership data, including relevant data
that the Commission collects, how
members of the public can access those
data, and mechanisms for querying,
studying, and visualizing the data,
including in combination with data
available from non-FCC sources. The
workshop, a video of which is available
online, provides researchers with the
tools and understanding to
electronically search, aggregate, and
cross reference the data to prepare their
own analysis.
B. Remand Review of the RevenueBased Eligible Entity Standard
156. The Commission concludes that
its prior revenue-based eligible entity
definition should be reinstated and
applied to the regulatory policies set
forth in the Diversity Order. The
Commission finds that reinstating the
eligible entity definition and the
measures to which it applied will serve
the public interest by promoting small
business participation in the broadcast
industry and potential entry by new
entrepreneurs. Accordingly, the
Commission reinstates its previous
revenue-based eligible entity definition
and the measures adopted in the
Diversity Order that were vacated and
remanded by the Third Circuit in
Prometheus II.
157. The Commission concludes that
the revenue-based eligible entity
standard is a reasonable and effective
means of promoting broadcast station
ownership by small businesses and
potential new entrants. The Commission
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
continues to believe that small business
applicants and licensees often have
financial and operational needs that are
distinct from those of larger
broadcasters, and that they require
greater flexibility with regard to
licensing, construction, auctions, and
transactions. By easing certain
regulations for small business
applicants and licensees, the
Commission believes it will increase
station ownership opportunities for
small businesses and new entrants, to
the benefit of the public interest.
158. Moreover, the Commission
concludes that its traditional policy
objectives will be served by enhancing
opportunities for small business
participation in the broadcast industry
via the eligible entity standard. The
Commission continue to believe that
enabling more small businesses to
participate in the broadcast industry
will encourage innovation and promote
competition and viewpoint diversity. As
the Commission has noted previously in
the 2002 Biennial Review Order, greater
small business participation in
communications markets will expand
the pool of potential competitors and
should bring new competitive strategies
and approaches by broadcast station
owners in ways that benefit consumers
in those markets. The Commission
continues to believe that this is true.
Furthermore, increasing opportunities
for small businesses to participate in the
broadcast industry will foster viewpoint
diversity by facilitating the
dissemination of broadcast licenses to a
wider variety of applicants than would
otherwise be the case. Competition and
viewpoint diversity are two primary
policy objectives that have traditionally
guided the Commission’s analysis of
broadcast ownership issues.
159. The record supports these
conclusions. Commenters, including
AWM and NAB, agree that re-adopting
the revenue-based eligible entity
standard is an appropriate means of
enhancing ownership opportunities for
small businesses and new entrants.
Although public interest commenters
criticize the Commission’s proposal to
reinstate the revenue-based standard,
they also acknowledge the data cited in
the FNPRM to support the
Commission’s conclusion that the
standard promotes viewpoint diversity.
Public interest commenters that criticize
the revenue-based eligible entity
standard do so based on their view that
the standard is not an effective means of
increasing ownership specifically by
women and minorities. However, this
has no bearing on the Commission’s
conclusion that the standard will help
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
promote small business and new entrant
participation in the broadcast industry.
160. The Native Public Media and the
National Congress of American Indians
(NPM/NCAI) argue that, pending further
action on a race- and gender-conscious
eligible entity standard, the Commission
can take another significant step
towards overcoming the
underrepresentation of Native
Americans in broadcast station
ownership by expanding the definition
of eligible entity to include Native
Nations. The Commission does not
believe expanding its revenue-based
eligible entity definition to include
Tribes and Tribal Applicants to enable
more small businesses to participate in
the broadcast industry is necessary.
Moreover, as NPM/NCAI point out, the
Commission has adopted measures in a
separate proceeding that are intended to
expand broadcast opportunities for
Tribal Nations and Tribal entities. To
the extent that their proposal is
intended to increase broadcast service to
Tribal lands, the Commission believes it
is outside the scope of this quadrennial
review proceeding. The Commission
notes that, in a proceeding concerning
rural radio, the Commission adopted a
Tribal Radio Priority to expand the
number of radio stations owned or
majority controlled by federally
recognized American Indian Tribes and
Alaska Native Villages, or Tribal
consortia, broadcasting to Tribal lands.
161. The Commission’s decision to
reinstate the revenue-based eligible
entity standard is also supported by the
Commission’s own records, which
indicate that a significant number of
broadcast licensees and permittees
availed themselves of policies based on
the revenue-based eligible entity
standard between the implementation of
that standard and its suspension
following Prometheus II. One of those
policies was to allow an eligible entity
that acquired an expiring broadcast
construction permit to obtain additional
time to build out its facilities in certain
circumstances.
162. The data clearly suggest that
providing additional time to construct
broadcast facilities has facilitated
market entry by small broadcasters.
Further, the Commission notes that the
data reflect the use of the prior eligible
entity standard in a limited context and
do not reflect the total number of
applicants and permittees that benefited
from all the various broadcast policies
that relied on the revenue-based eligible
entity standard. Even so, this
information supports the Commission’s
conclusion that the revenue-based
eligible entity standard has been used
successfully by a significant number of
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76245
small firms and has not only aided their
entry, but also contributed to the
sustained presence of small firms in
broadcasting in furtherance of the
Commission’s public interest goals.
163. In addition to reinstating the
revenue-based eligible entity standard,
the Commission believes applying the
standard to the full range of
construction, licensing, transaction, and
auction measures to which it previously
applied is in the public interest.
Commenters that have argued against
reinstatement have done so based on
whether the measures will specifically
increase minority and female ownership
of broadcast stations, which has no
bearing on whether the measures will
promote small business participation in
the broadcast industry. Accordingly, the
Commission hereby re-adopts each
measure relying on this definition that
was remanded in Prometheus II.
Specifically, the Commission reinstates
the following measures: (1) Revision of
Rules Regarding Construction Permit
Deadlines; (2) Modification of
Attribution Rule; (3) Distress Sale
Policy; (4) Duopoly Priority for
Companies that Finance or Incubate an
Eligible Entity; (5) Extension of
Divestiture Deadline in Certain Mergers;
and (6) Assignment or Transfer of
Grandfathered Radio Station
Combinations. In reinstating this
measure, the Commission emphasizes
that this exception to its strict broadcast
station construction policy is limited to
one 18-month extension based on one
assignment to an eligible entity. In
addition, pursuant to the new entrant
bidding credits available under the
Commission’s broadcast auction rules,
the modified EDP attribution standard
was available to interest holders in
eligible entities that are the winning
bidders in broadcast auctions. The
Commission also reinstates this
application of the modified EDP
standard. Moreover, to ensure
realization of the Commission’s policy
goals, in reviewing the sale of a permit
to an eligible entity, the Commission
will assess the bona fides of both the
arms-length structure of the transaction
and the assignee’s status as an eligible
entity as proposed in the FNPRM. In
addition, the Commission clarifies that
this exception to its broadcast station
construction policy applies both to
original construction permits for the
construction of new stations and to
construction permits for major
modifications of authorized broadcast
facilities. The Commission also lifts any
prior suspension of Commission rules
implementing these measures and
applying the eligible entity standard,
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76246
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
including 47 CFR 73.3555, Note 2(i)(2);
73.3598(a); and 73.5008(c)(2). As of the
effective date of the reinstated Eligible
Entity measures, the suspension will no
longer be in effect.
164. Consistent with the
Commission’s pre-existing eligible
entity definition, the Commission
defines an eligible entity as any entity—
commercial or noncommercial—that
would qualify as a small business
consistent with SBA standards for its
industry grouping, based on revenue. As
the Commission previously held, going
forward it will include both commercial
and noncommercial entities within the
scope of the term eligible entity to the
extent that they otherwise meet the
criteria of this standard. In the FNPRM,
the Commission sought comment on
whether to use different eligible entity
definitions for commercial and
noncommercial entities, and no
commenters have urged the Commission
to do so. For all SBA programs, a radio
or television station with no more than
$38.5 million in annual revenue
currently is considered a small business.
The definition of small business for the
radio industry is listed in North
American Industry Classification
System (NAICS) code 515112, and the
definition of a small business for the
television industry is listed in NAICS
code 515120. To determine qualification
as a small business, the SBA considers
the revenues of domestic and foreign
affiliates, including the parent
corporation and affiliates of the parent
corporation, not just the revenues of
individual broadcast stations. The
Commission will also require an eligible
entity to satisfy one of several control
tests to ensure that ultimate control rests
in an entity that satisfies the revenue
criteria. Specifically, the eligible entity
must hold: (1) 30 percent or more of the
stock/partnership shares and more than
50 percent voting power of the
corporation or partnership that will
hold the broadcast license; (2) 15
percent or more of the stock/partnership
shares and more than 50 percent voting
power of the corporation or partnership
that will hold the broadcast licenses,
provided that no other person or entity
owns or controls more than 25 percent
of the outstanding stock or partnership
interest; or (3) more than 50 percent of
the voting power of the corporation if
the corporation that holds the broadcast
licenses is a publicly traded company.
When the Commission, in the 2002
Biennial Review Order, ruled that
licensees would be allowed to transfer
grandfathered station combinations to
eligible entities, it required that control
of the eligible entity purchasing the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
grandfathered combination must meet
one of several control tests to meet the
Commission’s public interest objectives
and ensure that the benefits of the
exception flowed as intended. The
Commission readopts these
requirements for the same reasons.
C. Remand Review of a Race- or GenderConscious Eligible Entity Standard
165. The Commission’s adoption of a
revenue-based definition of eligible
entity to promote small business
participation in the broadcast industry
does not, of course, preclude the
Commission from considering whether
to adopt an additional standard
designed specifically to promote
minority and female ownership of
broadcast stations.
166. However, the Commission
declines to adopt an SDB eligibility
standard or other race- or genderconscious eligible entity standard.
While the Commission finds that a
reviewing court could find the
Commission’s interest in promoting a
diversity of viewpoints over broadcast
media compelling, the Commission does
not believe that the record evidence
sufficiently demonstrates that adoption
of race-conscious measures would be
narrowly tailored to further that interest.
In particular, the Commission finds that
the evidence in the record, including
the numerous studies that have been
conducted or submitted, does not
demonstrate a connection between
minority ownership and viewpoint
diversity that is direct and substantial
enough to satisfy strict scrutiny. The
two recent studies that directly address
the impact of minority ownership on
viewpoint diversity, Media Ownership
Studies 8A and 8B, find almost no
statistically significant relationship
between such ownership and their
measure of viewpoint diversity. Other
studies in the record examine the
relationship between minority
ownership and other aspects of the
Commission’s diversity goal, such as
programming or format diversity, rather
than the viewpoint diversity that the
Supreme Court has recognized as an
interest of the highest order and that the
Commission believes is most central to
First Amendment values. Many of the
studies, too, demonstrate at most a
limited relationship between minority
ownership and other aspects of the
Commission’s diversity goal.
167. In addition, the Commission
does not believe that the record
evidence establishes a sufficiently
strong relationship between diversity of
viewpoint and female ownership of
broadcast stations that would satisfy the
constitutional standards for gender-
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
based classifications. The Commission
finds that the evidence in the record
does not reveal that the content
provided via women-owned broadcast
stations substantially contributes to
viewpoint diversity in a manner
different from other stations or
otherwise varies significantly from that
provided by other stations. Because the
studies in the record do not indicate
that increased female ownership will
increase viewpoint diversity, the
Commission believes that they do not
provide a rationale for adopting genderbased diversity measures.
168. Moreover, the Commission does
not believe that the record evidence is
sufficient to establish a compelling
interest in remedying past
discrimination. The Commission finds
that no evidence exists in the record
demonstrating a statistically significant
disparity between the number of
minority- and women-owned broadcast
stations and the number of qualified
minority- and women-owned firms, and
the Commission lacks a plausible way to
determine the number of qualified firms
owned by minorities and women. The
Commission believes that it cannot
demonstrate a compelling interest in
remedying discrimination in the
Commission’s licensing process in the
absence of such evidence. Because the
only statistical evidence in the record
pertains to discriminatory access to
capital and the rest is anecdotal
evidence that is of more limited value
for purposes of satisfying heightened
scrutiny, the Commission finds that the
record evidence of past discrimination
in the broadcast industry—both by the
Commission itself and by private parties
with the Commission acting as a passive
participant—is not nearly as substantial
as that accepted by courts in other
contexts as satisfying strict scrutiny.
Based on its evaluation of the record
evidence, the Commission also
concludes that it is not of sufficient
weight to support gender-based
remedial action. Accordingly, the
Commission cannot adopt rules that
explicitly rely on race or gender. The
FNPRM also contains a detailed and
thorough analysis of these issues, and it
reflects the Commission’s extensive
efforts to evaluate the current
constitutional considerations and
available evidence regarding the
adoption of race- and gender-conscious
measures.
1. Enhancing Viewpoint Diversity
169. Race-Based Diversity Measures.
In the FNPRM, the Commission
expressed its belief that the
Commission’s interest in promoting
viewpoint diversity could be deemed
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
sufficiently compelling to survive the
first prong of the strict scrutiny test, and
the Commission sought comment on
this analysis. In response to the FNPRM,
many commenters agree that the
Commission’s interest in promoting
viewpoint diversity could be deemed
sufficiently compelling under strict
scrutiny, and the Commission affirms
this belief. The U.S. Supreme Court to
date has accepted only two justifications
for race-based action as compelling for
purposes of strict scrutiny: Student
body diversity in higher education and
remedying past discrimination. In Metro
Broadcasting, the Court held, based on
the application of intermediate
constitutional scrutiny, that the interest
in enhancing broadcast diversity is, at
the very least, an important
governmental objective. In reaching its
determination that broadcast diversity
is, at the very least, an important
governmental objective, the Court stated
that safeguarding the public’s right to
receive a diversity of views and
information over the airwaves is . . . an
integral component of the FCC’s mission
and that the Commission’s public
interest’ standard necessarily invites
reference to First Amendment
principles. In Adarand, the Court
overruled the application of
intermediate scrutiny in Metro
Broadcasting but did not disturb other
aspects of that decision, including the
recognition of an important
governmental interest in broadcast
diversity. However, the D.C. Circuit
held in Lutheran Church-Missouri
Synod v. FCC, 141 F.3d 344, 354–55
(D.C. Cir. 1998) that broadcast diversity
does not rise to the level of a compelling
governmental interest. Also, in 2007, the
Supreme Court in Parents Involved in
Community Schools v. Seattle School
District No. 1, 551 U.S. 701 (2007),
declined to recognize a compelling
interest in diversity outside of the
context of higher education. In the
FNPRM, the Commission tentatively
found that the case law nevertheless
supports its position that viewpoint
diversity would be found to be
compelling—even though the law is
unsettled. Regardless of whether
viewpoint diversity is a compelling
interest, however, the Commission finds
that it still cannot adopt an SDB
eligibility standard or other race- or
gender-conscious eligibility standard.
170. Assuming a reviewing court
could be convinced that diversity of
viewpoint is a compelling governmental
interest, the Commission finds that the
record in this proceeding fails to satisfy
the second prong of the strict scrutiny
test, i.e., that a sufficient nexus exists
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
between minority ownership of
broadcast stations and viewpoint
diversity. As explained in the FNPRM,
the two recent studies in the record that
directly address the impact of minority
ownership on viewpoint diversity find
almost no statistically significant
relationship between such ownership
and their measure of viewpoint
diversity. Also, consistent with the
FNPRM, the Commission finds that the
body of evidence contained in the other
2010 Media Ownership Studies and the
studies that commenters submitted in
this proceeding largely concerns
program or format diversity rather than
viewpoint diversity, which the
Commission believes is the only kind of
diversity likely to be accepted as a
compelling governmental interest under
strict scrutiny. As stated in the FNPRM,
the Supreme Court’s prior recognition of
broadcast diversity as an interest of the
highest order seems to pertain to
viewpoint diversity. Moreover, as
explained in the FNPRM, many of those
studies support only limited
conclusions. Although the Commission
invited commenters to provide
additional evidence and other
information that might be relevant to its
analysis, some commenters merely
dispute the assessment of known
evidence, rather than submit additional
information that the Commission did
not consider in the FNPRM. However,
these commenters generally seem to
accept the Commission’s view that the
record evidence does not provide a
sufficient basis for the Commission to
adopt race-conscious measures that will
withstand strict scrutiny. The
Commission rejects claims that, in
tentatively finding that the evidence in
the record does not demonstrate the
requisite connection between minority
ownership and viewpoint diversity, the
Commission relied on dissenting
opinions to establish an artificial and
unofficial standard for narrow tailoring
or evaluated the record evidence
inconsistently to minimize evidence of
a connection between minority
ownership and viewpoint diversity. The
Commission disagrees with assertions
that it is premature for the Commission
to reach any conclusions on narrow
tailoring. The Third Circuit directed the
Commission to consider the SDB
eligibility standard and other eligible
entity definitions proposed in the Third
Diversity FNPRM (73 FR 28400, May 16,
2008, FCC 07–217, rel. March 5, 2008),
and the Commission is complying with
the court’s instruction based on an
extensive analysis of applicable judicial
precedent and available empirical
evidence. In addition to criticizing the
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76247
FNPRM’s assessment of the record
evidence and the applicable evidentiary
standard, public interest commenters
also criticize the FNPRM for asking
whether a theory of viewpoint diversity
or remediation is viable, when in fact
the Commission would likely need to
pursue several legal theories jointly to
succeed. As the Commission explained
in the FNPRM and continues to believe,
it does not believe that any interest
other than viewpoint diversity or
remediation of discrimination (if
established by the record) would be
found to be a compelling governmental
interest sufficient to satisfy the first
prong of the strict scrutiny test. And the
Commission knows of no case law, nor
do the commenters cite any, which
analyzes justifications for raceconscious action on a cumulative basis.
Consequently, the Commission rejects
this suggestion from the commenters.
171. The Commission’s narrow
tailoring analysis included a discussion
of relevant judicial precedent, and its
tentative findings were based on a
careful reading of that precedent, taken
as a whole, and its assessment of the
body of evidence in this proceeding.
The Commission finds no reason in the
present record to depart from that
analysis. Other commenters suggest
additional topics that they believe the
Commission should study but do not
propose specific, executable studies or
claim that the additional inquiries they
propose would establish the requisite
nexus between minority ownership and
viewpoint diversity.
172. Moreover, while the Commission
finds that the Hispanic Television Study
is an important contribution to the
study of the impact of ownership on
programming and viewership, the
Commission does not believe that the
study’s findings materially impact the
Commission’s constitutional analysis.
The Commission does not believe that
the study changes the Commission’s
constitutional analysis, though it has
helped inform the study of these issues.
Indeed, commenters generally agree
with the Commission’s assessment that
the study has not provided a basis for
the Commission to adopt race-conscious
measures.
173. Some commenters disagree with
the Commission’s analysis of case law
involving judicial review of race-based
classifications, but they do not cite any
precedent that the Commission did not
consider in the FNPRM. As explained in
the FNPRM, the Commission believes
that empirical evidence of a stronger
nexus between minority ownership and
viewpoint diversity than was
demonstrated in Metro Broadcasting
would be required in order for a race-
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76248
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
conscious rule to withstand strict
scrutiny. The Commission is not
persuaded by assertions to the contrary,
which it believes are substantially the
same as those it considered and rejected
in the FNPRM, and commenters do not
cite any additional judicial precedent to
support their argument here. And while
some commenters disagree with the
sufficiency of the Commission’s efforts
to study the connection between
minority ownership and viewpoint
diversity, the evidence in the record, the
Commission’s assessment of the
evidence, and the applicable evidentiary
standard in this proceeding, they
generally seem to accept the view that
the evidence is not sufficient to enable
the Commission to adopt race-based
measures. Other commenters also seem
to concede, implicitly or explicitly, that
the evidence in the present record is
insufficient to support race-conscious
action by the Commission.
174. In addition, the Commission
continues to believe that implementing
a program for awarding or affording
preferences related to broadcast licenses
based on the individualized review that
the Supreme Court has required under
strict scrutiny would pose a number of
significant administrative and practical
challenges for the Commission and
would not be feasible. As explained in
the FNPRM, where race-conscious
governmental action is concerned, the
Supreme Court previously has found
that narrow tailoring requires
individualized review, serious, goodfaith consideration of race-neutral
alternatives, minimal adverse impacts
on third parties, and temporal limits. In
particular, the Court found that narrow
tailoring demands that race be
considered in a flexible, nonmechanical way alongside other factors
that may contribute to diversity and that
consideration of race was permissible
only as one among many disparate
factors to evaluate individual applicants
for admission to an educational
institution. The Commission finds that
the manner in which it allocates
broadcast licenses differs from
university admissions in many
important respects. The process of
acquiring a new commercial broadcast
license is dictated by statute and
involves a highly structured, open, and
competitive bidding process.
Individuals or entities must enter bids
for broadcast allotments—a marketbased regime—and must offer the
highest monetary value for the allotment
to acquire a construction permit. As
explained in the FNPRM, the
Commission believes that this
framework does not lend itself to the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
type of case-by-case consideration
envisioned by the Court. Although the
FNPRM sought comment on potential
ways in which an individualized review
process could be incorporated feasibly,
effectively, and efficiently into any raceconscious measures adopted by the
Commission, no commenter has offered
such a proposal, nor has the
Commission been able to develop one.
Therefore, the Commission concludes
that the record reveals no feasible means
of carrying out the type of
individualized consideration that the
Supreme Court has required under strict
scrutiny. The Commission disagrees
with the assertion that the FNPRM
confines its consideration of the
proposed ODP standard to the
Commission’s viewpoint diversity
interest without considering whether
the proposed ODP standard could be
applied as a remedial measure. The
administrative, practical, and First
Amendment issues that the Commission
has identified would need to be
resolved before the implementation of
an ODP standard regardless of whether
that standard is used to further the
Commission’s interest in viewpoint
diversity or remedy past or present
discrimination. Contrary to the
assertions of some public interest
commenters, the FNPRM did not
tentatively conclude that the
Commission must emulate university
admissions to pursue viewpoint
diversity. Rather, the FNPRM noted that
the Supreme Court relied in part on the
concept of critical mass to find the
requisite nexus between student body
diversity and race-based admissions and
that this concept is not easily
transferable to broadcasting.
175. ODP Proposal. As the
Commission noted in the FNPRM,
whether the proposed ODP standard
would be subject to heightened
constitutional scrutiny is not entirely
clear. The Commission disagrees with
MMTC’s assertion that the FNPRM
mischaracterized the ODP standard as a
race-conscious measure that would be
subject to heightened scrutiny. The
FNPRM did not describe the proposed
ODP standard as a race-conscious
measure. Rather, the FNPRM noted that
whether the proposed ODP standard
would be subject to heightened
constitutional scrutiny is not entirely
clear. The Commission explained that
an ODP standard that does not facially
include race-conscious criteria, yet is
constructed for the purpose of
promoting minority ownership, might
be subject to heightened scrutiny. Even
assuming that it is not subject to
heightened review under the equal
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
protection component of the Due
Process Clause, the Commission
declines to adopt the proposed ODP
standard in the absence of a feasible
means of implementing such a standard
without running afoul of First
Amendment values. Several
commenters express general support for
the proposed ODP standard but none
have proposed a method for the
Commission to provide the type of
individualized consideration that an
ODP standard would require without
being unduly resource-intensive and
inconsistent with First Amendment
values. Commenters also have not
addressed other specific issues that the
FNPRM indicated would need to be
resolved before implementation of the
ODP proposal. In particular, no
commenter has proposed a means for
the Commission to validate claims of
eligibility for ODP status. Based on
available information about the
proposal, the Commission believes that
validating a claim of eligibility for ODP
status would require a finding that the
applicant has faced and overcome a
substantial disadvantage—a
determination that inherently would be
prone to some degree of subjectivity—as
well as a finding that the applicant
would likely contribute to viewpoint
diversity by virtue of him or her facing
and overcoming a substantial
disadvantage. The Commission does not
believe that a means exists for the
Commission to administer such a
program in a manner that is sufficiently
objective and consistent, and that would
ensure that the Commission does not
evaluate applicants based on a
subjective determination as to whether
a particular applicant would be likely to
contribute to viewpoint diversity. In
addition, no commenter has offered
input on (1) what social or economic
disadvantages should be cognizable
under an ODP standard, (2) whether
applicants should bear the burden of
proving specifically that they would
contribute to diversity as a result of
having overcome certain disadvantages,
(3) how the Commission could measure
the overcoming of a disadvantage if an
applicant is a widely held corporation
rather than an entity with a single
majority shareholder or a small number
of control persons, and (4) how the
Commission could evaluate the
effectiveness of the use of an ODP
standard. In its recommendation
concerning a preference for overcoming
disadvantage, the Diversity Advisory
Committee identified a non-exhaustive
list of disadvantages which, if
substantial, would likely qualify an
individual for a preference. No
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
commenters in this proceeding have
offered additional input on the social or
economic disadvantages that should be
cognizable under an ODP standard.
Accordingly, the Commission is not
adopting the proposed ODP standard.
176. Gender-Based Diversity
Measures. Gender-based measures are
subject to a less restrictive
Constitutional standard—intermediate
scrutiny—than race-based measures.
Under intermediate scrutiny, a genderbased classification must be
substantially related to the achievement
of an important objective. While Metro
Broadcasting established that viewpoint
diversity is at least an important
government objective, Lamprecht v.
FCC, 958 F.2d 382 (D.C. Cir. 1992),
found that available evidence failed to
demonstrate a statistically meaningful
link between ownership of broadcast
stations by women and programming of
any kind. As a result, the D.C. Circuit,
in Lamprecht, overturned the
Commission’s former gender preference
policy. To overcome Lamprecht, the
Commission must be able to establish
the requisite connection between
viewpoint diversity and ownership by
women; however, in the FNPRM, the
Commission stated that, based on its
evaluation of relevant studies, the
Commission did not believe there was
evidence to demonstrate that the
content provided via women-owned
broadcast stations substantially
contributes to viewpoint diversity in a
manner different from other stations or
otherwise varies significantly from that
provided by other stations.
177. In response to the FNPRM,
commenters did not provide any
additional evidence, studies, proposed
study designs, or other information that
is relevant to the Commission’s analysis
of this issue. The Commission has
similarly been unable to identify such
evidence or devise study designs that
are likely to provide such evidence. In
its efforts to create specific study
designs (which includes reaching out to
experts in the field), the Commission
has identified a number of issues that
significantly impede study of the
connection between ownership and
viewpoint diversity. These issues
include the lack of a reliable measure of
viewpoint; small sample size;
accounting for potential variations from
differences in the way the data were
collected rather than actual changes in
the marketplace when combining old
and new sets; and the lack of relevant
data sets from before and after policy
changes or marketplace developments
(if any can be identified) that would
help demonstrate causation regarding
the impact of ownership on viewpoint
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
diversity. While commenters still
express general support for genderbased initiatives, such support is not
sufficient absent evidence to establish a
connection between viewpoint diversity
and ownership by women. And while
the Commission acknowledges that the
data show that women-owned stations
are not represented in proportion to the
presence of women in the overall
population, the Commission does not
believe that the evidence reveals that
the content provided via women-owned
broadcast stations substantially
contributes to viewpoint diversity in a
manner different from other stations or
otherwise varies significantly from that
provided by other stations. As explained
in the FNPRM, the only study included
in the record of this proceeding that
analyzes the relationship between
female ownership and broadcast content
is the Turner Radio Study, which finds
that markets that contain radio stations
with either female or minority
ownership are more likely to broadcast
certain progressive and conservative
talk shows. The Commission does not
believe that this study demonstrates a
causal relationship between female or
minority ownership and the diversity of
viewpoints or content available, as it
does not control for other factors that
may explain both the presence of a
greater diversity of talk shows and a
higher percentage of female or minority
ownership in certain markets. Other
studies in the record establish that
female ownership of broadcast stations
is well below the proportion of women
in the population, a fact that is not in
dispute in this proceeding. Therefore,
the Commission concludes that there is
insufficient evidence to satisfy the
constitutional standards that apply to
gender-based measures.
2. Remedying Past Discrimination
178. Similarly, the Commission
concludes that, although it has studied
extensively the question, no strong basis
exists in evidence of discrimination in
the award of broadcast licenses or other
discrimination in the broadcast industry
in which the government has actively or
passively participated that would satisfy
the constitutional standards that apply
to race- or gender-based remedial
measures. Less evidence is required for
gender-based measures than for racebased measures, although an
exceedingly persuasive justification is
still necessary. The question of whether
governmental participation is required
is unsettled. Some courts have held that
private discrimination need not be
linked to governmental action under
intermediate scrutiny. As discussed in
this section, the Commission also
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76249
concludes that the record evidence is
not of sufficient weight to support
gender-based remedial action. In the
FNPRM, the Commission noted that it
never has asserted a remedial interest in
race-or gender-based broadcast
regulation. The Commission explained
that the evidence of discrimination
offered in the studies that commenters
cited, while informative, was not nearly
as substantial as that accepted by courts
in other contexts. In response,
commenters are generally critical of the
Commission’s analysis but most do not
cite any additional relevant precedent or
data that the Commission did not
discuss in the FNPRM. Although
commenters identify additional
information that they believe is relevant
to an analysis of the Commission’s
interest in remedying past
discrimination, they do not assert that
such information is sufficient to satisfy
the relevant constitutional
requirements. There is no inconsistency,
as some comments claim, between the
Commission’s conclusion in this
proceeding that it lack the strong basis
in evidence of racial discrimination in
the broadcast industry in which the
Commission has been complicit that is
necessary to adopt race-conscious
remedial action and the Commission’s
adoption of bans on discrimination in
advertising contracts and in private
transactions. The latter actions are not
race-conscious measures and therefore
did not require an evidentiary
foundation sufficient to withstand strict
scrutiny. They were simply measures
designed to combat private
discrimination in the marketplace. The
Commission has evaluated the evidence
in the record and finds that it is not of
sufficient weight to support race- or
gender-based remedial measures.
179. The Commission disagrees with
the assertion that it raised the bar in its
remedial interest tentative conclusions
and that it incorrectly rejected or
ignored evidence of discrimination in
the broadcast industry. Rather than
rejecting evidence because it does not
prove that the Commission itself has
engaged in discrimination, the FNPRM
tentatively found that existing evidence
of past discrimination is not nearly as
substantial in this case as the evidence
that courts have required in other
contexts. In particular, the Commission
noted the absence of evidence
demonstrating a statistically significant
disparity between the number of
minority- and women-owned broadcast
stations and the number of qualified
minority- and women-owned firms. The
Commission asked commenters to
address whether evidence of a
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76250
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
statistically significant disparity
between the number of minority- and
women-owned broadcast stations and
the number of qualified minority- and
women-owned firms is ascertainable. In
the FNPRM, the Commission also
observed that the only statistical
evidence of discrimination in the record
at the time pertained to discriminatory
access to capital and that the rest of the
evidence was anecdotal and therefore of
more limited value because of the
heightened evidentiary requirements of
strict scrutiny. As the Commission
explained there, the Capital Markets
Study found statistical evidence of
discrimination in U.S. capital markets,
but the study indicates that its results
are not fully conclusive. Also, its focus
on wireless auctions and other nonbroadcast industry information makes it
less probative of discrimination in the
broadcast licensing process. In
Richmond v. J.A. Croson Co., 488 U.S.
469 (1989), the Supreme Court found
that the factual predicate for race-based
action was deficient where, among other
things, the government failed to make
findings specific to the market to be
addressed by the remedy. Because
broadcasting is the industry that would
be addressed if the Commission were to
adopt remedial measures here, and
neither the 2000 Capital Markets Study
nor the Auction Utilization Study
contains conclusive findings that reveal
a governmental role in discrimination in
the broadcast industry, the Commission
does not believe these studies establish
a factual predicate for race-based action
that the Court would deem sufficient.
Even considering the Capital Markets
Study together with available anecdotal
evidence in other studies, the
Commission finds that the evidence of
past discrimination in the Commission’s
broadcast licensing process is not nearly
as substantial as that accepted by courts
in other contexts. In Adarand v. Slater,
228 F.3d 1147 (10th Cir. 2000), a leading
public contracting case in which the
Tenth Circuit found the requisite strong
basis in evidence, the record contained
39 studies revealing an aggregate 13
percent disparity between minority
business availability and utilization in
government contracting, a figure which
the court found to be significant, if not
overwhelming, evidence of
discrimination. In reaching that
determination, the court relied on
evidence of private discrimination. The
evidence was similar in nature to the
evidence in this case—denial of access
to capital, as well as the existence of
exclusionary old boy networks and
union discrimination that prevented
access to the skills and experience
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
needed to form a business—but it was
substantially greater in extent and
weight. The court had the benefit of a
Department of Justice report, prepared
in response to the Supreme Court’s
decision in Adarand, summarizing 30
congressional hearings and numerous
outside studies providing both
statistical and anecdotal evidence of
such private discrimination.
180. The Commission also disagrees
with suggestions that it is legally
permissible for the Commission to infer
past discrimination based on the
disparity between the number of
minority- and women-owned broadcast
stations and the number of minorities
and women in the general population.
As explained in the FNPRM, the
Supreme Court has held that an
inference of discrimination may arise
when a significant statistical disparity
between the number of qualified
minority contractors willing and able to
perform a particular service and the
number of such contractors actually
engaged arises. Although public interest
commenters suggest that no special
qualifications are necessary to own a
broadcast station, the Commission has
long required that broadcast applicants
meet certain character, financial, and
other qualifications to operate a station.
And, of course, not all members of the
population are interested in operating a
broadcast station. Accordingly, the
Commission does not believe that
evidence of a significant statistical
disparity between the number of
minority- and women-owned broadcast
stations and the number of minorities
and women in the general population
would be sufficient by itself to
overcome the constitutional hurdle that
has been established for race- and
gender-based remedial measures.
Instead, the Commission continues to
believe that, absent evidence showing a
statistically significant disparity
between the number of minority- and
women-owned broadcast stations and
the number of qualified minority- and
women-owned firms, the Commission
cannot demonstrate a compelling
interest in remedying discrimination in
the Commission’s broadcast licensing
process.
181. Some commenters assert that the
Commission is required to fund research
to identify whether such disparities
exist. According to these commenters,
the Commission should refrain from
making any tentative conclusions until
its work is complete, including
examining its own records and history
to evaluate evidence to show that
remedying past racial (or gender)
discrimination is a compelling (or
substantial) governmental interest.
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Based on its review of existing disparity
studies, the Commission does not
believe that is true. In particular,
commenters identify no method of
studying this question that would
produce meaningful results in the
broadcast context. For existing studies,
often employed in government
contracting cases, there is generally a
ready database of minority or female
contractors that are willing and able to
perform a particular service—or an
established methodology to identify
such contractors—that can be compared
to the number of such contractors that
are actually engaged by the government.
Indeed, in most industries one need not
be a government contractor to operate a
business that provides the services that
the government seeks (e.g., construction
or advertising). This provides an ample
pool of available contractors for the
researchers to identify, both nationally
and locally, depending on the nature of
the program. And Supreme Court
precedent instructs that the appropriate
comparison is to the number of
qualified firms that would be interested
in being engaged by the government.
However, there are no broadcast station
owners other than those already
licensed to be broadcasters, and the
record does not reveal any method for
identifying otherwise qualified firms
that are not already broadcast licensees.
In these circumstances, no pool of
qualified non-licensee minority- or
women-owned broadcast firms exists to
compare against existing minority- or
women-owned broadcast stations.
Without such evidence or a
methodology for ascertaining such
evidence, the Commission finds that a
disparity study similar to those relied
on by other agencies for government
contracting purposes is not feasible in
the broadcast context. Given the
Commission’s determination of the
infeasibility of this research, the lack of
any support in the record indicating that
it would be feasible, and the very
substantial funds and time it would take
to conduct it—likely millions of dollars
and several years—the Commission
does not believe that the Commission
undertaking a disparity study is in the
public interest.
3. Other Issues
182. Several commenters state that the
FNPRM falls short of what these
commenters assert to be the Third
Circuit’s directive that the Commission
gather relevant ownership data and
develop policies to address the paucity
of female and minority owners among
broadcast licensees. As stated
previously, the Commission disagrees
with arguments that the Prometheus II
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
decision requires that it adopt a race- or
gender-conscious eligible entity
standard in this quadrennial review
proceeding or that the Commission
continue this proceeding until the it has
completed whatever studies or analyses
that will enable it to take race- or
gender-conscious action in the future
consistent with current standards of
constitutional law. By evaluating the
feasibility of implementing a race- or
gender-conscious eligibility standard
based on an extensive analysis of the
available evidence, the Commission has
followed the Third Circuit’s direction in
Prometheus II and Prometheus III. The
Commission notes that over the course
of this proceeding, it has performed or
commissioned a dozen studies. The
FNPRM provides a detailed analysis of
the relevant studies that were available
at the time, and the Commission
discusses herein more recent evidence
and pertinent information that
commenters submitted in response to
the FNPRM. The Third Circuit court in
Prometheus III stated that it did not
intend to prejudge the outcome of the
Commission’s analysis of the evidence
or the feasibility of implementing a raceor gender-conscious standard that
would be consistent both with
applicable legal standards and the
Commission’s practices and procedures.
183. Moreover, the Commission does
not believe that any relevant statutory
directive requires the adoption of raceor gender-conscious measures to
promote ownership diversity. The
Commission has previously determined
that it has a general mandate to promote
ownership diversity under section 257
of the 1996 Act and section 309(j) of the
Act, which includes promoting
ownership by small businesses, new
entrants, and minority- and womenowned businesses. But this authority
does not mandate specific outcomes or
ownership levels or race- or genderconscious action to foster diversity, nor
does it permit the adoption of rules and
policies that are not supported by the
record or that conflict with the
Constitution. Therefore, the
Commission finds the suggestion that
either the Third Circuit or the statute
compels it to adopt race- or genderconscious measures to be untenable.
The Third Circuit ordered the
Commission to make a final
determination as to whether to adopt a
new eligible entity definition (including
consideration of SDB- and ODP-based
definitions), and the Commission has
done so. As discussed herein, the
Commission continues to take
significant steps to improve its
ownership data and to promote
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
ownership diversity, and its
determination that it cannot take raceor gender-conscious action at this time
does not mean that the Commission has
failed to act appropriately in furtherance
of its goal to promote ownership
diversity.
184. Some commenters criticize the
Commission based on their perception
that the Commission has not made a
substantial effort to gather evidence that
would support race- and genderconscious measures. Free Press notes
that an analysis of ownership diversity
would be useful even if it fell short of
justifying race- and gender-based
policies. One basic assessment that the
Commission has not made is a study of
the types of market and ownership
structures that correlate with women’s
and people of color’s entry into the
market, success in the market, or exit
from the market. The Commission
disagrees and notes that it has made
significant efforts to analyze issues of
ownership diversity and market
structure. Other public interest
commenters assert that the Commission
inappropriately places the burden of
providing additional evidence on
commenting parties without describing
what it believes is necessary to
withstand strict scrutiny. However, the
Commission has not only commissioned
a number of studies, none of which
provided it a constitutional basis to take
race- or gender-conscious action; it has
also taken a number of steps to improve
the quality of its broadcast ownership
data and to facilitate future additional
studies that commenters, academics, or
others believe might provide a
constitutional basis to adopt race- and
gender-conscious measures. Further, the
Commission has provided a detailed
and thorough analysis of what is
necessary to meet the relevant
constitutional standards and identified
the reasons it believes that, having
studied the question, it does not have
evidence that would allow it to meet
those standards.
185. In addition, while some
commenters have suggested study topics
or broad research frameworks, none has
provided actionable study designs that
the Commission or private researchers
could execute. The Commission has
expended considerable time and effort
throughout the course of this proceeding
in an effort to create such study designs;
and it has commissioned or performed
a dozen studies that it was able to
develop over the course of the
proceeding. General calls to conduct
Adarand studies or to study the impact
of the Commission’s rules on ownership
diversity do not help advance the
Commission’s research in these areas.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76251
At present, neither the record in this
proceeding nor the Commission’s own
efforts have produced additional study
designs that the Commission expects
would develop the evidence necessary
to support race- and/or genderconscious measures. Therefore, the
Commission’s decision in this Order
that the record does not support the
adoption of race- or gender-conscious
measures reflects the inability of the
Commission and commenters—
including many groups and individuals
experienced in research methodology—
to identify relevant study designs that,
if implemented, would be likely to
support such measures. While the
Commission believes it worthwhile to
continue to explore these issues and to
monitor the relevant constitutional
jurisprudence, the Commission
exercises in this Order its responsibility
to pass on the race- and gender-based
proposals before it at this time. The
Commission’s action in this Order does
not prevent the Commission from
reassessing these measures in the future
if changed circumstances suggest a
different outcome. Indeed, this decision
does not preclude a different finding in
the future, including the adoption of a
race- and/or gender-conscious measure,
based on new information.
Additionally, the Commission will be
on alert to any such data that may
support such a finding and/or that may
suggest steps that may lead to the
collection of other relevant data.
D. Additional Proposals Related to
Minority and Female Ownership
186. As discussed in the FNPRM,
several commenters asked the
Commission to consider additional
measures that they believed would
foster ownership diversity. Those
measures include: (1) Relaxing the
foreign ownership limitations under
section 310(b)(4) of the Communications
Act; (2) encouraging Congress to
reinstate and update tax certificate
legislation; (3) granting waivers of the
local radio ownership rule to parties
that incubate qualified entities; and (4)
migrating AM radio to VHF Channels 5
and 6. The Commission also sought
comment on various proposals that the
Alliance for Women in Media (AWM)
asserted would help to promote
ownership opportunities for women.
The Commission noted that some of
these measures have already been
implemented and tentatively concluded
that the other measures would raise
public interest concerns, might not
provide meaningful assistance to the
intended beneficiaries, or are outside
the scope of this proceeding.
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
76252
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
187. Since the release of the FNPRM,
the Commission has implemented more
of these measures, including several of
the proposals regarding the AM band.
The Commission also notes that the
2008 Diversity Order considered a
number of DCS’s earlier diversity
proposals and adopted a dozen of those
proposals, some with modifications.
The specific proposals are discussed
below.
1. Incubation
188. In the FNPRM, the Commission
stated its concern that proposals like
DCS’s incubation proposal, which
would allow blanket waivers of the local
radio ownership rule to broadcasters
that finance or incubate an SDB or valid
eligible entity, would allow for more
consolidation in local radio markets
than the Commission’s rules currently
permit without sufficient offsetting
benefits. In addition, the Commission
stated that implementation of an
incubator program would pose other
concerns and administrative challenges,
including challenges relating to the
need to monitor over time the types of
complex financing and other
arrangements that would qualify an
entity for an incubation waiver under
DCS’s incubation proposal.
189. The Commission does not
believe that its concerns are addressed
by the incubator program that NAB
proposes, which would rely on an ODP
standard to define the class of entities
eligible to benefit from incubation. The
Commission finds that the type of
individualized consideration that would
be required under an ODP standard
would be administratively inefficient,
unduly resource-intensive, and
potentially inconsistent with First
Amendment values. Therefore, limiting
the incubator program in the manner
that NAB suggests would not address
the Commission’s concern that
implementation of an incubator program
would pose administrative challenges,
such as the need to monitor continually
the complicated legal and financial
agreements between broadcasters and
the entities they seek to incubate. Other
commenters that urge the Commission
to adopt an incubator program similarly
do not address the policy and practical
concerns identified above. Therefore,
the Commission declines to adopt an
incubator program as proposed by NAB
and others.
2. Migration of AM Radio to VHF
Channels 5 and 6
190. In the FNPRM, the Commission
sought comment on its tentative
conclusion not to adopt the proposal
that most AM radio be migrated to VHF
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
Channels 5 and 6 in this proceeding. In
response to the FNPRM, commenters
did not express opposition to this
tentative conclusion. No commenters
dispute that implementation of this
proposal would involve extensive
changes to the Commission’s current
licensing rules and spectrum policies.
As noted in the FNPRM, Congress
directed the Commission to conduct an
incentive auction of broadcast television
spectrum—which is ongoing—to make
additional spectrum available for
wireless use. The Commission finds that
implementation of the Channel 5 and 6
proposal has a realistic potential to
interfere with the Commission’s
implementation of the incentive auction
and is therefore contrary to the
spectrum policies established by
Congress. Accordingly, the Commission
declines to adopt this proposal.
3. Additional DCS Proposals
191. The FNPRM identified numerous
other DCS proposals that involved
changes to various Commission
licensing, service, and engineering rules
and policies. It also noted that some of
the proposals related to the AM band
were already being considered in a
separate proceeding. The Commission
also notes that DCS asks the
Commission to clarify that the 18-month
construction extension policy applies
both to original construction permits
(for the construction of new stations)
and to construction permits for major
modifications of authorized broadcast
facilities (Proposal 17). This is not a
new diversity-related proposal, but a
request for a clarification of an existing
policy, which has been provided herein.
Moreover, the Commission notes that
relaxation of the main studio rule—
among other DCS proposals—is being
explored in the AM Revitalization
Proceeding. And while the Commission
declines to adopt a specific waiver
standard for the main studio rule in this
proceeding, it notes that currently
licensees are able to seek waiver of the
rule under the Commission’s general
wavier standard. While some general
support exists for the remaining
proposals—primarily from MMTC—the
Commission does not believe that the
record establishes that these changes to
Commission licensing, service, and
engineering rules and policies would
provide meaningful benefits to the
intended beneficiaries. Commenters
have had multiple opportunities to
voice support for these proposals and
explain the potential benefits that
would arise from their implementation,
but the record contains almost no
support for the vast majority of these
proposals.
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
192. The Commission has reviewed
these proposals multiple times
throughout the course of this
proceeding. Those proposals that, based
on Commission analysis, warranted
additional consideration have been
explored in relevant proceedings, such
as the AM Revitalization Proceeding.
However, upon review, the Commission
determines that many of these proposals
would be ineffective or insufficient to
address the diversity issues under
consideration in this proceeding.
Despite multiple opportunities for
comment, the record reflects little
support for the majority of these
proposals or evidence that would cause
the Commission to reconsider its
determination that these proposals
warrant additional consideration or
adoption. Accordingly, consistent with
the tentative conclusion in the FNPRM,
the Commission declines to adopt these
proposals: (1) Bifurcate Channels for
Share-Times with SDBs; (2) Use the
Share-Time Rule to Allow Broadcasters
to Share Frequencies to Foster
Ownership of DTV and FM
Subchannels; (3) Extend the Three-Year
Period for New Station Construction
Permits for Eligible Entities and SDBs;
(4) Create Medium-Powered FM
Stations; (5) Authorize Interference
Agreements; (6) Harmonize Regional
Interference Protection Standards;
Allow FM Applicants to Specify Class
C, CO, C1, C2 and C3 Facilities in Zones
I and IA; (7) Relax the Limit of Four
Contingent Applications; (8) Create a
New Local L Class of LPFM Stations; (9)
Redefine Community of License as a
Market for Section 307 Purposes; (10)
Remove Non-Viable FM Allotments; and
(11) Issue a One-Year Waiver, on a Caseby-Case Basis, of Application Fees for
Small Businesses and Nonprofits.
193. In the FNPRM, the Commission
also tentatively concluded that certain
DCS proposals are outside the scope of
this proceeding. The Commission
explained that some of those proposals
extend into areas that are beyond the
Commission’s authority and ultimately
would require legislative action or
action by other federal entities aside
from the Commission to create changes
in rules or policies. The Commission
further explained that other proposals
involve non-broadcast services that are
outside the scope of the quadrennial
review proceedings. While the
Commission stated that it did not
anticipate taking further action on these
proposals within this or successive
quadrennial review dockets, it also
noted that some of these proposals may
warrant further consideration.
194. MMTC challenged the
Commission’s decision not to consider
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
these 24 proposals in its appeal of the
FNPRM. In the course of the Prometheus
III litigation, the court issued a letter
asking MMTC to address which, if any,
of the 24 proposals . . . met both of the
following criteria: (1) The FCC can
adopt them without actions by Congress
or other regulators and (2) they relate to
the broadcast industry. In response,
MMTC identified 17 proposals that it
asserted met both criteria; in a reply
letter to the court, the Commission
indicated that it would address the
proposals in this item. In Prometheus
III, the court declined to act on MMTC’s
challenge, but indicated that it expected
the Commission to adhere to its
representations to the court.
195. Following the release of
Prometheus III, MMTC met with
Commission staff to discuss the 17
proposals identified for the court.
Following these discussions, MMTC
now requests that the Commission
address five of these proposals in this
Order; the remaining 12 proposals are
being withdrawn from consideration in
the context of this proceeding, though
MMTC asserts that it may pursue some
of these proposals in other proceedings.
The five proposals are: (1) Examine How
to Promote Minority Ownership as an
Integral Part of All FCC General Media
Rulemaking Proceedings; (2) Extend the
Cable Procurement Rule to
Broadcasting; (3) Mathematical
Touchstones: Tipping Points for the
Non-Viability of Independently Owned
Radio Stations in a Consolidating
Market and Quantifying Source
Diversity; (4) Engage Economists to
Develop a Model for Market-Based
Tradable Diversity Credits as an
Alternative to Voice Tests; and (5)
Create a New Civil Rights Branch of the
Enforcement Bureau. The remaining 12
proposals presented to the Third Circuit
are: (1) Collect, Study and Report on
Minority and Women Participation in
Each Step for the Broadcast Auction
Process; (2) Increase Broadcast Auction
Discounts to New Entrants; (3) Require
Minimum Opening Bid Deposits on
Each Allotment for Bidders Bidding for
an Excessive Proportion of Available
Allotments; (4) Only Allow Subsequent
Bids to Be Made Within No More than
Six Rounds Following the Initial Bid;
and (5) Require Bidders to Specify an
Intention to Bid Only on Channels with
a Total Minimum Bid of Four Times
Their Deposits; (6) Grant Eligible
Entities a Rebuttable Presumption of
Eligibility for Waivers, Reductions, or
Deferrals of Commission Fees; (7)
Designate a Commissioner to Oversee
Access to Capital and Funding
Acquisition Recommendations; (8)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
Develop an Online Resource Directory
to Enhance Recruitment, Career
Advancement, and Diversity Efforts; (9)
Study the Feasibility of a New Radio
Agreement with Cuba; (10) Must-Carry
for Certain Class A Stations; (11) Create
a Media and Telecom Public Engineer
Position to Assist Small Businesses and
Nonprofits with Routine Engineering
Matters; and (12) Conduct Tutorials on
Radio Engineering Rules at
Headquarters and Annual Conferences.
In addition, MMTC is also withdrawing
from consideration in this proceeding
the seven proposals that it did not
identify to the Third Circuit, which
largely were legislative
recommendations. These legislative
recommendations include: (1)
Legislative Recommendation to Expand
the Telecommunications Development
Fund (TDF) Under section 614 and
Finance TDF with Auction Proceeds; (2)
Legislative Recommendation to Amend
section 257 to Require the Commission
to Annually Review and Remove or
Affirmatively Prohibit Known Market
Entry Barriers; (3) Legislative
Recommendation to Clarify section
307(b) to Provide that Rules Adopted to
Promote Localism are Presumed to be
Invalid if They Significantly Inhibit
Diversity; (4) Legislative
Recommendation to Amend the FTC
Act (15 U.S.C. 41–58) to Prohibit Racial
Discrimination in Advertising
Placement Terms and Advertising Sales
Agreements; (5) Legislative
Recommendation to Amend section 614
to Increase Access to Capital by Creating
a Small and Minority Communications
Loan Guarantee Program; (6) Legislative
Recommendation to Amend section 614
to Create an Entity to Purchase Loans
Made to Minority and Small Businesses
in the Secondary Market; (7) Legislative
Recommendation to Provide Tax Credit
for Companies that Donate Broadcast
Stations to an Institution Whose
Mission is or Includes Training
Minorities and Women in Broadcasting.
Consistent with the direction from the
Third Circuit and the revised request
from MMTC, the Commission will now
address the five remaining proposals.
While these proposals were originally
submitted in this proceeding as part of
the DCS Supplemental NPRM
Comments, the Commission notes that
MMTC submitted the comments on
behalf of DCS; accordingly, the
Commission finds that relying on
MMTC’s assertions regarding the
preferred treatment of these proposals in
this proceeding is appropriate.
Moreover, consistent with the Third
Circuit’s letter, the Commission is
generally limiting its consideration of
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76253
these proposals to the extent that they
relate to the broadcast industry.
196. Proposal 5. MMTC requests that
the Commission consider how to
promote minority ownership as part of
all of its media-related proceedings. At
the outset, the Commission notes that
OCBO currently provides outreach
services to assist small businesses and
new entrants into the communications
industry and input on how the
Commission’s proposed rules impact
minority ownership. While OCBO
already plays an important role in this
process, the Commission finds room
potentially to do more to help inform
the Commission’s consideration of these
important issues. Accordingly, going
forward, the Commission will consider
how to promote minority ownership in
relevant media-related rulemaking
proceedings and include an inquiry in
any appropriate rulemaking to inform
that question.
197. Proposal 10. MMTC also
proposes that the Commission extend
the cable procurement requirements to
broadcasters and other regulated
communications industries. Pursuant to
section 634 of the Communications Act,
as amended, the Commission adopted
what DCS and MMTC refer to as the
cable procurement rule, which generally
requires that a cable system encourage
minority and female entrepreneurs to
conduct business with all parts of its
operation, for example, by recruiting as
wide as possible a pool of qualified
entrepreneurs from sources such as
employee referrals, community groups,
contractors, associations, and other
sources likely to be representative of
minority and female interests. The
Commission notes that the
Commission’s OCBO has already
implemented various initiatives
consistent with this proposal, holding
multiple supplier diversity conferences
and a government advertising
workshop—and the Commission
anticipates that there will be more such
events in the future. However, the
Commission finds that merit exists in
exploring whether, and if so, how, to
extend the cable procurement
requirements to the broadcasting
industry. Therefore, the Commission
will evaluate the feasibility of adopting
similar procurement rules for the
broadcasting industry.
198. Proposal 33. MMTC proposes
two formulas it asserts are aimed at
creating media ownership limits that
promote diversity. Specifically, it
suggests a Tipping Point Formula that
would be applied in the local radio rule
context, and a Source Diversity Formula
that appears to be more broadly
applicable. The Tipping Point Formula
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76254
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
would be applied in the local radio rule
context to determine the tipping point
in the distribution of radio revenue in
a market between independent owners
and owners of multiple stations in that
market. The theory is that the
independent stations would no longer
be able to survive once the combined
revenues of the owners of multiple
stations exceed the tipping point. The
Source Diversity Formula is based on
the premise that increases in consumer
utility flow from their access to
additional sources, with diminishing
returns to scale, and is intended to
express the consumer benefit derived
from marginal increases in source
diversity. At present, neither of these
proposals is sufficiently defined. As
MMTC itself notes, the Tipping Point
Formula rests on admittedly rough
assumptions, and the record does not
provide the Commission with sufficient
information to justify or refine the
formula for general application across
all radio markets. Similarly, the Source
Diversity Formula would require fieldtesting before it could be applied, and
the Commission does not believe that
the record provides it with the
information necessary to rely on the
formula to adopt media ownership
limits. The Commission therefore
directs the Media Bureau to consider
these proposals further and to solicit
input on these ideas in the document
initiating the next quadrennial review of
the media ownership rules.
199. Proposal 37. MMTC also
proposes that the Commission engage
economists to develop a model for
market-based tradable diversity credits
that would serve as an alternative
method for adopting ownership limits.
Broadly speaking, this proposal involves
issuing Diversity Credits that could be
traded in a market-based system and
redeemed by a station buyer to offset
increased concentration that would
result from a proposed transaction.
While the Commission’s authority to
adopt such a system is, at best, unclear,
the Commission finds merit in
evaluating the underlying proposal. The
Commission therefore directs the Media
Bureau to consider this proposal further
and to solicit input on this idea in the
document initiating the next
quadrennial review of the media
ownership rules.
200. Proposal 40. MMTC recommends
the creation of a new Civil Rights
Branch of the Enforcement Bureau that
would enforce Media Bureau Equal
Employment Opportunity rules, as well
as other rules impacting the
broadcasting, cable, satellite, wireless,
and wireline industries. The
Commission has evaluated this proposal
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
and finds that it warrants further
consideration. Though the Commission
does not see a need to denominate a
separate branch, enforcement of the
Media Bureau Equal Employment
Opportunity rules, which is presently
handled by the Media Bureau, might be
more appropriate as a function of the
Enforcement Bureau, given the
Enforcement Bureau’s existing mission
and expertise in the enforcement of the
Commission’s regulations. The
Commission in no way, however,
believes that the Media Bureau has
failed to effectively enforce these rules.
Accordingly, the Commission directs
the appropriate Commission Bureaus
and Offices, including the Media
Bureau, Enforcement Bureau, and Office
of the Managing Director, to discuss the
feasibility, implications, and logistics of
shifting the enforcement of the Media
Bureau Equal Employment Opportunity
rules from the Media Bureau to the
Enforcement Bureau.
4. AWM Proposals
201. In response to the NPRM, AWM
proposed that the Commission (i)
prepare a primer on investment in
broadcast ownership for smaller and
regional lenders willing to provide loans
to new broadcast entrants; (ii) prepare a
primer for new entrants that provides
guidance on how to find financing; (iii)
establish a link on the Commission’s
Web site to provide information on
stations that may be available for sale to
small businesses; and (iv) allow sellers
to hold a reversionary interest in a
Commission license in certain
circumstances. The Commission sought
comment on these proposals in the
FNPRM.
202. The Commission believes it has
acted to achieve the purposes of these
proposals to the extent appropriate for
the industry and the regulatory agency.
As noted in the FNPRM, OCBO
currently engages in a number of
activities that provide broadcasters and
potential investors with resources that
are similar in substance to primers on
investment and financing. Beyond those
activities, the Commission continues to
believe that specific advice about
investment and financing is more
appropriately provided by private
parties that are directly involved in the
financial marketplace than by the
Commission.
203. With regard to the proposal to
allow sellers to hold reversionary
interests in Commission licenses in
certain circumstances, the Commission
previously noted that AWM’s proposal
does not address the Commission’s
historical concerns about reversionary
interests and is insufficiently developed
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to warrant departure from the
Commission’s longstanding policy
against the holding of such interests.
The Commission has traditionally held
that no right of reversion can attach to
a broadcast license and that a station
licensee is fully responsible for the
conduct of the station and its operation
in the public interest—a responsibility
that cannot be delegated by contract.
While NAB notes that it has previously
urged the Commission to allow sellers
to hold reversionary interests in certain
circumstances, NAB does not address
the specific concerns the Commission
discussed in the FNPRM regarding this
proposal. The Commission declines to
adopt these proposals. If presented with
appropriate evidence or analysis
regarding the Commission’s historical
concerns, the Commission may consider
in a future proceeding a general review
of its reversionary interest policy,
subject to resource constraints.
V. Shared Service Agreements
A. Introduction
204. With this Order, the Commission
brings transparency to the use of sharing
agreements between independently
owned commercial television stations.
Through these agreements, competitive
stations in a local market are able to
combine certain operations, with
effectively the same station personnel
handling or facilities performing
functions for multiple, independently
owned stations. While such combined
operations no doubt result in cost
savings—savings that could be
reinvested in improved programming
and other public interest-promoting
endeavors—the Commission has an
obligation to ensure that these
agreements are not being used to
circumvent the Commission’s broadcast
ownership rules and are not otherwise
inconsistent with the Commission’s
rules and policies. Specifically, the
Commission adopts a comprehensive
definition of SSAs and a requirement
that commercial television stations
disclose these agreements by placing
them in the stations’ online public
inspection files. This method of
disclosure will place a minimal burden
on stations, while providing the public
and the Commission with easy access to
the agreements. Accordingly, the
Commission finds that the benefits of
this rule outweigh the minimal burdens
associated with disclosure.
B. Discussion
205. The Commission finds that
commenters have raised meaningful
concerns regarding the potential impact
of sharing agreements involving
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
commercial television stations on the
Commission’s competition, localism,
and diversity policy objectives,
particularly with respect to its local
broadcast ownership rules. At the same
time, resource sharing can deliver
meaningful public interest benefits, and
the sharing of certain resources may
have no negative impact on any of the
Commission’s policy goals. At present,
however, consideration of these issues
is impeded because so little is known by
the Commission and the public about
the content, scope, and prevalence of
sharing agreements. Therefore, the
Commission adopts a clear definition of
SSAs—substantially similar to the
definition proposed in the FNPRM—to
identify the agreements between
stations that are relevant to the
Commission’s improved understanding
of how stations share services and
resources, and a mechanism for making
such arrangements involving
commercial television stations
transparent to the public and the
Commission. Specifically, commercial
television stations will now be required
to disclose these agreements by placing
them in the participating stations’
online public inspection files. Through
this action, the public and the
Commission will be able to better
evaluate the impact of these agreements,
if any, on the Commission’s policy
goals.
1. Definition of Shared Service
Agreement
206. Scope of definition. The
Commission finds that the definition
proposed in the FNPRM, with a minor
modification, best comports with the
informational needs that support its
efforts to define SSAs. Contrary to
broadcaster assertions, the Commission
does not believe excluding certain
resource sharing, such as administrative
support or other back-office services,
from the definition based on premature
assessments of the potential future
regulatory treatment of such activities is
appropriate. In addition, the
Commission agrees with Free Press that
a definition narrower than the one
adopted would invite legal
gamesmanship whereby parties would
be able to draft sharing agreements to
fall outside of the established definition
to avoid disclosure. For this reason, the
Commission will not adopt exclusions
from the definition of SSA, such as
those based on the duration of the
agreement or a set dollar amount.
207. To address concerns expressed
by certain commenters, however, the
Commission emphasizes that the
adopted definition limits the scope of
agreements to those that involve station-
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
related services. The Commission also
provides non-exhaustive examples in
the definition for guidance, consistent
with the proposal in the FNPRM.
Station-related services include, but are
not limited to, administrative, technical,
sales, and/or programming support.
Indeed, the Commission’s goal is not to
adopt a definition of SSAs that
encompasses station interactions that do
not relate to station operations or that
are incidental in nature. For example,
community service initiatives and
charity events, while worthwhile in
their own regard, do not relate to the
operation of the broadcast station;
accordingly, charitable collaborations
involving independently owned
broadcast stations would not fit within
the adopted definition of SSAs.
208. Similarly, the Commission
clarifies that ad hoc or on-the-fly
arrangements during breaking news
coverage are also outside the definition
of SSAs. While such interactions may
involve a station-related service, namely
news-gathering, such informal, shortterm arrangements are typically
precipitated by unforeseen or rapidly
developing events. Absent a covering
agreement that facilitates such
cooperation, the Commission does not
believe that these types of interactions
demonstrate that the stations are
working together; rather, they are acting
in a manner that allows each station to
separately pursue its own ends (e.g., the
production of an independent news
story). For example, if two news trucks
from independently owned broadcast
television stations arrive at the scene of
an accident at the same time and agree
to set up their camera shots from
different angles or to rely on the footage
shot by only one of the stations due to
limited space and safety concerns, this
agreement does not evidence actual
collaboration between the stations to
produce the news segments. Instead, the
news teams are reacting to unforeseen
circumstances and ensuring that each
news team can safely and effectively
create its own news story. By contrast,
such conduct would be evidence of
collaboration, and included in the
definition of SSAs, if the stations were
parties to an LNS agreement (or similar
agreement) that governs the terms of
news coverage, even if the stations
retain the ability to produce their own
segments.
209. Text of Definition. While the
Commission finds that a clear definition
of SSAs is appropriate, one technical
change to the text proposed in the
FNPRM is necessary. In the FNPRM, the
proposed definition of SSAs was
designed to identify the universe of
agreements for the provision of station-
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76255
related services involving stations that
are not under common control. Stations
under common control do not share
services or collaborate in the same way
as stations that operate independently
for purposes of this definition.
210. Accordingly, the Commission
defines an SSA as any agreement or
series of agreements, whether written or
oral, in which (1) a station provides any
station-related services, including, but
not limited to, administrative, technical,
sales, and/or programming support, to a
station that is not directly or indirectly
under common de jure control
permitted under the Commission’s
regulations; or (2) stations that are not
directly or indirectly under common de
jure control permitted under the
Commission’s regulations collaborate to
provide or enable the provision of
station-related services, including, but
not limited to, administrative, technical,
sales, and/or programming support, to
one or more of the collaborating
stations. For purposes of this rule, the
term station includes the licensee,
including any subsidiaries and affiliates,
and any other individual or entity with
an attributable interest in the station.
The Commission emphasizes that
sharing agreements to which nonlicensee entities are a party (e.g., an
operating subsidiary of the ultimate
parent company) fall within the adopted
definition. The Commission finds that
including such entities within the term
station is necessary to foreclose the
possibility that stations could use
operating subsidiaries or similar entities
to evade the SSA disclosure
requirement. This is consistent with the
proposal in the FNPRM that the
Commission should not limit the
definition of SSAs to only those
agreements to which licensees are
parties. Consistent with previous
Commission rules, the substance of oral
agreements shall be reduced to writing.
2. Disclosure of Shared Service
Agreements
211. Justification for disclosure. The
Commission requires the disclosure of
SSAs in each participating station’s
online public inspection file. The SSA
disclosure requirement shall apply
regardless of whether the agreement
involves stations in the same market or
in different markets. This approach
follows the approach taken with the
public file disclosures for JSAs and
LMAs and is consistent with the
Commission’s intent to learn more about
how commercial television stations use
these agreements. The Commission
finds that this disclosure requirement is
tied to a clear regulatory purpose.
Commenters in the proceeding have
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76256
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
raised meaningful issues regarding the
potential impact of the joint operation of
independently owned commercial
broadcast television stations pursuant to
SSAs on the Commission’s rules and
policy goals, including, but not limited
to, the Commission’s local broadcast
ownership rules and rules regarding
unauthorized transfer of control. These
commenters have identified specific
provisions in sharing agreements that,
according to the commenters, convey a
significant degree of influence over the
core operating functions of an
independent commercial television
station (and potentially de facto control
over the station). In addition,
commenters have also provided
examples of markets in which sharing
agreements have been executed and of
the asserted impact of these agreements
on the market (e.g., job losses and
reductions in independently produced
local news programming). According to
these commenters, such sharing
agreements impact the Commission’s
competition, localism, and diversity
goals, as well as suggest violations of the
Commission’s rules against
unauthorized transfers of control. The
disclosure of these agreements is
necessary for the public and the
Commission to evaluate these potential
impacts.
212. Moreover, the Commission’s
rules have long required that television
and radio broadcast stations enable
public inspection of certain documents
to provide information both to the
public and to the Commission about
station operations. The public and the
Commission rely on information about
the nature of a station’s operations and
compliance with Commission rules to
verify that a station is meeting its
fundamental public interest obligations.
The Commission has consistently found
that disclosure requirements facilitate
the Commission’s regulatory purposes
while imposing only a minimal burden
on licensees.
213. Additionally, the Commission
disagrees that it must first address the
appropriate regulatory status of sharing
agreements (e.g., make them
attributable) before requiring their
disclosure. The Commission agrees with
public interest commenters in rejecting
NAB’s assertion that back-office or
administrative agreements—agreements
that clearly relate to station operations
within the adopted definition of SSAs—
should be excluded from disclosure
because they currently do not raise any
attribution or other regulatory concerns.
Disclosure itself informs such decisions,
and the Commission has wide latitude
to impose such a requirement.
Moreover, such agreements may also
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
help inform allegations involving
unauthorized transfers of control. In the
past, the Commission has first required
the disclosure of certain agreements that
relate to station operations before
making a determination that such
agreements should be subject to
additional regulation. The
Commission’s action in this Order is
consistent with this precedent. Indeed,
the Commission could hardly fulfill its
obligation to ensure that station
operations are consistent with
Commission rules and policies if it were
required to determine the regulatory
status of certain agreements before
obtaining the information necessary to
evaluate the agreements. The
Commission does not think the public
interest would be served by adopting
such a constricted view of the
Commission’s authority. The
Commission notes that its action does
not predetermine that any additional
regulation will be forthcoming for SSAs;
rather, the disclosure is necessary for
the Commission to make such a
determination.
214. Furthermore, the Commission is
not persuaded that the adopted
disclosure requirement will discourage
stations from entering into SSAs. First,
the adopted method for disclosure
minimizes the cost of compliance and
utilizes a procedure with which
commercial television broadcasters
already have extensive experience. It
cannot be credibly stated that the
burden associated with disclosure
would exceed the benefits of the
agreements. Second, the Commission
finds it instructive that no evidence
exists showing that the disclosure
requirements for JSAs and LMAs,
specific types of SSAs, have inhibited
the formation of those agreements. To
the contrary, the Commission first
required the public filing of television
JSAs in 1999, and the prevalence of
these agreements increased significantly
after the disclosure requirement was
adopted. Ultimately, the Commission
does not find any evidence to support
the contention that disclosure of SSAs
would discourage stations from
executing such agreements, particularly
if the agreements are as beneficial as
broadcast commenters contend.
215. Finally, the Commission rejects
NAB’s assertion that the SSA disclosure
requirement would violate the First
Amendment because the Commission is
immersing itself in broadcasting
stations’ day-to-day operations. The
cases cited by NAB in support of its
theory are readily distinguishable from
the adopted disclosure requirement, as
neither case involves simply requiring
disclosure of contracts relating to station
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
operations. Contrary to NAB’s claims,
the Commission is not interfering with
broadcasters’ editorial discretion.
Rather, the Commission is simply
requiring that commercial television
stations place certain contracts in their
public file, just as the Commission has
done numerous times in the past. In
particular, the Commission is not
restricting broadcasters’ discretion to
determine what content to offer, nor is
the Commission mandating or
prohibiting any particular contractual
terms. Thus, the disclosure requirement
does not burden broadcasters’ speech. In
particular, the Commission is not
compelling broadcasters to express a
message or viewpoint. Further, no
evidence exists that previous disclosure
requirements have resulted in such
involvement. Indeed, the Commission
has a long history of deferring to a
licensee’s good faith discretion in
programming decisions—particularly
news programming—and the
Commission believes that the SSA
disclosure requirement is consistent
with this precedent. In this case, the
Commission is not even proposing to
regulate SSAs beyond the bare
disclosure requirement.
216. NAB further argues that the
disclosure requirement fails to satisfy
the constitutional standards for
regulations that require businesses to
disclose factual information, stating that
the agency must show that a substantial
government interest exists that is
directly and materially advanced by the
restriction and that the restriction is
narrowly tailored to achieve the
government interest. On the contrary,
even assuming that the disclosure
requirement burdens broadcasters’
speech to any extent (which the
Commission concludes above is not the
case), the requirement would be subject,
at most, to rational basis review, which
is the same standard that courts have
applied to the Commission’s ownership
rules. Under this standard of review, a
rule does not violate the First
Amendment if it is a reasonable means
of promoting the public interest in
diversified mass communications.
217. The Commission’s SSA
disclosure requirement satisfies this
standard. SSAs relate to a broadcast
station’s core operational functions and
thus could have the effect of lessening
competition, diversity, or localism by
creating a commonality of interests.
They could also have beneficial effects.
Public interest commenters and
broadcasters have conflicting
viewpoints about whether SSAs should
be deemed attributable for purposes of
the Commission’s ownership rules and
whether they negatively or positively
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
affect the Commission’s public interest
goals of competition, diversity, and
localism. Without an industry-wide
disclosure rule, the Commission lacks
the information necessary to determine
the extent to which SSAs may affect
diversity, competition, and localism and
whether SSAs in fact confer significant
influence or control warranting
attribution for purposes of its ownership
rules or raising unauthorized control
concerns. Although broadcasters have
disclosed SSAs in connection with
individual license assignments/transfers
of control applications, the Commission
does not know what types of SSA are in
place between stations that are not
parties to such pending Commission
applications, nor does the Commission
know the extent to which broadcasters
across the industry utilize SSAs that are
not already required to be disclosed.
Thus, the Commission believes
industry-wide disclosure is necessary to
allow the Commission and public to
evaluate in a comprehensive manner the
extent to which broadcasters use various
types of SSA, the nature of the
contractual relationships, and the
manner in which specific types of
agreements affect competition, diversity,
or localism. Broadcasters hold licenses
issued by the Commission and are
obligated to operate in the public
interest, and thus they have no right to
withhold from the Commission or the
public agreements that may significantly
affect their service to the public.
Therefore, the Commission’s rule is a
reasonable means of promoting the
Commission’s diversity, competition,
and localism goals and assuring that
SSAs do not raise unauthorized control
concerns and satisfies the criteria for
First Amendment rational basis review.
218. The case law NAB cites in
support of a higher standard of review
concerns requiring a regulated entity to
undertake new speech, and presents the
question of whether a restriction on
commercial speech, normally subject to
intermediate scrutiny, satisfies the
criteria for rational basis review under
the exception applicable to compelled
commercial speech that is strictly
factual. Ultimately, NAB seems to be
relying on Central Hudson Gas &
Electric Corp. v. Public Service
Commission, 447 U.S. 557 (1980), for
the proposition that restrictions on
commercial speech are subject to
intermediate scrutiny. In Central
Hudson, the Court invalidated a state
regulation that prohibited public
utilities from promoting the use of
electricity in their advertising and
marketing materials. Here, in contrast,
the Commission is simply requiring
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
broadcasters to publicly disclose
contracts they have already executed,
not undertake new speech. Further,
although the SSA disclosure rule does
nothing more than require placement of
SSAs in the broadcasters’ public
inspection file, it is subject to rational
basis review for a different reason (i.e.,
because it is a content-neutral rule that
furthers the Commission’s scheme of
broadcast ownership regulation and the
policy goals supporting such
regulation). Thus, if the SSA disclosure
requirement burdens speech at all, the
rational basis review applicable to
structural broadcast regulations—not
the intermediate scrutiny standard
applicable to commercial speech—
applies to the disclosure requirement.
219. Finally, even assuming that the
intermediate scrutiny standard of
Central Hudson applies, which the
Commission concludes is not the case,
the rule directly and materially
advances governmental interests that
the Supreme Court has recognized in
Turner Broadcasting System, Inc. v.
FCC, 512 U.S. 622, 663 (1994), as
substantial. The purpose of the rule is
to provide information that is directly
relevant to the Commission’s regulation
of broadcast ownership and the policy
goals that underlie its ownership rules.
The filing of SSAs will further the
Commission’s goal of collecting the
necessary information. The Commission
has tailored the requirement to exclude
agreements that are already subject to
disclosure in a station’s public file and
to exclude agreements that are not likely
to implicate the Commission’s policy
concerns. The rule does not restrict or
dictate the ways in which broadcasters
may share resources but simply requires
them to disclose contracts that already
exist. The filing requirement is therefore
narrowly tailored to achieve the
regulatory objective, and the burden is
minimal. Accordingly, the Commission
finds that the disclosure requirement
does not violate the First Amendment
even under the higher standard of
review that NAB advocates.
220. Disclosure in station’s online
public inspection file. The Commission
will require commercial broadcast
television stations to post SSAs to each
participating station’s online public
inspection file that is hosted by the
Commission. The Commission finds
that the online public filing
requirement, pursuant to § 73.3526 of
the Commission’s rules, best facilitates
the disclosure of SSAs. In the Enhanced
Disclosure Order (77 FR 27631, May 11,
2012, FCC 12–44, rel. Apr. 21, 2012), the
Commission updated the disclosure
requirements to make information
concerning broadcast service more
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76257
accessible to the public by having
stations post their public files online in
a central, Commission-hosted database.
Consistent with its findings in that
order, the Commission finds that an
online public filing requirement best
comports with Commission policy to
modernize the procedures that
television broadcasters use to inform the
public about how stations are serving
their communities. Having stations post
their SSAs online in a central,
Commission-hosted database utilizes
existing technology to make information
concerning broadcast service more
accessible to the public and reduces
broadcasters’ costs of compliance over
time. The Commission is not convinced
that other disclosure methods, such as
an ECFS docket or filing with the
Commission pursuant to § 73.3613 of
the Commission’s rules, are less
burdensome than the online public file
requirement or that such methods
provide meaningful advantages to the
public and the Commission in terms of
identifying and accessing SSAs.
221. The Commission declines to
adopt NAB’s proposed alternative to
require that stations submit an aggregate
list of SSAs as part of the biennial
ownership reports. The Commission
agrees with comments that a mere list of
agreements would be insufficient for the
purpose the Commission seeks. Such a
limited disclosure would not permit the
public or the Commission to develop a
full and complete understanding of
SSAs and their impact on the broadcast
television industry. Simply submitting a
list of agreements would not provide the
public or the Commission with any
information about the nature and scope
of the agreements, only that the
agreements exist. While the prevalence
of SSAs is of some importance, the
terms of the agreements and their
impact on station operations are far
more critical to an analysis of the
potential impact of SSAs on the
Commission’s rules and policy goals. In
addition, disclosure only in biennial
ownership reports would not result in
timely disclosure of these agreements,
which would frustrate continued efforts
to study SSAs. Moreover, searching for
SSAs disclosed in biennial ownership
reports would be a more laborious task
for the public and the Commission than
searching the online public files.
Indeed, a significant benefit of the
online public file is that it improves
public access to documents while
minimizing burdens on stations. NAB’s
proposal ignores this significant benefit
without identifying any meaningful
benefits in return.
222. Disclosure by noncommercial
stations, radio, and newspapers. The
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76258
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Commission declines to expand the SSA
disclosure requirement beyond
commercial television stations, as
commenters have not provided
sufficient justification for such an
expansion at this time. Commenters
provided the Commission with
numerous examples of sharing
agreements involving commercial
television stations. Based on these
examples, commenters raised
meaningful concerns about the potential
impact of such agreements on the
Commission’s public interest goals. The
evidence in the record, however, does
not demonstrate that SSAs involving
noncommercial stations, radio stations,
or newspapers are common or that they
present the same kinds of potential
public interest concerns. However, the
Commission may revisit its decision to
limit disclosure to commercial
television stations in the future if
evidence suggests that additional
disclosure may be appropriate.
223. Redaction of confidential or
proprietary information. As part of the
SSA disclosure requirement, the
Commission adopts provisions that
permit stations to redact confidential or
proprietary information, just as the
Commission has for LMAs and JSAs.
The Commission notes, however, that
the redacted information must be made
available to the Commission upon
request. The redaction allowance
directly addresses the concerns of
commenters that oppose the disclosure
of SSAs on the grounds that it will
require stations to disclose sensitive,
confidential business information.
224. The Commission rejects NAB’s
argument that the redaction allowance
will not be sufficient to protect
broadcast stations’ business interests
because the disclosure of the mere
existence of these agreements will
provide useful information to
competitors. All broadcasters have long
been required to attach copies of
transaction-related SSAs to a license
assignment or transfer application,
including placing the application and
relevant agreements in the station’s
public inspection file until final action
has been taken on the application. No
evidence in the record indicates that
this requirement has resulted in any
competitive harm. In addition, the
Commission notes that broadcast
commenters have failed to provide
evidence that the business interests of
television broadcast stations have been
inhibited by the adoption of the LMA
and JSA disclosure requirements or that
such interests are likely to be inhibited
by the substantially similar SSA
disclosure requirement adopted in this
Order. Furthermore, the Commission
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
finds that NAB’s argument is at odds
with its own proposed alternative for
stations to submit aggregate lists of
SSAs as part of their biennial ownership
reports, which would disclose the
existence of such agreements. The
Commission concludes that the adopted
redaction allowance sufficiently
balances the informational needs of the
public and the Commission with the
business interests of broadcasters to
keep proprietary information
confidential.
225. Cost of compliance. Consistent
with Commission precedent, the
Commission finds that an online public
filing requirement minimizes the cost to
broadcasters while ensuring that the
public has easy and convenient access
to the information. As the Commission
has previously stated, the Commission
finds that the electronic upload or
scanning and upload of SSAs is not
unduly burdensome. The Commission
does not find arguments to the contrary
to be persuasive or supported by
evidence. Aside from general statements
that disclosure will be too costly,
commenters opposing disclosure
provide no cost estimates to support
their assertions. Moreover, because of
the clarifications above, the Commission
finds that it has adequately addressed
concerns that the definition of SSAs is
overly broad and would result in a
significant increase in the number of
agreements stations would be required
to upload to their public inspection file.
Television broadcasters should also be
well versed in uploading documents to
the Commission’s online public
inspection file database, as they have
been required to use the database since
2012.
226. Duplicative filings. As the
Commission already requires
broadcasters to submit JSAs and LMAs
in accordance with its public file
disclosure requirements, the
Commission confirms that, to the extent
that the SSA disclosure requirement
would duplicate established JSA and
LMA disclosures, a broadcaster would
have to place these agreements in their
public inspection file only once. A
broadcaster will not be required to file
additional copies of JSAs and LMAs for
the SSA disclosure requirement if the
broadcaster’s public inspection file
already contains a copy of the
agreement. This clarification reduces
the burden of compliance to
broadcasters and is consistent with
previous Commission decisions
regarding duplicative filings.
227. Procedural matters. Each station
that is party to an SSA executed before
the effective date of the adopted
disclosure requirement, which is subject
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to OMB approval, shall place a copy of
the SSA in its public inspection file
within 180 days after the disclosure
requirement becomes effective,
provided that the agreement is not
already in the station’s public
inspection file. The Commission will
seek OMB approval for the disclosure
requirement, and, upon receiving
approval, the Commission will release a
Public Notice specifying the date by
which SSAs must be placed in the
stations’ online public files. The Public
Notice will also provide further details
on how the SSA files are to be
designated within each station’s online
public file. SSAs that are executed after
the disclosure requirement is effective
must be placed in the stations’ online
public files in a timely fashion, and
stations are reminded to maintain
orderly public files.
3. Attribution
228. Finally, in response to the
FNPRM, multiple commenters assert
that the Commission should
immediately make SSAs attributable
based on the existing record and the
Commission’s experience with SSAs in
the context of assignments/transfers of
control of station licenses. The
Commission declines to make SSAs
attributable. As noted in the FNPRM,
and as confirmed herein, the
Commission believes that first defining
SSAs and requiring their disclosure is
necessary before making any decisions
regarding attribution or any other
regulatory action that may be
appropriate based on review of these
agreements. Unlike the resource sharing
provided for in LMAs and JSAs—which
are specific types of SSAs involving
discrete, easily defined activities with a
clear impact on a station’s core
operating functions—the types of
resource sharing in other SSAs are not
easily categorized and their potential
impact on a station’s core operating
functions is not well understood at this
time, largely due to the lack of a
definition of SSAs and lack of
disclosure. Accordingly, the
Commission’s action in this Order is a
necessary step before the Commission
can consider whether attribution of any
additional types of SSAs or any other
regulatory action is appropriate. The
Commission has traditionally taken an
incremental approach in determining
whether and how to attribute
agreements between and among
broadcasters. In these circumstances,
the Commission finds that proceeding
in this fashion, one step at a time, when
addressing these complicated issues is
appropriate and reasonable. The
Commission notes also that the court in
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
Prometheus III rejected the argument
that the Commission acted arbitrarily
and capriciously by not attributing all
. . . SSAs in the JSA Order, finding
instead that the Commission was
justified in its sequential approach in
addressing this issue. Though the
Commission reiterated that its action in
this Order is not intended to prejudge
whether attribution or any other
regulatory actions are appropriate for
SSAs. Once the Commission has had an
opportunity to evaluate the potential
impact of SSAs on the Commission’s
rules and policy goals, it will be able to
consider whether attribution or other
regulatory action is warranted.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
VI. Procedural Matters
A. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
229. As required by the Regulatory
Flexibility Act of 1980, as amended
(RFA), the Commission has prepared a
Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
(FRFA) of the possible significant
economic impact on small entities of the
policies and rules addressed in the
Second Report and Order.
230. Need for, and Objectives of, the
Second Report and Order. The Second
Report and Order concludes the 2010
and 2014 Quadrennial Reviews of the
broadcast ownership rules, which were
initiated pursuant to section 202(h) of
the Telecommunications Act of 1996,
Public Law 104–104, section 202(h), 110
Stat. 56, 111–12 (1996) (1996 Act)
(codified as amended at 47 U.S.C. 303
note) (1996 Act). The Commission is
required by statute to review its media
ownership rules every four years to
determine whether they are necessary in
the public interest as the result of
competition and to repeal or modify any
regulation the Commission determines
to be no longer in the public interest.
The media ownership rules that are
subject to this quadrennial review—the
Local Television Ownership Rule, the
Local Radio Ownership Rule, the
Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership
Rule, the Radio/Television CrossOwnership Rule, and the Dual Network
Rule—are found, respectively, at 47 CFR
73.3555(b), (a), (d), (c), and 73.658(g).
Ultimately, while the Commission
acknowledged the impact of new
technologies on the media marketplace,
it concluded that some limits on
broadcast ownership remain necessary
to protect and promote the
Commission’s policy goals of fostering
competition, localism, and diversity.
231. Specifically, the Order retains
the Local Television Ownership Rule,
which allows an entity to own two
television stations in the same Nielsen
Designated Market Area (DMA) only if
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
no Grade B contour overlap exists
between the commonly owned stations,
or at least one of the commonly owned
stations is not ranked among the topfour stations in the market (top-four
prohibition) and at least eight
independently owned television
stations remain in the DMA after
ownership of the two stations is
combined. The Order modifies the Local
Television Ownership Rule by updating
the contour provision for the rule’s
application to reflect the digital
television transition. The Order also
clarifies that the top-four prohibition
applies to transactions involving the
sale or swapping of network affiliations
between in-market stations that result in
an entity holding an attributable interest
in two top-four stations in the same
DMA.
232. The Order retains the Local
Radio Ownership Rule, which specifies
the maximum number of commercial
radio stations that can be owned
depending on the total number of fullpower commercial and noncommercial
radio stations in the market. The Order
makes minor modifications to the Local
Radio Ownership Rule to assist the
Media Bureau in processing license
assignment and transfer applications.
Specifically, the Order (1) clarifies the
exception to the two-year waiting period
for certain Nielsen Audio Market
changes; (2) adopts an exemption from
the Note 4 grandfathering requirements
for intra-Metro community of license
changes; and (3) redefines the Puerto
Rico market.
233. The Order adopts a revised
Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership
Rule, which prohibits certain
newspaper/television and newspaper/
radio combinations subject to a case-bycase waiver. The Order updates the
Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership
Rule’s contour provision to consider
digital television contours consistent
with the switch to digital television. The
Order also eases application of the
cross-ownership prohibition by
adopting new market criteria for the
rule’s application and an explicit
exception for failed/failing properties.
234. The Order retains the Radio/
Television Cross-Ownership Rule,
which restricts common ownership of
television and radio stations in a local
market based on the number of
independently owned media voices in
the market. The Order updates the
Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule’s contour provision for the rule’s
application from analog to digital to
reflect the digital television transition.
First, consistent with the update to the
NBCO Rule, a television station’s digital
PCC will be used instead of its analog
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76259
Grade A contour when determining the
rule’s trigger. Second, a television
station’s digital NLSC will be used
instead of its analog Grade B contour
when counting the number of media
voices remaining in the market postmerger.
235. The Order finds that the Dual
Network Rule, which permits common
ownership of multiple broadcast
networks, but prohibits a merger
between or among the top four networks
(ABC, CBS, Fox, and NBC), continues to
be necessary to promote competition
and localism and should be retained
without modification.
236. The Order readopts the
Television Joint Sales Agreement (JSA)
Attribution Rule, which was vacated on
procedural grounds by the Court of
Appeals for the Third Circuit in
Prometheus III. The Commission has
found that certain JSAs between inmarket television stations rise to the
level of attribution as they afford the
brokering station the potential to unduly
influence or control the brokered
station. The Television JSA Attribution
Rule attributes same-market television
JSAs in which the broker sells more
than 15 percent of the brokered station’s
weekly advertising time. In such
circumstances, the brokered station will
be counted towards the brokering
station’s permissible broadcast
ownership totals for purposes of the
Local Television Ownership Rule. The
Television JSA Attribution Rule also
requires the filing of attributable
television JSAs with the Commission
pursuant to 47 CFR 73.3613 and
authorizes the Media Bureau to amend
certain forms that are impacted by the
FCC’s action to attribute certain
television JSAs. The Order preserves the
existing grandfathering legislation
(which grandfathered until Sept. 30,
2025 those television JSAs that were in
effect as of March 31, 2014) and allows
for the transferability of such
grandfathered television JSAs,
consistent with congressional guidance.
237. The Order reinstates the revenuebased eligible entity standard and
associated measures to promote the
Commission’s goal of encouraging small
business participation in the broadcast
industry, which will cultivate
innovation and enhance viewpoint
diversity. In the Order, the Commission
considers possible definitions that
would expressly recognize the race and
ethnicity of applicants but finds that the
legal standards the courts have said
must be met before government
implementation of preferences based on
such race- or gender-conscious
definitions have not been satisfied.
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
76260
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
238. The Order adopts a definition of
shared service agreements (SSAs) and
requires commercial television stations
to disclose those SSAs by placing the
agreements in each station’s online
public inspection file. The SSA
disclosure requirement will lead to
more comprehensive information about
the prevalence and content of SSAs
between commercial television stations,
which will improve the Commission’s
and the public’s ability to assess the
potential impact of these agreements on
the Commission’s rules and policies.
The method of disclosure by placing
SSAs in the online public inspection
file will apply a minimal burden on
stations, while providing the public and
the Commission with easy access to the
agreements.
239. Response to Public Comments
and Comments by the Chief Counsel for
Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration. The Commission
received no comments in direct
response to the IRFA or the SIRFA. The
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small
Business Administration did not file
any comments in response to the
proposed rules in this proceeding.
240. Description and Estimate of the
Number of Small Entities to Which
Rules Will Apply. The SBA defines a
television broadcasting station that has
no more than $38.5 million in annual
receipts as a small business. Census data
for 2012 indicate that 751 television
broadcasting firms were in operation for
the duration of that entire year. Of these,
656 had annual receipts of less than
$25.0 million per year and 95 had
annual receipts of $25.0 million or more
per year. Based on this data and the
associated size standard, the
Commission concludes that the majority
of such firms are small.
241. Additionally, the Commission
has estimated the number of licensed
commercial television stations to be
1,387. According to Commission staff
review of the BIA/Kelsey, LLC’s Media
Access Pro Television Database on June
2, 2016, about 1,264 of an estimated
1,387 commercial television stations (or
approximately 91 percent) had revenues
of $38.5 million or less. The
Commission has estimated the number
of licensed noncommercial educational
television stations to be 395.
242. The SBA defines a radio
broadcasting entity that has $38.5
million or less in annual receipts as a
small business. Census data for 2012
indicate that 3,187 radio broadcasting
firms were in operation for the duration
of that entire year. Of these, 3,134 had
annual receipts of less than $25.0
million per year and 53 had annual
receipts of $25.0 million or more per
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
year. Based on this data and the
associated size standard, the
Commission concludes that the majority
of such firms are small.
243. Further, according to
Commission staff review of the BIA/
Kelsey, LLC’s Media Access Pro Radio
Database on June 2, 2016, about 11,386
(or about 99.9 percent) of 11,395
commercial radio stations in the United
States have revenues of $38.5 million or
less. The Commission has estimated the
number of licensed noncommercial
radio stations to be 4,096. The
Commission does not have revenue data
or revenue estimates for these stations.
These stations rely primarily on grants
and contributions for their operations,
so it will assume that all of these
entities qualify as small businesses.
244. The Commission notes, however,
that, in assessing whether a business
concern qualifies as small under the
SBA definition, business (control)
affiliations must be included. The
Commission’s estimate, therefore, likely
overstates the number of small entities
that might be affected by its action,
because the revenue figure on which it
is based does not include or aggregate
revenues from affiliated companies.
245. In addition, an element of the
definition of small business is that the
entity not be dominant in its field of
operation. The Commission is unable at
this time to define or quantify the
criteria that would establish whether a
specific television or radio station is
dominant in its field of operation.
Accordingly, the estimate of small
businesses to which rules may apply
does not exclude any television or radio
station from the definition of a small
business on this basis and therefore may
be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as
noted, an additional element of the
definition of small business is that the
entity must be independently owned
and operated. The Commission notes
that assessing these criteria in the
context of media entities is difficult at
times and the estimates of small
businesses to which they apply may be
over-inclusive to this extent.
246. The SBA has developed a small
business size standard for the census
category of Newspaper Publishers; that
size standard is 1,000 or fewer
employees. Census Bureau data for 2012
show that there were 4,466 firms in this
category that operated for the entire
year. Of this total, 4,378 firms had
employment of 499 or fewer employees,
and an additional 88 firms had
employment of 500 to 999 employees.
Therefore, the Commission estimates
that the majority of Newspaper
Publishers are small entities that might
be affected by its action.
PO 00000
Frm 00042
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
247. Description of Reporting, Record
Keeping, and other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities. The
Order adopts rule changes that will
affect reporting, recordkeeping, and
other compliance requirements. The
need for and content of each of these
rule changes is described in detail above
in the summary of the action, and the
Commission’s efforts to minimize the
impact of these rules is described in
detail below. Additionally, the Order
adopts a requirement that commercial
broadcast television stations must place
a copy of any SSA entered into between
commercial broadcast television stations
in their online public inspection files
within 180 days after the filing
requirement becomes effective. The
Commission will seek OMB approval for
the filing requirement, and, upon
receiving approval, the Commission will
release a Public Notice specifying the
date by which SSAs must be filed.
Going forward, commercial broadcast
television stations must place copies of
such agreements in their online public
inspection files in a timely fashion
following execution.
248. As a result of these new or
modified requirements, the Commission
does not believe that small businesses
will need to hire additional
professionals (e.g., attorneys, engineers,
economists, or accountants) to comply
with the new reporting, recordkeeping,
and other compliance requirements.
Commercial television stations should
already have staff capable of placing
SSAs in the stations’ online public files,
given the existing public file
requirements.
249. Steps Taken to Minimize
Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives
Considered. In conducting the
quadrennial review, the Commission
has three chief alternatives available for
each of the Commission’s media
ownership rules—eliminate the rule,
modify it, or, if the Commission
determines that the rule is necessary in
the public interest, retain it. The
Commission finds that the rules adopted
in the Order, which are intended to
achieve the policy goals of competition,
localism, and diversity, will continue to
benefit small entities by fostering a
media marketplace in which they are
better able to compete and by promoting
additional broadcast ownership
opportunities among a diverse group of
owners, including small entities. The
Commission discusses below several
ways in which the rules may benefit
small entities as well as steps taken, and
significant alternatives considered, to
minimize any potential burdens on
small entities.
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
250. The Commission finds that the
Local Television Ownership Rule, as
modified, will continue to help ensure
that local television markets do not
become too concentrated and, by doing
so, will allow more firms, including
those that are small entities, to enter
local markets and compete effectively.
The Order also addresses the
competitive challenges faced by
broadcasters that operate in small
markets—including small entities—by
retaining the existing failed/failing
station waiver policy. In particular, the
Commission notes that a review of
recent transactions demonstrates that
waivers under the failed/failing station
policy are frequently granted in small
and mid-sized markets, which often
provides relief for small entities.
251. The Order concludes that,
consistent with previous Commission
findings, broadcast radio continues to be
a viable avenue for new entry in the
media marketplace, including by small
businesses, minorities, women, and
entities seeking to serve niche
audiences. The Commission finds that
retention of the local radio ownership
limits, including the AM/FM subcaps,
will help foster opportunities for new
entry in local radio markets, including
by small entities. Moreover, the
Commission believes that by limiting
the consolidation of market power
among the dominant groups, the rule
will help ensure that small radio station
owners remain economically viable.
252. In several ways, the
Commission’s decisions regarding the
NBCO Rule minimize the economic
impact on small entities, namely small
broadcasters and newspaper owners.
First, retaining the prohibition on
newspaper/broadcast combinations in
local markets will help small entities
compete on more equal footing with
larger media owners that may have
pursued consolidation strategies
through cross-ownership. Second, by
entertaining waiver requests on a pure
case-by-case basis, taking into
consideration the totality of
circumstances surrounding a proposed
transaction and the potential harm to
viewpoint diversity, the Commission
will have the flexibility to accord the
proper weight to any factors that are
particularly relevant for small media
owners. The significant alternatives that
the Commission considered, such as
allowing combinations under either a
bright-line rule or a presumptive waiver
standard, would not have afforded the
Commission the same degree of
flexibility. Third, adopting a more
lenient approach for proposed
combinations involving a failed or
failing broadcast station or newspaper
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
will benefit entities in financial distress,
which may be more likely to include
small entities. Fourth, grandfathering
existing combinations will avoid
disruption of settled expectations of
existing licensees and prevent any
impact on the provision of service by
smaller entities that are part of such
combinations. Finally, requiring
subsequent purchasers of grandfathered
combinations to comply with the rule in
effect at that time will provide
opportunities for new entrants to
acquire a divested media outlet.
253. By retaining the Radio/
Television Cross-Ownership Rule, the
Commission minimizes the economic
impact on small entities. The
Commission considered the significant
alternative of eliminating the rule but
concluded that it remained necessary to
promote viewpoint diversity. Retaining
the rule will benefit small broadcast
stations by limiting the growth of
existing combinations of radio stations
and television stations in local markets.
In addition, grandfathering existing
combinations will avoid disruption of
settled expectations of existing licensees
and prevent any impact on the
provision of service by smaller stations
that are part of such combinations;
requiring subsequent purchasers of
grandfathered combinations to comply
with the rule in effect at that time will
provide opportunities for new entrants
to acquire a divested media outlet. The
Commission’s decision also alleviates
the concern expressed by commenters
that further consolidation would harm
small businesses because radio provides
one of the few entry points into media
ownership for minorities and women.
254. The Commission finds that the
Dual Network Rule remains necessary to
preserve the balance of bargaining
power between the top-four networks
and their affiliates, thus improving the
ability of affiliates to exert influence on
network programming decisions in a
manner that best serves the interests of
their local communities. The
Commission believes that these benefits
to affiliates are particularly important
for small entities that may otherwise
lack bargaining power.
255. The Commission finds that
reinstating the revenue-based standard
will help promote small business
participation in the broadcast industry.
The Commission believes that smallsized applicants and licensees benefit
from flexible licensing, auctions,
transactions, and construction policies.
Often, small-business applicants have
financing and operational needs distinct
from those of larger broadcasters. By
easing certain regulations for small
broadcasters, the Commission believes
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
76261
that it will promote the public interest
goal of making access to broadcast
spectrum available to a broad range of
applicants. The Commission also
believes that enabling more small
businesses to participate in the
broadcast industry will help encourage
innovation and expand viewpoint
diversity. In addition, the Commission’s
intent in reinstating the previous
revenue-based eligible entity
definition—and in applying it to the
construction, licensing, transaction, and
auction measures to which it previously
applied—is to expand broadcast
ownership opportunities for new
entrants, including small entities.
Therefore, the Commission anticipates
that these measures will benefit small
entities, not burden them.
256. Although the Commission does
not currently require the filing or
disclosure of sharing agreements that do
not contain time brokerage or joint
advertising sales provisions,
broadcasters are required to file many
types of documents in their public
inspection files. Therefore, broadcasters,
including those qualifying as small
entities, are well versed in the
procedures necessary for compliance
and will not be overly burdened with
having to add SSAs to their public
inspection files. In addition, the
Commission considered various
disclosure alternatives in the record, but
determined that such measures would
either be more burdensome than the
disclosure method adopted in the Order
or that the proposals would not
adequately address the concerns raised
by the Commission. Ultimately, as the
Commission finds that the new SSA
disclosure requirement will not be
especially burdensome to small entities,
adopting any special measures for small
entities with respect to this new
disclosure requirement is therefore
unnecessary.
B. Final Paperwork Reduction Act
Analysis
257. This Report and Order contains
information collection requirements
subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1995 (PRA), Public Law 104–13. The
requirements will be submitted to the
Office of Management and Budget
(OMB) for review under section 3507(d)
of the PRA. OMB, the general public,
and other Federal agencies will be
invited to comment on the information
collection requirements contained in
this proceeding. The Commission will
publish a separate document in the
Federal Register at a later date seeking
these comments. In addition, the
Commission notes that pursuant to the
Small Business Paperwork Relief Act of
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
76262
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
2002, Public Law 107–198, see 44 U.S.C.
3506(c)(4), the Commission previously
sought specific comment on how it
might further reduce the information
collection burden for small business
concerns with fewer than 25 employees.
In this present document, the
Commission has assessed the effects of
the SSA disclosure requirement, and
finds that the disclosure requirement
will not impose a significant filing
burden on businesses with fewer than
25 employees. In addition, the
Commission has described impacts that
might affect small businesses, which
includes most businesses with fewer
than 25 employees, in the FRFA.
C. Congressional Review Act
258. The Commission will send a
copy of this Second Report and Order to
the Government Accountability Office
pursuant to the Congressional Review
Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
VII. Ordering Clauses
259. Accordingly, it is ordered, that
pursuant to the authority contained in
sections 1, 2(a), 4(i), 303, 307, 309, 310,
and 403 of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152(a),
154(i), 303, 307, 309, 310, and 403, and
section 202(h) of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, this
Second Report and Order is adopted.
The rule modifications attached hereto
as Appendix A shall be effective thirty
(30) days after publication of the text or
summary thereof in the Federal
Register, except for those rules and
requirements involving Paperwork
Reduction Act burdens, which shall
become effective on the effective date
announced in the Federal Register
notice announcing OMB approval.
Changes to Commission Forms required
as the result of the rule amendments
adopted herein will become effective on
the effective date announced in the
Federal Register notice announcing
OMB approval.
260. It is further ordered, that the
proceedings MB Docket No. 09–182 and
MB Docket No. 14–50 are terminated.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, Television.
Federal Communications Commission.
Gloria J. Miles,
Federal Register Liaison Officer, Office of the
Secretary.
Final Rules
For the reasons discussed in the
preamble, the Federal Communications
Commission amends 47 CFR part 73 as
follows:
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
PART 73—RADIO BROADCAST
SERVICES
1. The authority citation for part 73
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336
and 339.
2. Amend § 73.3526 by adding
paragraph (e)(18) to read as follows:
■
§ 73.3526 Local public inspection file of
commercial stations.
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(18) Shared service agreements. For
commercial television stations, a copy
of every Shared Service Agreement for
the station (with the substance of oral
agreements reported in writing),
regardless of whether the agreement
involves commercial television stations
in the same market or in different
markets, with confidential or
proprietary information redacted where
appropriate. For purposes of this
paragraph, a Shared Service Agreement
is any agreement or series of agreements
in which:
(1) A station provides any stationrelated services, including, but not
limited to, administrative, technical,
sales, and/or programming support, to a
station that is not directly or indirectly
under common de jure control
permitted under the Commission’s
regulations; or
(2) Stations that are not directly or
indirectly under common de jure
control permitted under the
Commission’s regulations collaborate to
provide or enable the provision of
station-related services, including, but
not limited to, administrative, technical,
sales, and/or programming support, to
one or more of the collaborating
stations. For purposes of this paragraph,
the term ‘‘station’’ includes the licensee,
including any subsidiaries and affiliates,
and any other individual or entity with
an attributable interest in the station.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 3. Amend § 73.3555 by revising
paragraphs (b) introductory text, (b)(1)
introductory text, (b)(1)(ii), (c)(1)(i) and
(ii), (c)(3)(i), and (d), and revising Note
4 and Note 5; and adding Note 11 and
Note 12 to read as follows:
§ 73.3555
Multiple ownership.
*
*
*
*
*
(b) Local television multiple
ownership rule. An entity may directly
or indirectly own, operate, or control
two television stations licensed in the
same Designated Market Area (DMA) (as
determined by Nielsen Media Research
or any successor entity) if:
(1) The digital noise limited service
contours of the stations (computed in
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
accordance with § 73.622(e)) do not
overlap; or
*
*
*
*
*
(ii) At least 8 independently owned
and operating, full-power commercial
and noncommercial TV stations would
remain post-merger in the DMA in
which the communities of license of the
TV stations in question are located.
Count only those TV stations the digital
noise limited service contours of which
overlap with the digital noise limited
service contour of at least one of the
stations in the proposed combination. In
areas where there is no DMA, count the
TV stations present in an area that
would be the functional equivalent of a
TV market. Count only those TV
stations digital noise limited service
contours of which overlap with the
digital noise limited service contour of
at least one of the stations in the
proposed combination.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) The predicted or measured 1 mV/
m contour of an existing or proposed
FM station (computed in accordance
with § 73.313) encompasses the entire
community of license of an existing or
proposed commonly owned TV
broadcast station(s), or the principal
community contour(s) of the TV
broadcast station(s) (computed in
accordance with § 73.625) encompasses
the entire community of license of the
FM station; or
(ii) The predicted or measured 2 mV/
m groundwave contour of an existing or
proposed AM station (computed in
accordance with § 73.183 or § 73.186),
encompasses the entire community of
license of an existing or proposed
commonly owned TV broadcast
station(s), or the principal community
contour(s) of the TV broadcast station(s)
(computed in accordance with § 73.625)
encompass(es) the entire community of
license of the AM station.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) * * *
(i) TV stations: Independently owned
and operating full-power broadcast TV
stations within the DMA of the TV
station’s (or stations’) community (or
communities) of license that have
digital noise limited service contours
(computed in accordance with
§ 73.622(e)) that overlap with the digital
noise limited service contour(s) of the
TV station(s) at issue;
*
*
*
*
*
(d) Newspaper/broadcast crossownership rule. (1) No party (including
all parties under common control) may
directly or indirectly own, operate, or
control a daily newspaper and a full-
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 / Rules and Regulations
power commercial broadcast station
(AM, FM, or TV) if:
(i) The predicted or measured 2 mV/
m groundwave contour of the AM
station (computed in accordance with
§ 73.183 or § 73.186) encompasses the
entire community in which the
newspaper is published and, in areas
designated as Nielsen Audio Metro
markets, the AM station and the
community of publication of the
newspaper are located in the same
Nielsen Audio Metro market;
(ii) The predicted or measured 1 mV/
m contour of the FM station (computed
in accordance with § 73.313)
encompasses the entire community in
which the newspaper is published and,
in areas designated as Nielsen Audio
Metro markets, the FM station and the
community of publication of the
newspaper are located in the same
Nielsen Audio Metro market; or
(iii) The principal community contour
of the TV station (computed in
accordance with § 73.625) encompasses
the entire community in which the
newspaper is published; and the
community of license of the TV station
and the community of publication of the
newspaper are located in the same
DMA.
(2) The prohibition in paragraph (d)(1)
of this section shall not apply upon a
showing that either the newspaper or
television station is failed or failing.
*
*
*
*
*
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with NOTICES
Note 4 to § 73.3555: Paragraphs (a) through
(d) of this section will not be applied so as
to require divestiture, by any licensee, of
existing facilities, and will not apply to
applications for assignment of license or
transfer of control filed in accordance with
§ 73.3540(f) or § 73.3541(b), or to applications
for assignment of license or transfer of
control to heirs or legatees by will or
intestacy, or to FM or AM broadcast minor
modification applications for intra-market
VerDate Sep<11>2014
22:21 Oct 31, 2016
Jkt 241001
community of license changes, if no new or
increased concentration of ownership would
be created among commonly owned,
operated or controlled media properties.
Paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section will
apply to all applications for new stations, to
all other applications for assignment or
transfer, to all applications for major changes
to existing stations, and to all other
applications for minor changes to existing
stations that seek a change in an FM or AM
radio station’s community of license or create
new or increased concentration of ownership
among commonly owned, operated or
controlled media properties. Commonly
owned, operated or controlled media
properties that do not comply with
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section may
not be assigned or transferred to a single
person, group or entity, except as provided
in this Note, the Report and Order in Docket
No. 02–277, released July 2, 2003 (FCC 02–
127), or the Second Report and Order in MB
Docket No. 14–50, FCC 16–107 (released
August 25, 2016).
Note 5 to § 73.3555: Paragraphs (b) through
(e) of this section will not be applied to cases
involving television stations that are
‘‘satellite’’ operations. Such cases will be
considered in accordance with the analysis
set forth in the Report and Order in MM
Docket No. 87–8, FCC 91–182 (released July
8, 1991), in order to determine whether
common ownership, operation, or control of
the stations in question would be in the
public interest. An authorized and operating
‘‘satellite’’ television station, the digital noise
limited service contour of which overlaps
that of a commonly owned, operated, or
controlled ‘‘non-satellite’’ parent television
broadcast station, or the principal
community contour of which completely
encompasses the community of publication
of a commonly owned, operated, or
controlled daily newspaper, or the
community of license of a commonly owned,
operated, or controlled AM or FM broadcast
station, or the community of license of which
is completely encompassed by the 2 mV/m
contour of such AM broadcast station or the
1 mV/m contour of such FM broadcast
station, may subsequently become a ‘‘non-
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
76263
satellite’’ station under the circumstances
described in the aforementioned Report and
Order in MM Docket No. 87–8. However,
such commonly owned, operated, or
controlled ‘‘non-satellite’’ television stations
and AM or FM stations with the
aforementioned community encompassment,
may not be transferred or assigned to a single
person, group, or entity except as provided
in Note 4 of this section. Nor shall any
application for assignment or transfer
concerning such ‘‘non-satellite’’ stations be
granted if the assignment or transfer would
be to the same person, group or entity to
which the commonly owned, operated, or
controlled newspaper is proposed to be
transferred, except as provided in Note 4 of
this section.
*
*
*
*
*
Note 11 to § 73.3555: An entity will not be
permitted to directly or indirectly own,
operate, or control two television stations in
the same DMA through the execution of any
agreement (or series of agreements) involving
stations in the same DMA, or any individual
or entity with a cognizable interest in such
stations, in which a station (the ‘‘new
affiliate’’) acquires the network affiliation of
another station (the ‘‘previous affiliate’’), if
the change in network affiliations would
result in the licensee of the new affiliate, or
any individual or entity with a cognizable
interest in the new affiliate, directly or
indirectly owning, operating, or controlling
two of the top-four rated television stations
in the DMA at the time of the agreement.
Parties should also refer to the Second Report
and Order in MB Docket No. 14–50, FCC 16–
107 (released August 25, 2016).
Note 12 to § 73.3555: Parties seeking
waiver of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, or
an exception pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of
this section involving failed or failing
properties, should refer to the Second Report
and Order in MB Docket No. 14–50, FCC 16–
107 (released August 25, 2016).
[FR Doc. 2016–25567 Filed 10–31–16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712–01–P
E:\FR\FM\01NOR3.SGM
01NOR3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 211 (Tuesday, November 1, 2016)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 76220-76263]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2016-25567]
[[Page 76219]]
Vol. 81
Tuesday,
No. 211
November 1, 2016
Part IV
Federal Communications Commission
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
47 CFR Part 73
2014 Quadrennial Regulatory Review; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 211 / Tuesday, November 1, 2016 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 76220]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR Part 73
[MB Docket Nos. 14-50, 09-182, 07-294, and 04-256; FCC 16-107]
2014 Quadrennial Regulatory Review
AGENCY: Federal Communications Commission.
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document retains the broadcast ownership rules with minor
modifications in compliance with section 202(h) of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996 which requires the Commission to review
its broadcast ownership rules quadrennially to review these rules to
determine whether they are necessary in the public interest as a result
of competition. In addition, this document adopts an eligible entity
definition pursuant to the remand of the Commission's 2008 Diversity
Order by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. This document
also readopts the Television Joint Sales Agreement (JSA) Attribution
Rule, which was vacated on procedural grounds by the Third Circuit.
Lastly, this document adopts a definition of Shared Service Agreements
(SSAs) and requires commercial television stations to disclose those
SSAs by placing the agreements in each station's online public
inspection file.
DATES: Effective December 1, 2016, except for the amendment to Sec.
73.3526, which contains information collection requirements that are
not effective until approved by the Office of Management and Budget
(OMB). The Commission will publish a document in the Federal Register
announcing the effective date of these changes. A separate notice will
be published in the Federal Register soliciting public and agency
comments on the information collections and establishing a deadline for
accepting such comments.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Benjamin Arden, Industry Analysis
Division, Media Bureau, FCC, (202) 418-2605. For additional information
concerning the PRA information collection requirements contained in the
Second Report and Order, contact Cathy Williams at (202) 418-2918, or
via the Internet at PRA@fcc.gov.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: This Second Report and Order, in MB Docket
Nos. 14-50, 09-182, 07-294, and 04-256; FCC 16-107, was adopted on
August 10, 2016, and released on August 25, 2016. The complete text of
this document is available electronically via the search function on
the FCC's Electronic Document Management System (EDOCS) Web page at
https://apps.fcc.gov/edocs_public/. The complete document is available
for inspection and copying during normal business hours in the FCC
Reference Information Center, 445 12th Street SW., Room CY-A257,
Washington, DC 20554. To request materials in accessible formats for
people with disabilities (Braille, large print, electronic files, audio
format), send an email to fcc504@fcc.gov or call the FCC's Consumer and
Governmental Affairs Bureau at (202) 418-0530 (voice), (202) 418-0432
(TTY).
Synopsis
I. Introduction
1. The Commission brings to a close the 2010 and 2014 Quadrennial
Review proceedings with this Second Report and Order (Order). In this
Order, the Commission maintains strong media ownership rules and adopts
rules that will help to promote diversity and transparency in local
television markets. The Order readopts the Television JSA Attribution
Rule, which was vacated on procedural grounds by the Third Circuit.
Also, pursuant to the Third Circuit's remand in Prometheus Radio
Project v. FCC, 652 F.3d 431 (3d Cir. 2011) (Prometheus II), of certain
aspects of the Commission's 2008 Diversity Order (73 FR 28361, May 16,
2008, FCC 07-217, rel. March 5, 2008), the Order also reinstates the
revenue-based eligible entity standard, as well as the associated
measures to promote the Commission's goal of encouraging small business
participation in the broadcast industry, which will cultivate
innovation and enhance viewpoint diversity. Finally, the Order adopts a
definition of SSAs and requires commercial television stations to
disclose those SSAs by placing the agreements in each station's online
public inspection file.
II. Background
2. The media ownership rules subject to this quadrennial review are
the local television ownership rule, the local radio ownership rule,
the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule, the radio/television
cross-ownership rule, and the dual network rule. Congress requires the
Commission to review these rules every four years to determine whether
they are necessary in the public interest as the result of competition
and to repeal or modify any regulation the Commission determines to be
no longer in the public interest. The Third Circuit has instructed in
Prometheus Radio Project v. FCC, 373 F.3d 372 (3d Cir. 2004)
(Prometheus I) that necessary in the public interest is a plain public
interest standard under which necessary means convenient, useful, or
helpful, not essential or indispensable. The court also concluded that
the Commission is required to take a fresh look at its regulations
periodically to ensure that they remain `necessary in the public
interest. No presumption in favor of repealing or modifying the
ownership rules exists. Rather, the Commission has the discretion to
make the rule more or less stringent. This 2014 Quadrennial Review will
focus on identifying a reasoned basis for retaining, repealing, or
modifying each rule consistent with the public interest.
3. Policy Goals. The Commission continues to find that the
longstanding policy goals of competition, localism, and diversity
represent the appropriate framework within which to evaluate the
Commission's media ownership rules. Accordingly, the Commission rejects
suggestions in the record that the Commission should adopt any
additional or different policy goals. While those proposals generally
represent worthwhile pursuits, the Commission does not believe that
they can be meaningfully promoted through the structural ownership
rules and/or are outside the Commission's statutory authority.
III. Media Ownership Rules
A. Local Television Ownership Rule
1. Introduction
4. The current Local Television Ownership Rule allows an entity to
own two television stations in the same Nielsen Designated Market Area
(DMA) only if no Grade B contour overlap between the commonly owned
stations exists, or at least one of the commonly owned stations is not
ranked among the top-four stations in the market (top-four prohibition)
and at least eight independently owned television stations remain in
the DMA after ownership of the two stations is combined (eight-voices
test). Based on the record that was compiled for the 2010 and 2014
Quadrennial Review proceedings, the Commission finds that the current
Local Television Ownership Rule, with a limited contour modification,
remains necessary in the public interest.
5. Under the revised Local Television Ownership Rule, an entity may
own up to two television stations in the same DMA if: (1) The digital
NLSCs of the stations (as determined by Sec. 73.622(e) of the
Commission's rules) do not overlap;
[[Page 76221]]
or (2) at least one of the stations is not ranked among the top-four
stations in the market and at least eight independently owned
television stations would remain in the DMA following the combination.
In calculating the number of stations that would remain post-
transaction, only those stations whose digital NLSCs overlap with the
digital NLSC of at least one of the stations in the proposed
combination will be considered.
2. Discussion
6. Market. The Commission finds that the record supports its
conclusion from the FNPRM (79 FR 29010, May 20, 2014, FCC 14-28, rel.
Apr. 14, 2014) that non-broadcast video offerings still do not serve as
meaningful substitutes for local broadcast television. Accordingly, the
Commission's analysis regarding the Local Television Ownership Rule
must continue to focus on promoting competition among broadcast
television stations in local television viewing markets. Competition
within a local market motivates a broadcast television station to
invest in better programming and to provide programming tailored to the
needs and interests of the local community to gain market share.
Community-tailored programming, which includes local news and public
interest programming, is largely limited to broadcast television as
online video and cable network programming is largely national in
scope. By thus strengthening its position in the local market, a
television broadcaster also strengthens its ability to compete for
advertising revenue and retransmission consent fees, an increasingly
important source of revenue for many stations. As a result, viewers in
the local market benefit from such competition among numerous strong
rivals in the form of higher quality programming.
7. While the Commission recognizes the popularity of video
programming delivered via MVPDs, the Internet, and mobile devices, it
finds that competition from such video programming providers remains of
limited relevance for the purposes of analysis. Video programming
delivered by MVPDs such as cable and DBS is generally uniform across
all markets, as is online video programming content. Unlike local
broadcast stations, such programming providers are not likely to make
programming decisions based on conditions or preferences in local
markets. No commenter in this proceeding offered evidence of non-
broadcast video programmers modifying their programming decisions based
on the competitive conditions in a particular local market. This
strengthens the Commission's determination that, while non-broadcast
video programming may offer consumers additional programming options in
general, they do not serve as a meaningful substitute in local markets
due to their national focus. Unlike broadcast television stations,
national programmers are not responsive to the specific needs and
interests of local markets, and as the Commission has previously
stated, competition among local rivals most benefits consumers and
serves the public interest.
8. In addition, the Commission finds that broadcast television's
strong position in the local advertising market supports the
Commission's view that non-broadcast video programming distributors are
not meaningful substitutes in local television markets. The current
data do not support the claim that advertisers no longer distinguish
local broadcast television from non-broadcast sources of video
programming when choosing how to allocate spending for local
advertising, as advertising revenues for broadcast television stations
remain strong and are projected to grow through 2019. While advertising
revenues on cable, satellite, and digital platforms have risen, those
gains do not appear to be at the expense of broadcast television
stations. The Commission finds that broadcast television continues to
play a significant role in the local advertising market, particularly
when it comes to political advertising. Broadcast stations receive
considerable revenue from political advertising every other year, which
further highlights broadcast television's unparalleled value to
advertisers for reaching local markets.
9. With regard to an economic study submitted by the National
Association of Broadcasters, the Commission does not find the study
relevant or informative in this proceeding for multiple reasons. First,
the Commission finds significant issues with the statistical methods
employed within the study and with the interpretation of those results.
In addition, the study critiques the local broadcast television market
relied on by the Department of Justice (DOJ) in its merger reviews
pursuant to Section 7 of the Clayton Act--which focuses solely on the
impact of the transaction in the local advertising market--and not the
market definition relied on by the Commission for analyzing its Local
Television Ownership Rule pursuant to Section 202(h), as discussed
herein. While the Commission's market definition for purposes of the
Local Television Ownership Rule is similar to the market definition
used by DOJ when evaluating broadcast television mergers, in that the
scope of the Commission's rule is limited to broadcasters, DOJ focuses
on competition for advertising, whereas the Commission's rule is
premised on multiple factors, including audience share. Therefore, the
Commission finds that the study does not inform the current proceeding.
10. The Commission concludes that broadcast television stations
continue to play a unique and vital role in local communities that is
not meaningfully duplicated by non-broadcast sources of video
programming. In addition to providing viewers with the majority of the
most popular programming on television, broadcast television stations
remain the primary source of local news and public interest
programming. Accordingly, the Commission concludes that, for purposes
of determining whether the Local Television Rule remains necessary in
the public interest, the relevant product market is the delivery of
local broadcast television service.
11. Contour Overlap/Grandfathering Existing Ownership Combinations.
Consistent with the tentative conclusions in the FNPRM, the Commission
declines to adopt the DMA-only approach. Instead, the Commission will
retain the existing DMA and contour overlap approach but replace the
analog Grade B contour with the digital NLSC, which the Commission has
treated as the functional equivalent of the Grade B contour in previous
proceedings. By contrast, there is no digital counterpart to a
station's analog city grade contour, which is an aspect of the
Commission's satellite station inquiry. Accordingly, consistent with
case law developed after the digital transition, the Commission
continues to evaluate all future requests for new or continued
satellite status on an ad hoc basis. The Commission finds that this
modified approach accurately reflects current digital service areas
while minimizing any potential disruptive impact. In addition,
consistent with previous Commission decisions, the Commission finds
that retaining the DMA and contour overlap approach serves the public
interest by promoting local television service in rural areas. That is,
such an approach continues to allow station owners in rural areas to
build or purchase an additional station in remote portions of the DMA,
so long as no digital NLSC overlap exists.
12. The Commission confirms that the digital NLSC is an accurate
measure of a station's current service area and thus is an appropriate
standard. The Local Television Ownership Rule must take into account
the current digital service
[[Page 76222]]
area of a station. Thus, the Commission continues to define the
geographic dimensions of the local television market by referring to
DMAs under the adopted modified rule but replaces the analog Grade B
contour with the digital NLSC, with the effect that within a DMA an
entity may own or operate two stations in a market if the digital NLSCs
of those stations do not overlap. The Commission previously determined
that the DMA is the most appropriate definition of the geographic
dimensions of the local television market, and it does not disturb that
finding. The approach adopted in this Order is consistent with the
approach under the prior Local Television Ownership Rule. Where digital
NLSC overlap exists, the combination will be permitted only if it
satisfies the top-four prohibition and the eight-voices test.
13. The Commission also adopts the proposal to grandfather existing
ownership combinations that would exceed the numerical limits by virtue
of the revised contour approach instead of requiring divestiture. Under
these circumstances, the Commission does not believe that compulsory
divestiture is appropriate. In the Local Radio Ownership Rule section,
the Commission confirms the disruptive impact of compulsory
divestitures but determine that divestitures would be appropriate if it
tightened the local radio ownership limits. In adopting the digital
NLSC standard, the Commission is not reducing the number of stations
that can be commonly owned by all licensees; rather, it is adopting a
technical change that may result in a small number of station
combinations no longer complying with the criteria necessary to permit
such common ownership. Accordingly, compulsory divestiture is not
appropriate in these circumstances. The Commission continues to believe
that the disruption to the marketplace and hardship for individual
owners resulting from forced divestiture of stations would outweigh any
benefits of forced divestiture to its policy goals, including promoting
ownership diversity. Furthermore, the Commission notes that the
replacing the Grade B contour with the digital NLSC--given the
similarity in the contours--effectively maintains the status quo for
most, if not all, owners of duopolies formed as a result of the
previous Grade B contour overlap provision.
14. However, the Commission concludes that where grandfathered
combinations are sold, the ownership rule governing television stations
in effect at the time of the sale must be complied with. If the digital
NLSC of two stations in the same DMA overlap, then the stations serve
the same area, even if there was no Grade B contour overlap before the
digital transition. Accordingly, requiring that a grandfathered
combination be brought into compliance with the new standard at the
time of sale is consistent with the Commission's rationale for adopting
the digital NLSC-based standard and does not cause hardship by
requiring premature divestiture. Consistent with Commission precedent,
the Commission finds that the public interest would not be served by
allowing grandfathered combinations to be freely transferable in
perpetuity where a combination does not comply with the ownership rules
at the time of transfer or assignment. Under the adopted approach, the
Commission continues to allow grandfathered combinations to survive pro
forma changes in ownership and involuntary changes of ownership due to
death or legal disability of the licensee.
15. Numerical Limits. The Commission concludes that the local
television marketplace has not changed sufficiently to justify
tightening the current numerical limits of the rule and returning to a
single-license television rule. The record data demonstrate that the
duopolies permitted subject to the restrictions of the current rule
have created tangible public interest benefits for viewers in local
television markets that offset any potential harms that are associated
with common ownership. Such benefits include substantial operating
efficiencies, which potentially allow a local broadcast station to
invest more resources in news or other public interest programming that
meets the needs of its local community.
16. Likewise, the Commission does not find that there have been
sufficient changes in the local television marketplace to justify
ownership of a third in-market station. Growing competition from non-
broadcast alternatives and the economic efficiencies of owning multiple
stations are cited generally as the reasons why the Commission should
permit ownership of more than two stations. As with the decision to
define the relevant product market as broadcast television, the
Commission concludes that it is not appropriate to consider competition
from non-broadcast sources in evaluating whether the rule remains
necessary. Despite the aforementioned benefits that duopolies can
create, excessive consolidation remains likely to threaten the
Commission's competition and diversity goals by jeopardizing small and
mid-sized broadcasters. Without significant evidence of the public
interest benefits that could result from the ownership of three
stations in a local market that are not already available from the
ownership of two stations, the Commission does not believe that
adequate justification exists at this time for increasing the numerical
limits.
17. Top-Four Prohibition. The Commission concludes that the top-
four prohibition remains necessary to promote competition in the local
television marketplace; accordingly, it retains the top-four
prohibition in the Local Television Ownership Rule. First, the
Commission continues to find that audience share is the appropriate
metric for purposes of the top-four prohibition, and the record does
not offer persuasive reason to depart from this determination. Second,
the Commission finds that there typically remains a significant cushion
of audience share points that separates the top-four stations in a
market from the fifth-ranked station. Further, the court has twice
upheld the Commission's rationale for retaining the top-four
prohibition. The Commission notably has never based the top-four
prohibition solely on the existence of the ratings cushion in every
market. The Commission previously determined that the cushion existed
in two-thirds of the markets with five or more full-power commercial
television stations and the court in Prometheus I, cited specifically
to this finding as evidence to support the Commission's line-drawing
decision. Therefore, the Commission finds unconvincing any claim that
the top-four prohibition cannot be supported because the ratings
cushion is not present in every market. The cushion continues to exist
in most markets and, as such, it continues to support the Commission's
decision to retain the top-four prohibition. The Commission is not
persuaded by NAB's assertions regarding the revenue of fourth- and
fifth-ranked stations in a market. As noted in the FNPRM, NAB's
analysis evaluates revenue share and does not sufficiently examine
audience share, which the Commission has utilized when evaluating the
need for the top-four prohibition. The Commission continues to find
that the ability to attract mass audiences distinguishes the top ranked
stations in local television markets, which is why ratings
appropriately serve as the basis for the top-four prohibition. The only
data NAB offers regarding audience share relate to the shares of the
third and fourth ranked stations in comparison to the top ranked
station in Nielsen markets, but do not compare
[[Page 76223]]
them to the fifth ranked station in the market. The court in Prometheus
I rejected a similar argument when upholding the Commission's decision
to retain the top-four prohibition. Therefore, NAB's evidence does not
disturb the Commission's previous determinations that the relevant
metric for purposes of the top-four prohibition is audience share and
does not rebut the evidence in this proceeding that a cushion still
exists between the fourth- and fifth-ranked stations in most markets.
18. The Commission reaffirms its belief that top-four combinations
would generally result in a single firm obtaining a significantly
larger market share than other firms in the market and that such
combinations would create welfare harms. Top-four combinations reduce
incentives for local stations to improve their programming by giving
once strong rivals incentives to coordinate their programming to
minimize competition between the commonly owned stations. The
Commission is not persuaded by assertions that commonly owned stations
have no incentive to coordinate their programming based solely on
anecdotal showings from Nexstar-owned stations in two DMAs. While the
Commission recognizes that duopolies permitted subject to the
restrictions of the current rule can create operating efficiencies,
which allow the commonly owned stations to invest in news and other
local programming, the Commission finds that this potential benefit is
outweighed by the harm to competition where a single firm obtains a
significantly larger market share through a combination of two top-four
stations. Accordingly, the Commission finds that the public interest is
best served by retaining the top-four prohibition.
19. Affiliation Swaps. The Commission finds that application of the
top-four prohibition to affiliation swaps is consistent with previous
Commission action and policy; the Commission is merely closing a
potential loophole and preventing circumvention of its rules. Parties
can achieve through an affiliation swap the same result as a transfer
of control or assignment of license, which would be subject to
Commission review and be required to comply with the Local Television
Ownership Rule. Absent Commission action, parties could utilize
affiliation swaps to achieve a result otherwise prohibited by the Local
Television Ownership Rule. Therefore, the Commission finds that its
statutory authority to extend the Local Television Ownership Rule to
include affiliation swaps derives from the same general rulemaking
authority that supports all of the Commission's broadcast ownership
rules, as the Supreme Court has repeatedly held. In the 1999 Ownership
Order (64 FR 50651, Sept. 17, 1999, FCC 99-209, rel. Aug. 6, 1999) that
adopted the top-four prohibition, the Commission did not make a
statement regarding its authority to require divestiture if two merged
stations both became ranked among the top-four rated stations in the
market; it stated only that it would refrain from doing so to further
certain, specific public interest benefits. By allowing combinations
between a large station and a small station, the Commission sought to
enable the smaller station to improve its operations and local program
offerings. The Commission wanted to avoid penalizing a station whose
operations improved to the point that it became a top-four station. By
contrast, the Commission was concerned that mergers involving top-four
stations would harm competition and viewpoint diversity. Affiliation
swaps, by their design, implicate the specific harms to public interest
that led the Commission to adopt the top-four prohibition. Aside from
the assignment/transfer of a station license, an affiliation swap is
essentially indistinguishable in its effect on the policy underlying
the Commission's duopoly rule from a top-four merger described by the
Commission in the 1999 Ownership Order. If compelling evidence exists
that an affiliation swap involving a top-four station and a non-top-
four station would not result in the non-top-four station becoming a
top-four station after the swap (e.g., a station's top-four ratings are
driven by non-network programming that is unaffected by the affiliation
swap), the parties are free to seek a waiver of this prohibition under
Section 1.3 of the Commission's rules.
20. Moreover, the Commission cautioned in 1999 that future
transactions, such as license transfers, that do not satisfy the top-
four prohibition may not be granted. This demonstrates that the
Commission sought to distinguish instances where a station organically
becomes a top-four station through station improvement from situations
where a station actively transacts to become a top-four station via an
ownership transfer or assignment. As the Commission said in the FNPRM,
acquiring control over a second in-market top-four station through
affiliation swap transactions can be distinguished easily from other,
legitimate actions a station may undertake to increase ratings at the
expense of a competitor, such as producing higher quality or more
extensive local programming or acquiring higher quality syndicated
programming. Moreover, the adopted extension of the top-four
prohibition would not apply in situations where a network offers an
existing duopoly owner (one top-four station and one station ranked
outside the top four) a top-four-rated affiliation for the lower-rated
station, perhaps because the network is no longer satisfied with the
existing affiliate station and the duopoly owner has demonstrated
superior station operation (i.e., earned the affiliation on merit).
Such a circumstance represents organic growth of the station and not a
transaction that is the functional equivalent of an assignment or
transfer of control.
21. While the Commission said in the 1999 Ownership Order that the
top-four determination would be made at the time of the initial
transaction, the Commission signaled its intent to review future
transactions involving assignments or transfers of ownership resulting
in a single entity owning two top-four stations in the same market. A
contrary conclusion would greatly diminish the effectiveness of the
top-four prohibition, as an entity could essentially transact to
acquire a top-four station through an affiliation swap as soon as the
Commission approved the initial duopoly. Although the Commission
decided in 1999 not to prohibit licensees from owning two top-four
stations when a station's top-four status resulted from organic growth,
transactions involving the sale or swap of network affiliations between
in-market stations that result in an entity holding an attributable
interest in two top-four stations serve as the functional equivalent of
a transfer of control or assignment of license. Therefore, affiliation
swaps undermine the purpose of the top-four prohibition and the Local
Television Ownership Rule as a whole. Application of the top-four
prohibition to affiliation swaps is necessary to prevent circumvention
of the Local Television Ownership Rule.
22. The Commission rejects any assertion that extending the top-
four prohibition to affiliation swaps amounts to impermissible content
regulation and is subject to strict scrutiny. The adopted clarifying
amendment does not regulate content any more than the top-four
prohibition and the media ownership rules that consistently have been
upheld by the courts, and it is therefore subject to rational basis
review. The decision to prohibit affiliation swaps involving two top-
four stations, as described herein, does not consider content but
rather the
[[Page 76224]]
content's ratings only. In that regard, the extension of the top-four
prohibition to affiliation swaps operates exactly as the existing top-
four prohibition does. The rule is predicated entirely on content-
neutral objectives, primarily the public interest goal of promoting
competition in local markets. The rule does not limit a licensee's
discretion to air the content of its choice but rather limits the
number of stations in a single market that a licensee may own if common
ownership would result in significantly reduced competition.
23. The Prometheus II court found under the rational basis standard
of review that the media ownership rules do not violate the First
Amendment because they are rationally related to substantial government
interests in promoting competition and protecting viewpoint diversity.
The court rejected broadcasters' claims that the rules are
impermissible attempts by the FCC to manipulate content and rejected
Sinclair's argument that the Local Television Ownership Rule violates
the First Amendment because it `singles out television stations.
Instead, the court recognized that these rules apply regardless of the
content of the programming. The adopted extension of the top-four
prohibition merely clarifies that the top-four prohibition applies to
agreements that are the functional equivalent of a transfer of control
or assignment of license from the standpoint of the Commission's Local
Television Ownership Rule. The Commission noted in the 1999 Ownership
Order that a duopoly may not automatically be transferred to a new
owner if the market does not satisfy the eight voice/top four-ranked
standard. Accordingly, this application of the top-four prohibition
remains subject to the same constitutional analysis, and the amended
rule is rationally related to the substantial government interests in
promoting competition and diversity. Pursuant to that constitutional
analysis, courts repeatedly have found that the Local Television
Ownership Rule, which includes the top-four prohibition, does not
violate the First Amendment.
24. The Commission also rejects the assertion that extension of the
top-four prohibition constitutes unlawful interference in the network
affiliation marketplace. The Commission does not believe that its
action is likely to have a significant impact on the marketplace, as
affiliation swaps are, at this point, rare. Indeed, the record
demonstrates only a single instance of an affiliation swap that would
be subject to the rule adopted herein. Evidence in the record
demonstrates that the negotiation of affiliation agreements typically
does not involve affiliation swaps; therefore, most negotiations will
be unaffected by the amendment clarifying the top-four prohibition. The
Commission confirms that extension of the top-four prohibition to
affiliation swaps would not prevent a station from obtaining an
affiliation through negotiating with a national network outside the
context of an affiliation swap. While affiliation swaps have not
occurred often to date, given the potential of such transactions to
undermine the Local Television Ownership Rule, the Commission finds
that the application of the top-four prohibition to such transactions
is necessary to ensure the continued effectiveness of that rule. Such
action is necessary because the Commission does not believe a reliable
marketplace solution exists that would restrain the future use of
affiliation swaps to evade the top-four prohibition should it decline
to extend the top-four prohibition to affiliation swaps, nor is there a
less restrictive means to accomplish the goal.
25. Accordingly, to close this loophole, the Commission finds that
affiliation swaps must comply with the top-four prohibition at the time
the agreement is executed. Specifically, an entity will not be
permitted to directly or indirectly own, operate, or control two
television stations in the same DMA through the execution of any
agreement (or series of agreements) involving stations in the same DMA,
or any individual or entity with a cognizable interest in such
stations, in which a station (the new affiliate) acquires the network
affiliation of another station (the previous affiliate), if the change
in network affiliations would result in the licensee of the new
affiliate, or any individual or entity with a cognizable interest in
the new affiliate, directly or indirectly owning, operating, or
controlling two of the top-four rated television stations in the DMA at
the time of the agreement. In addition, for purposes of making this
determination, the new affiliate's post-consummation ranking will be
the ranking of the previous affiliate at the time the agreement is
executed, determined in accordance with Sec. 73.3555(b)(1)(i) of the
Commission's rules. The Commission will find any party that directly or
indirectly owns, operates, or controls two top-four stations in the
same DMA as a result of such transactions to be in violation of the
top-four prohibition and subject to enforcement action. Application of
this rule to affiliation swaps is prospective; therefore, all future
transactions will be required to comply with the Commission's rules
then in effect. Parties that acquired control over a second in-market
top-four station by engaging in affiliation swaps before the release
date of this Order will not be subject to divestiture or enforcement
action.
26. Eight-Voices Test. The Commission does not find that there have
been any changes in the local television marketplace that would warrant
modification of the eight-voices test at this time. Nearly every market
with eight or more full-power television stations--absent a waiver of
the Local Television Ownership Rule or unique circumstances--continues
to be served by each of the Big Four networks and at least four
independent competitors unaffiliated with a Big Four network.
Competition among these independently owned stations serves an
important function by motivating both the major network stations and
the independent stations to improve their programming, including
increased local news and public interest programming. This competition
is especially valuable during the parts of the day in which local
broadcast stations do not transmit the programming of affiliated
broadcast networks and rely on local content uniquely relevant to the
stations' communities.
27. The Commission continues to believe the minimum threshold
maintained by the eight-voices test helps to ensure robust competition
among local television stations in the markets where common ownership
is permitted under the rule. The eight-voices test increases the
likelihood that markets with common ownership will continue to be
served by stations affiliated with each of the Big Four networks as
well as at least four independently owned and operated stations
unaffiliated with these major networks. In addition, the Commission
disagrees with the interpretation that the eight-voices test implies
that at least eight competing over-the-air TV stations are the minimum
necessary to ensure competition and so each market must have at least
eight independent stations. The eight-voices test only establishes the
minimum level necessary to permit common ownership of stations in a
market, subject to the other requirements in the rule. Therefore,
markets with fewer than eight independent stations can still maintain a
significant level of competition given the absence of duopolies in
these markets. Also, because a significant gap in audience share
persists between the top-four stations in a market and the remaining
stations in most markets--demonstrating the dominant position of
[[Page 76225]]
the top-four-rated stations in the market--the Commission continues to
believe that it is appropriate to retain the eight-voices test, which
helps to promote at least four independent competitors for the top-four
stations before common ownership is allowed. Accordingly, the
Commission retains the eight-voices test.
28. The Commission also sought comment on whether the Sinclair
Broadcasting Group v. FCC, 284 F.3d 148 (D.C. Cir. 2002) (Sinclair),
opinion compels the Commission to include other voices in addition to
full-power television stations in the eight-voices test. The Commission
finds that it does not. In Sinclair, the court rejected the eight-
voices test, finding that the Commission had failed to justify its
decision to define voices differently in the radio-television cross-
ownership rule and the Local Television Ownership Rule. The primary
purpose of the Local Television Ownership Rule and the eight-voices
test is to promote competition among broadcast television stations in
local television viewing markets. By contrast, the primary purpose of
the radio-television cross-ownership rule is to promote viewpoint
diversity; therefore, it is appropriate to consider a broader range of
voices there than in the context of the Local Television Ownership
Rule. Accordingly, the Commission continues to include only full-power
television stations in the voice count for purposes of the Local
Television Ownership Rule.
29. The Commission's conclusion adheres to Prometheus II, where the
court upheld the Commission's rationale in the 2006 Quadrennial Review
(73 FR 9481, Feb. 21, 2008, FCC 07-216, rel. Feb. 2008) proceeding for
limiting voices in the Local Television Ownership Rule to full-power
television stations. The Commission had determined in that proceeding
that the primary goal of the Local Television Ownership Rule was to
promote competition among local television stations, and not to foster
viewpoint diversity because there were other outlets for diversity of
viewpoint in local markets. Therefore, although other types of media
contribute to viewpoint diversity, the Commission determined that they
should not be counted as voices under the Local Television Ownership
Rule. The court agreed and upheld the Commission's decision.
30. Attribution of Television JSAs. In the JSA Order (79 FR 28996,
May 20, 2014, FCC 14-28, rel. Apr. 14, 2014), the Commission adopted a
rule that attributed television JSAs under which a television station
(the broker) sold more than 15 percent of the weekly advertising time
for another same-market television station (the brokered station).
Pursuant to the new rule, in such circumstances, the brokering station
was deemed to hold an attributable interest in the brokered station.
Among other implications associated with attribution, this resulted in
counting the brokered station toward the brokering station's
permissible ownership totals. While one purpose of the attribution
rules is to determine compliance with the Commission's various
broadcast ownership rules, including the Local Television Ownership
Rule, the Commission's attribution rules are relevant in many other
contexts, as well (e.g., Form 323 ownership reporting, auctions,
retransmission consent negotiations, and foreign ownership).
Accordingly, even if the Commission were to eliminate all its ownership
caps, the attribution rules would remain relevant in connection with a
large number of other rules. As such, the Commission must retain the
ability to update its attribution rules, as appropriate. In addition,
the Commission provided a two-year period from the effective date of
the JSA Order (March 31, 2014) for parties to existing, same-market
television JSAs whose attribution resulted in a violation of the
ownership limits to terminate or amend those JSAs or otherwise come
into compliance with the ownership rules. Following the adoption of the
JSA Order, Congress twice extended this compliance period, ultimately
extending the relief through September 30, 2025.
31. The Third Circuit vacated the Television JSA Attribution Rule
in Prometheus v. FCC, 824 F.3d 33 (3d Cir. 2016) (Prometheus III),
finding that the adoption of the rule was procedurally invalid as a
result of the Commission's failure to also determine that the Local
Television Ownership Rule served the public interest. The court stated
that the Commission could readopt the rule if it was able to justify
readopting the ownership rules to which television JSA attribution
applies or to adopt new ownership rules. The court specifically noted
that it offered no opinion on substantive challenges to the Television
JSA Attribution Rule.
32. Consistent with Prometheus III, having concluded that the Local
Television Ownership Rule (with minor modifications) continues to serve
the public interest, the Commission now readopt the Television JSA
Attribution Rule first adopted in the JSA Order. In so doing, the
Commission incorporates by reference the rationale articulated in the
JSA Order for the adoption and application of the rule. The Commission
notes that television JSA attribution is also relevant in the other
adopted broadcast ownership rules that involve ownership of a broadcast
television station. The Commission continues to find attributing
certain television JSAs under the Commission's attribution standards
appropriate. Upon the effective date of this Order, the following
rules, which were not modified or removed from the CFR, shall again be
effective as they relate to television JSAs: 47 CFR 73.3555, Note
2(k)(2)-(3) and 47 CFR 73.3613(d)(2). The Commission finds that
readopting the rule serves the public interest by ensuring compliance
with its broadcast ownership rules, and anecdotal evidence exists that
suggests the attribution of television JSAs has helped promote minority
and female ownership opportunities.
33. In addition, the Commission adopts different transition
procedures than those adopted in the JSA Order. Specifically, the
Commission retains the previous effective date for application of the
grandfathering relief--March 31, 2014--and will extend the compliance
period through September 30, 2025. Until that time, such grandfathered
agreements will not be counted as attributable, and parties will be
permitted to transfer or assign these agreements to other parties
without terminating the grandfathering relief. Any television JSAs
adopted or revised following the Third Circuit's decision to vacate the
Television JSA Attribution Rule are not provided any transition relief
and must immediately be brought into compliance with the Commission's
rules. This is consistent with the treatment of television JSAs
executed after the release of the JSA Order, which were not provided
any transition period. The Commission believes that it is reasonable to
adopt a similar measure here given that parties were on notice
following Prometheus III that the Commission could readopt the
Television JSA Attribution Rule if the Commission were to conclude,
following completion of its Section 202(h) review, that the existing
Local Television Ownership Rule should be retained or replaced with a
new rule--which has been done herein. In addition, any television JSA
that previously lost grandfathering relief as a result of a condition
imposed by the Commission in the approval of a transaction may seek to
have the condition rescinded. Upon request of the transferee or
assignee of the station license, the Commission will rescind the
condition and permit the licensees of the stations whose advertising
was
[[Page 76226]]
jointly sold pursuant to such agreement to enter into a new JSA--to the
extent that both parties wish to enter into the agreement--on
substantially similar terms and conditions as the prior agreement. The
Commission delegates authority to the Media Bureau to review these
requests and grant relief, as appropriate. While the Commission notes
that this grandfathering relief is not typical of the relief normally
provided by the Commission--generally grandfathered combinations cannot
be assigned or transferred unless they comply with the ownership rules
in effect at the time--it believes that the relief is warranted given
the various expressions of Congressional will in this regard.
34. In addition to readopting the Television JSA Attribution Rule,
the Commission finds that such attribution does not change its
determination here that the existing Local Television Ownership Rule
should be retained, with a minor contour modification. The analysis
underlying the various components of the Local Television Ownership
Rule (e.g., the numerical limits, the top-four prohibition, and the
eight-voices test) assumes that independently owned and operating
stations are just that--independent. The Commission's attribution rules
are designed to help to ensure that independence, or, stated
differently, to reflect a determination of when stations are not truly
independent, because of common ownership or other relationships that
provide the ability to exercise influence or control over another
station's core operating functions. The Local Television Ownership Rule
is a bright-line rule designed to promote competition. Accordingly,
Commission analysis focuses on concepts that are generally applicable
across all markets and this approach is favored by broadcasters. The
bright-line approach, however, precludes full consideration of changing
economic conditions within a particular local market or all of the
variations that may exist across markets. To take account of such
considerations, the Commission would need to adopt a case-by-case
approach. However, such an approach provides less certainty to the
market, imposes higher administrative burdens on the Commission than
the bright-line approach, and may delay Commission decision-making,
which could ultimately chill marketplace activity. The Commission does
not find any support in the record for such an approach. Accordingly,
arguments that the Commission's analysis regarding the Local Television
Ownership Rule and/or television JSAs fails to account for market-by-
market differences are unavailing, as an approach that takes those
differences into account would be inconsistent with the bright-line
rule favored by broadcasters.
35. The attribution of certain television JSAs, which prevents
those agreements from being used to circumvent the ownership limits by
compromising the independence of a same-market station, helps to ensure
that the goals of the Local Television Ownership Rule are realized.
This mechanism applies to any circumstances in which an individual or
entity has an attributable interest in more than one station in a
market. The arguments that television JSAs should not be attributed
because they produce public interest benefits are essentially
indistinguishable from arguments that the ownership limits should be
relaxed because common ownership produces public interest benefits. The
Commission acknowledges and addresses these arguments throughout;
however, it has ultimately determined that the Local Television
Ownership Rule should be retained, with a minor modification to the
contour standard. The Commission's responsibility under section 202(h)
is to ensure that the Local Television Ownership Rule continues to
serve the public interest, not to manipulate the rule to counterbalance
the attribution of television JSAs. As discussed in this section, the
Commission finds that the adopted rule serves the public interest.
36. Waiver Policy. Under the existing failed/failing station waiver
policy, to obtain a waiver of the local television rule, an applicant
must demonstrate that one of the broadcast television stations involved
in the proposed transaction is either failed or failing and that the
in-market buyer is the only reasonably available candidate willing and
able to acquire and operate the station; and selling the station to an
out-of-market buyer would result in an artificially depressed price. A
station is considered to be failed if it has not been in operation due
to financial distress for at least four consecutive months immediately
before the application, or is a debtor in an involuntary bankruptcy or
insolvency proceeding at the time of the application; a television
station is considered to be failing if it has an all-day audience share
of no more than four percent and it has had negative cash flow for
three consecutive years immediately before the application. Under the
failing station standard, the applicants must also demonstrate that
consolidation of the two stations would result in tangible and
verifiable public interest benefits that outweigh any harm to
competition and diversity.
37. Waiver of the Commission's rules is meant to be exceptional
relief, and the Commission finds that the existing waiver criteria
effectively establish when relief from the rule is appropriate. The
Commission remains concerned that loosening the existing failed/failing
station waiver criteria--such as by eliminating the four percent
audience share requirement or by reducing the negative cash flow period
from three years to one--would result in a waiver standard that is more
vulnerable to manipulation by parties seeking to obtain a waiver. Also,
such changes may not be rationally related to improving the
Commission's ability to evaluate the viability of a station subject to
the waiver request. The Commission declines to adopt any industry-
proposed waiver standard that would significantly expand the
circumstances in which a waiver of the Local Television Ownership Rule
would be granted, absent sufficient demonstration that the stations
could not effectively compete in the market. Such relaxation of the
waiver standard would be inconsistent with the Commission's
determination that the public interest is best served by retaining the
existing television ownership limits to promote competition. Therefore,
the Commission concludes that the existing waiver standard is not
unduly restrictive and that it provides appropriate relief in all
television markets. The Commission also declines to adopt a 180-day
shot clock for waiver request reviews. No record evidence indicates
that waiver requests are subject to undue delay; on the contrary, the
Commission believes that the current process works effectively and that
applications are processed in a timely and efficient manner. In
addition, the Commission currently endeavors to complete action on
assignment and transfer of control applications (including those
requesting a failed/failing station waiver) within 180 days of the
public notice accepting the applications. Routine applications are
typically decided within the 180-day mark, and all applications are
processed expeditiously as possible consistent with the Commission's
regulatory responsibilities. However, several factors could cause the
Commission's review of a particular application to exceed 180 days.
Certain cases will present difficult issues that require additional
consideration, and the Commission does not believe that artificially
constraining its review is appropriate.
[[Page 76227]]
38. Multicasting. The Commission finds that the ability to
multicast does not justify tightening the current numerical limits.
Based on evidence in the record, broadcasting on a multicast stream
does not typically produce the cost savings and additional revenue
streams that can be achieved by owning a second in-market station.
Therefore, tightening the numerical limits might prevent those
broadcasters in markets where common ownership is permitted under the
existing rule from achieving the efficiencies and related public
interest benefits associated with common ownership. Accordingly, the
Commission's view, based on the most recent record, is that adjusting
the numerical limits as a result of stations' multicasting capability
is not appropriate.
39. As proposed in the FNPRM, the Commission declines to regulate
dual affiliations via multicast, including dual affiliation with more
than one Big Four network, at this time. A significant benefit of the
multicast capability is the ability to bring more local network
affiliates to smaller markets, thereby increasing access to popular
network programming and local news and public interest programming
tailored to the specific needs and interests of the local community.
The Commission finds that the strongest public interest concerns posed
by dual affiliations via multicasting involve affiliations between two
Big Four networks. However, based on the record, dual affiliations
involving two Big Four networks via multicasting are generally limited
to smaller markets where there are not enough full-power commercial
television stations to accommodate each Big Four network or where other
unique marketplace factors responsible for creating the dual
affiliation exist. Marketplace incentives, at present, appear to limit
the occurrence of dual affiliations via multicasting involving multiple
Big Four networks largely to these smaller markets. Therefore, the
Commission concludes that the nature of the local television market
supports the Commission's decision to decline regulation of dual
affiliations via multicasting at this time. However, the Commission
will continue to monitor this issue and take action in the future, if
appropriate; moreover, the Commission can consider issues that impact
the Commission's policy goals in the context of individual transactions
such as transfers of control or assignments of licenses.
40. The factors that justify the Commission's decision not to
restrict dual affiliations via multicast are not present in
circumstances involving affiliation swaps. Dual affiliations via
multicasting do not result in an entity owning two television stations
rated in the top four in the market in violation of the Local
Television Ownership Rule, which is the case with affiliation swaps now
subject to the top-four prohibition, and no marketplace forces exist
that would limit affiliation swaps absent the Commission's action in
this Order. Indeed, given the marketplace conditions that tend to give
rise to dual affiliations, prohibiting dual affiliation with more than
one Big Four network could result in some Big Four networks becoming
unavailable over the air in certain markets because there are not
enough commercial television stations to accommodate each Big Four
network in these markets. Prohibiting affiliation swaps would not
create such a result since affiliation swaps, by definition, involve
separate licensees affiliated with each network.
41. Minority and Female Ownership. The Commission affirms its
tentative conclusion from the FNPRM that the current rule remains
consistent with the Commission's goal to promote minority and female
ownership of broadcast television stations. While the Commission
retains the existing Local Television Ownership Rule for the reasons
stated above, to promote competition among broadcast television
stations in local markets, and not with the purpose of preserving or
creating specific amounts of minority and female ownership, the
Commission finds that retaining the existing rule nevertheless promotes
opportunities for diversity in local television ownership. The
competition-based rule helps to ensure the presence of independently
owned broadcast television stations in the local market, thereby
indirectly increasing the likelihood of a variety of viewpoints and
preserving ownership opportunities for new entrants. The Commission
notes also that it retains without modification the current failed/
failing station waiver policy, including the requirement that the
waiver applicant attempt to first solicit an out-of-market buyer, which
promotes possible new entry in a market by ensuring that out-of-market
entities interested in purchasing a station are aware of station sale
opportunities.
42. The Commission is unconvinced by arguments made by the
Coalition of Smaller Market Television Stations that sharing
agreements, such as JSAs and SSAs, promote minority and female
ownership. While the record demonstrates that some stations that are
owned by minorities and women participate in JSAs, the record also
indicates that many such stations do not. The Smaller Market Coalition
provides statistics regarding only full power television stations owned
by women and African Americans. By their own data, the majority of
stations owned by women do not participate in JSAs; moreover, they do
not offer any statistics for stations owned by other minority groups,
which make up the largest portion of minority station owners. No
evidence shows that current minority or female station owners utilized
such agreements to acquire those stations. To the contrary, anecdotal
evidence suggests that JSAs, in particular, have been used by large
station owners to foreclose entry into markets and that the
Commission's decision to attribute JSAs has actually led to greater
ownership diversity--a proposition supported by multiple parties
throughout this proceeding.
43. Additionally, the Commission finds the claim that tightening
the Local Television Ownership Rule will promote increased
opportunities for minority and female ownership to be both speculative
and unsupported by existing ownership data. No data provided in the
record support a contention that the duopoly rule has reduced minority
ownership or suggest that a return to the one-to-a-market rule would
increase ownership opportunities for minorities and women. On the other
hand, while the data reflect an increase in minority ownership
following relaxation of the Local Television Ownership Rule, the
Commission has no evidence in the record that would permit it to infer
causation and thus it declines to loosen the rule on this basis.
44. Finally, the Commission finds that, at the present time,
analyzing the implications of the incentive auction for the Local
Television Ownership Rule generally, or minority and female ownership
specifically is impossible. In the auction proceeding, the Commission
has considered the effects of the auction on diversity, stating that
voluntary participation in the reverse auction, via a channel sharing,
ultra-high frequency (UHF)-to-very-high frequency (VHF), or high-VHF-
to-low-VHF bid, offers a significant and unprecedented opportunity for
these owners to raise capital that may enable them to stay in the
broadcasting business and strengthen their operations. A licensee's
participation in the reverse auction does not mean it has decided to
exit the business, even if its bid is accepted. The auction provides
for bid options that allow the licensee to obtain a share of auction
proceeds but still remain on the air: (i) Channel sharing; (ii) a UHF
station could bid to move to a VHF channel; and (iii) a high VHF
station
[[Page 76228]]
(channels 7-13) could bid to move to a low VHF channel (2-6).
45. The broadcast television incentive auction is ongoing and its
implications will not be known for some time. Broadcasters interested
in participating in the reverse auction filed their applications in
January 2016. Entities interested in bidding in the forward auction on
the spectrum made available through the reverse auction filed
applications in February 2016. The clock round bidding for the reverse
auction commenced on May 31, 2016, and concluded on June 29, 2016; the
Commission announced August 16, 2016, as the start date for the initial
stage of the forward auction. Under statute, the identities of the
broadcasters participating in the reverse auction are confidential.
After the conclusion of the auction--the date of which is unknown--the
Commission will release a public notice announcing the reverse and
forward auction winners, and identifying those television stations that
will be reassigned to new channels (or repacked). Reassigned stations
will have up to 39 months after release of that public notice to
complete the transition to their new channels, while winning bidders
who will relinquish their spectrum entirely or move to share a channel
with another station must do so within a specified number of months
from receipt of their incentive payment.
46. Because of these factors, and because the incentive auction is
a unique event without precedent, the Commission cannot evaluate or
predict the likely impacts of the auction at this time. The Commission
will soon commence its evaluation of the broadcast marketplace post-
auction, and the Commission will address the implications of the
incentive auction for the media ownership rules in the context of
future quadrennial reviews. Further, the court in Prometheus III
indicated that the Commission should consider how the ongoing broadcast
incentive auction affects minority and female ownership. Consistent
with this direction and the Commission's previous requests for comment
on this issue, the Commission has evaluated the record and the status
of the ongoing incentive auction, and its determination is that it is
too soon to assess the impact of the auction on minority and female
ownership.
B. Local Radio Ownership Rule
1. Introduction
47. Based on the record in the 2010 and 2014 Quadrennial Review
proceedings, the Commission finds that the current Local Radio
Ownership Rule remains necessary in the public interest and should be
retained without modification. The Commission finds that the rule
remains necessary to promote competition and that the radio ownership
limits promote viewpoint diversity by ensuring a sufficient number of
independent radio voices and by preserving a market structure that
facilitates and encourages new entry into the local media market.
Similarly, the Commission finds that a competitive local radio market
helps to promote localism, as a competitive marketplace tends to lead
to the selection of programming that is responsive to the needs and
interests of the local community. Also, the Commission finds that the
Local Radio Ownership Rule is consistent with its goal of promoting
minority and female ownership of broadcast television stations. The
Commission finds that these benefits outweigh any burdens that may
result from retaining the rule without modification.
48. Accordingly, the Local Radio Ownership Rule will continue to
permit the following: An entity may own (1) up to eight commercial
radio stations in radio markets with 45 or more radio stations, no more
than five of which can be in the same service (AM or FM); (2) up to
seven commercial radio stations in radio markets with 30-44 radio
stations, no more than four of which can be in the same service (AM or
FM); (3) up to six commercial radio stations in radio markets with 15-
29 radio stations, no more than four of which can be in the same
service (AM or FM); and (4) up to five commercial radio stations in
radio markets with 14 or fewer radio stations, no more than three of
which can be in the same service (AM or FM), provided that an entity
may not own more than 50 percent of the stations in such a market,
except that an entity may always own a single AM and single FM station
combination.
2. Discussion
49. Under section 202(h), the Commission considers whether the
Local Radio Ownership Rule continues to be necessary in the public
interest as a result of competition. In determining whether the rule
meets that standard, the Commission considers whether the rule serves
the public interest. While the Commission believes that the
competition-based Local Radio Ownership Rule is consistent with its
other policy goals and may promote such goals in various ways, the
Commission does not rely on these other goals as the basis for
retaining the rule. Consistent with Commission precedent, upheld by the
court in Prometheus II, the Commission finds that the Local Radio
Ownership Rule continues to be necessary to protect competition, which
provides a sufficient ground on which to retain the rule.
50. Market. In this Order, the Commission adopts its tentative
conclusion from the FNPRM that the relevant product market for review
of the Local Radio Ownership Rule is the radio listening market and
that including non-broadcast audio sources in that market is not
appropriate. When determining the appropriate market definition for the
Local Radio Ownership Rule, the Commission must determine whether
alternate audio platforms provide consumers with a meaningful
substitute for local broadcast radio stations. For purposes of
Commission review, the nature of broadcast radio must be considered
when determining whether an alternate source of audio programming
provides a meaningful substitute for broadcast radio--the ability to
access audio content alone is not sufficient to demonstrate
substitution. Broadcast radio stations provide free, over-the-air
programming tailored to the needs of the stations' local markets. In
contrast, Internet radio requires either a fixed or mobile broadband
Internet connection, and satellite radio requires a monthly
subscription to access programming. Neither of these sources is as
universally and freely available as broadcast radio, and neither
typically provides programming tailored to the needs and interests of
specific local markets.
51. As noted in the FNPRM, despite the growing popularity of non-
broadcast platforms such as satellite radio and Internet-delivered
audio in the commercial audio industry, broadcast radio continues to
dominate in its reach among listeners. Moreover, no data was submitted
to the record to refute the findings stated in the FNPRM, and recent
data confirm that broadcast radio listenership remains essentially
unchanged. In addition, the vast majority of Americans prefer to use
broadcast radio as their in-car audio entertainment over new technology
options. Lastly, the Commission notes that the growth of online radio
listening likely includes audiences that are listening to streams of
broadcast radio stations online instead of or in addition to listening
over the air. One data source cited by NAB to establish the competitive
impact of online radio define online radio as listening to AM/FM radio
stations online and/or listening to streamed audio content available
only on the Internet. To the extent that online audio merely allows
[[Page 76229]]
listeners to access broadcast radio station content over the Internet
rather than over the air, it may not be a true alternative to broadcast
radio. Ultimately, broadcast radio remains the most easily accessible
and popular way for consumers to listen to audio programming, and the
only one that focuses on the needs and interests of local markets.
52. In addition, the Commission disagrees with NAB's assertion
regarding the lack of significance of non-broadcast radio's national
platform. The local character of broadcast radio is a significant
aspect of the service that must be considered when determining whether
alternate audio platforms provide a meaningful substitute. The record
fails to demonstrate that non-broadcast radio programmers make
programming decisions to respond to competitive conditions in local
markets. As the Commission has stated previously, competition among
local rivals most benefits consumers and serves the public interest.
53. The Commission also disagrees with NAB's characterization that
the Commission has recognized non-broadcast radio programming as
meaningful substitutes for broadcast radio simply by virtue of the
Commission's acknowledgment of the potential impact of alternate audio
platforms on AM radio. While the Commission has recognized that AM
radio is susceptible to audience migration due to its technical
shortcomings, recognition of this fact does not mean that non-broadcast
audio alternatives are a meaningful substitute for AM radio,
specifically, or broadcast radio, in general. As discussed earlier,
non-broadcast audio alternatives do not respond to competitive
conditions in local markets and are not available to all consumers in a
local market to the same extent as broadcast radio, which are critical
considerations when determining substitutability. While the Commission
does not take the position that advanced telecommunications/broadband
deployment and adoption must be universal before it will consider
Internet-delivered audio programming to be a competitor in the local
radio listening market, the Commission finds that the current level of
penetration and adoption of broadband service remains relevant when
considering the extent to which this platform is a meaningful
substitute for broadcast radio stations.
54. Ultimately, the Commission finds that the record demonstrates
that alternative sources of audio programming are not currently
meaningful substitutes for broadcast radio stations in local markets;
therefore, the Commission declines to depart from its tentative
conclusion to exclude non-broadcast sources of audio programming from
the relevant market for the purposes of the Local Radio Ownership Rule.
The Commission's approach to limit the relevant market to broadcast
radio stations in local radio listening markets is consistent with
current DOJ precedent in evaluating proposed mergers involving
broadcast radio stations. The Commission finds that the Local Radio
Ownership Rule should continue to focus on promoting competition among
broadcast radio stations in local radio listening markets.
55. Market Size Tiers. As the FNPRM stated, the Commission's
experience in applying the Local Radio Ownership Rule supports
retention of the existing framework to promote competition. The
Commission consistently has found that setting numerical ownership
limits based on market size tiers remains the most effective method for
preventing the acquisition of market power in local radio markets. This
bright-line approach helps to keep the limited available radio spectrum
from becoming locked up in the hands of one or a few radio station
owners. Furthermore, the Commission believes that this approach
benefits transaction participants by expediting the processing of
assignment or transfer of control applications and by providing clear
guidance on which transactions comply with the local radio ownership
limits.
56. The Commission received two proposals for alternative
methodologies for determining market size tiers. Mid-West Family
proposes that the Commission assign different values to stations of
different classes when calculating how many stations an entity owns in
a local market (e.g., Class C FM station = 1 station; Class A FM
station = .5 station) or adopt a case-by-case analysis that would allow
a station owner to acquire more stations than otherwise permitted under
the rule to equalize the population coverage achieved by an in-market
competitor. Connoisseur proposes that acquisitions involving stations
in embedded markets--smaller radio markets that are located within the
boundaries of a larger radio market (parent market)--should not be
required to include stations owned in other embedded markets when
demonstrating compliance with the ownership limits of a parent market.
57. The Commission declines to adopt Mid-West Family's proposals.
First, the Commission disagrees with Mid-West Family's contention that
the Prometheus I decision mandates an adjustment to the rule's current
methodology in the way proposed by Mid-West Family. Second, as the
Commission has said previously, adopting Mid-West Family's approach
would permit potentially significant consolidation in local radio
markets, which would be inconsistent with the rationale for the
Commission's retention of the existing numerical ownership limits
discussed below. Specifically, Mid-West Family's proposal to assign
different values to stations of different classes does not account for
the possibility of a relatively low power radio station potentially
reaching a larger audience than a station with a larger service
contour.
58. Moreover, service contour (and the associated population
coverage) is just one of many aspects of station operations that may
impact the ability to compete in a local market. Each station serves as
a voice in its local market, and the Commission is not inclined to
discount the value of certain voices, particularly based on criteria
that may have a limited impact on a station's ability to compete. For
these reasons, the Commission declines to change the methodology for
determining market size tiers, as proposed by Mid-West Family.
59. The Commission also declines to adopt Mid-West Family's
proposal for a case-by-case analysis of population coverage. The
Commission does not believe that population coverage alone is an
appropriate basis on which to judge the competitiveness of a station
(or cluster of stations) or the impact of these voices in the local
market. The existing rule already provides for economies of scale that
help stations compete; the Commission does not believe it is
appropriate (or even possible) to revise the rule based on population
coverage in an attempt to achieve a competitive equilibrium, which is
effectively what Mid-West Family seeks. Moreover, the ability to seek a
waiver of the ownership limits already provides parties with an
opportunity to assert that special circumstances justify deviation from
the rule in a particular case.
60. The Commission also declines to alter the methodology for
determining market size tiers as proposed by Connoisseur. Under the
current methodology, owners wishing to acquire a radio station in an
embedded market must satisfy the numerical limits in both the embedded
market and the overall parent market. In the 2002 Biennial Review (68
FR 46286, Aug. 5, 2003, FCC 03-127, rel. July 2, 2003) that adopted the
Nielsen Audio Metro (formerly Arbitron Metro) methodology for
determining radio markets, the Commission specifically declined to
treat embedded markets differently. The
[[Page 76230]]
Commission found that requiring proposed combinations to comply with
the Local Radio Ownership Rule in each Nielsen Audio Metro implicated
by the proposed combination (i.e., in both the embedded and parent
markets) comports with its general recognition that Nielsen Audio's
market definitions are the recognized industry standard. The Commission
rejected a proposal to apply a different test for embedded markets
because it concluded that the proposed scheme would be inconsistent
with the general reliance on Nielsen Audio's market definition and
cumbersome to administer. The Commission finds that Connoisseur has not
presented evidence of changes in the radio industry that would warrant
an across-the-board departure from the Commission's longstanding
reliance on Nielsen Audio's market analysis as reported by BIA as the
basis for multiple ownership calculations for embedded and parent
markets. In these situations, a station's above-the-line listing in the
parent market (i.e., stations that are listed by BIA as home to that
Metro) reflects a determination by Nielsen Audio and BIA that the
station at issue competes in the parent market. For this reason, all
embedded market stations that are listed as home to the parent market,
like any other above-the-line stations, must be taken into account when
demonstrating multiple ownership compliance in the parent market. This
principle is consistent with Commission treatment of stations whose
communities of license are outside the geographic boundaries of a Metro
but are listed by BIA as home to the Metro. Such stations must comply
with the multiple ownership limits in both the Metro market in which
they are listed as home and the market in which their community of
license is located, because they are considered to compete in both.
Connoisseur conflates the embedded and parent market analyses,
suggesting that the parent market analysis erroneously introduces
stations from one embedded market to another, which may have tenuous
economic or listenership ties to the first. This contention misses the
point that, as a separate application of the Commission's multiple
ownership rules, the parent market analysis necessarily includes all
stations that compete in that market, whether or not they also compete
in another embedded Metro market.
61. However, the Commission recognizes Connoisseur's concerns that
Nielsen Audio and BIA's practice of designating all embedded market
stations as home to the parent market--regardless of actual market
share--could result in certain stations being counted for multiple
ownership purposes in a market in which they do not actually compete.
Although the Commission does not believe that the record justifies a
blanket exception to the rule, it will entertain market-specific waiver
requests under section 1.3 demonstrating that the BIA listings in a
parent market do not accurately reflect competition by embedded market
stations and should thus not be counted for multiple ownership
purposes.
62. Numerical Limits. The Commission concludes that the competitive
conditions in the radio marketplace that supported the Commission's
decision to retain the existing numerical limits in the 2006
Quadrennial Review Order and to propose to retain the limits in the
FNPRM remain largely unchanged. No data was provided in the record to
contradict this conclusion. As demonstrated in the record, following
the relaxation of the local radio ownership limits by Congress in the
1996 Act, there was substantial consolidation of radio ownership both
nationally and locally. In local markets, the largest firms continue to
dominate in terms of audience and revenue share.
63. The Commission also concludes that the record in this
proceeding does not reflect changes in the marketplace that warrant
reconsideration of the Commission's previous decision not to make the
limits more restrictive. The Commission continues to believe that
tightening the restrictions would disregard the previously identified
benefits of consolidation in the radio industry and would be
inconsistent with the guidance provided by Congress in the 1996 Act.
Further, the Commission continues to find that tightening the rule,
absent grandfathering, would require divestitures that it believes
would be disruptive to the radio industry and would upset the settled
expectations of individual owners. The record does not indicate that
the benefits derived from tightening the limits would outweigh these
countervailing considerations. For these reasons, and consistent with
prior decisions, the Commission concludes that tightening the limits
would not be in the public interest.
64. Clarification of Application of Local Radio Ownership Rule. In
the 2002 Biennial Review Order, the Commission established safeguards
to deter parties from attempting to manipulate Nielsen Audio Metro
market definitions for purposes of circumventing the Local Radio
Ownership Rule. Specifically, the restrictions prohibit a party from
receiving the benefit of a change in Nielsen Audio Metro boundaries or
home market designation unless that change has been in place for at
least two years (or unless the station's community of license is within
the Metro, in the case of a home designation change). In general, a
licensee seeking to demonstrate multiple ownership compliance may rely
upon the removal of a station from BIA's list of home stations in a
Metro, without a two-year waiting period, when the exclusion results
from an FCC-approved change in the community of license from a
community that is within a Metro's geographic boundaries to one that is
outside the Metro. In the FNPRM, the Commission proposed to clarify
that this exception applies only where the community of license change
also involves the physical relocation of the station facilities to a
site outside the relevant Nielsen Audio Metro market boundaries.
Otherwise, the licensee of a station currently located in a Nielsen
Audio Metro market could use the exception to reduce the number of its
stations listed as home to that Metro, without triggering the two-year
waiting period and without any change in physical coverage or market
competition, merely by specifying a new community of license located
outside the Metro. No objections to this clarification of the exception
to the two-year waiting period were voiced in the record. Accordingly,
the Commission adopts this clarification as it will ensure that the
local radio ownership limits cannot be manipulated based on Nielsen
Audio market definitions.
65. Note 4 to Sec. 73.3555 of the Commission's rules (Note 4)
grandfathers existing station combinations that do not comply with the
numerical ownership limits of Sec. 73.3555(a). However, the Commission
recognizes that certain circumstances require applicants to come into
compliance with the numerical ownership limits even though the relevant
station may have been part of an existing grandfathered cluster. One
such circumstance is a community of license change, which occasionally
can lead to difficulty when an applicant with a grandfathered cluster
of stations seeks to move a station's community of license outside the
relevant Nielsen Audio Metro market. Given that the Commission relies
on the BIA database for information regarding Nielsen Audio Metro home
designations, such an applicant cannot concurrently demonstrate
compliance with the multiple ownership limits at the time of
[[Page 76231]]
application filing, because the station proposing to change its
community will continue to be listed by BIA as home to the Metro. To
resolve this administrative issue, the Commission adopts the proposal
in the FNPRM to allow a temporary waiver of the radio multiple
ownership limits in this limited instance for three months from grant
of the community of license modification application to allow BIA
sufficient time to change the affected station's home designation
following a community of license relocation. Grant of the application
will be conditioned on coming into compliance with the applicable
multiple ownership limits within three months. If the relevant station
is still listed by BIA as home to the Metro at the end of this
temporary waiver period, the Commission will rescind grant of the
application and re-specify the original community of license.
66. The Commission also proposed to exempt intra-Metro community of
license changes from the requirements of Note 4. In 2006, the
Commission introduced a streamlined procedure allowing an FM or AM
broadcast licensee or permittee to change its community of license by
filing a minor modification application. The Commission has found that
strict application of Note 4 has produced disproportionately harsh
results from what is now otherwise a minor and routine application
process. The Commission also agrees with commenter Results Radio that
the reasoning supporting the proposed exemption should apply not only
to community of license changes within the physical boundaries of the
Metro market, but to any community of license change where the station
remains designated as home to the Metro market. Such an exemption
would, in limited circumstances, provide equitable relief from the
divestiture requirements of Note 4. Moreover, the Commission finds that
such intra-market community of license changes in most cases will have
little or no impact on the concentration of ownership within the local
market. Accordingly, the Commission adopts these exemptions to Note 4.
67. Since 2003, the Commission has regularly waived the Nielsen
Audio Metro market definition for Puerto Rico, which defines Puerto
Rico as a single market, instead relying on a contour overlap analysis
for proposed transactions. The Commission has held that the unique
characteristics of Puerto Rico present a compelling showing of special
circumstances that warrant departing from the Nielsen Audio Metro as
the presumptive definition of the local market. This practice is based
on Puerto Rico's extremely mountainous topography, large number of
radio stations and station owners, and division into eight Metropolitan
Statistical Areas (MSAs) as defined by the Office of Management and
Budget (OMB), which demonstrate that Puerto Rico has more centers of
economic activity than are accounted for by the single Puerto Rico
Nielsen Audio Metro definition.
68. In previous waiver proceedings involving the Puerto Rico radio
market, the Commission utilized the contour-overlap methodology that
normally applies to defining markets in non-Nielsen Audio rated
markets. The contour-overlap methodology is generally permitted to
define the local radio market only when a station's community of
license is located outside of a Nielsen Audio Metro boundary. Under
this methodology, the relevant radio market is defined by the area
encompassed by the mutually overlapping principal community contours of
the stations proposed to be commonly owned. The Commission has
determined previously that this methodology was appropriate to apply
when examining the Puerto Rico radio market because of Puerto Rico's
unique characteristics. Therefore, the Commission concludes that
adoption of the contour-overlap market definition will facilitate the
most appropriate application of the Local Radio Ownership Rule in
Puerto Rico, and there is no opposition to this proposal in the record.
Accordingly, the Commission adopts the market definition based on
contour overlap for Puerto Rico that it has applied consistently in
previous waiver proceedings.
69. AM/FM Subcaps. The AM/FM subcaps limit the number of stations
from the same service--AM or FM--that an entity may own in a single
market. Just as the Commission has found that the public interest is
served by retaining the existing numerical limits, it finds appropriate
to retain the existing subcaps. The subcaps, as originally adopted by
Congress, were premised on the ownership limits adopted in the 1996
Act. As the Commission has stated previously, tightening one or both of
the subcaps absent a corresponding change to the numerical ownership
limits (or a tightening of one subcap absent a loosening of the other)
would result in an internal inconsistency in the rule, as such a
tightening would result in an entity not being permitted to own all the
stations otherwise permitted under certain numerical tiers. The
Commission sought comment on whether any reason supports adopting
different subcaps despite this potential inconsistency and received no
comments arguing for tightening the subcaps. The Commission also finds
that loosening or abolishing the subcaps would create public interest
harms by potentially permitting excessive consolidation of a particular
service--an outcome the subcaps are designed to prevent--and reducing
opportunities for new entry within local radio markets.
70. The Commission is not persuaded by suggestions that eliminating
the subcaps would result in public interest benefits sufficient to
justify that action. While flexibility in ownership structuring may
benefit existing licensees, such benefits may not extend to new
entrants who potentially would see opportunities for radio ownership
diminish through the increased concentration of ownership in a
particular service that elimination of the subcaps would permit. The
Commission also does not agree that eliminating or modifying the AM
subcap would be an effective way to revitalize AM radio. NAB's
assertion that elimination of the subcap would revitalize AM radio is
unsupported, as NAB fails to explain how additional consolidation of AM
stations will improve the ability of those stations to overcome
existing technological and competitive challenges.
71. The Commission continues to believe that broadcast radio, in
general, remains the most likely avenue for new entry in the media
marketplace--including entry by small businesses and entities seeking
to serve niche audiences--as a result of radio's ability to more easily
reach certain demographic groups and the relative affordability of
radio stations compared to other mass media. As the Commission has
stated previously, AM stations are generally the least expensive option
for entry into the radio market, often by a significant margin, and
therefore permit new entry for far less capital investment than is
required to purchase an FM station. Nothing in the record of this
proceeding indicates that this marketplace characteristic has changed.
Therefore, the Commission concludes that the public interest remains
best served by retaining the existing AM subcap, which limits
concentration of AM station ownership and thereby promotes
opportunities for new entry that further competition and viewpoint
diversity. In addition, FCC Form 323 data for 2011 and 2013 notably
indicates that minority and female ownership of radio stations (and AM
stations, in particular) exceeds that of television stations.
[[Page 76232]]
72. Furthermore, despite the general technological limitations of
AM stations, there continue to be many markets in which AM stations are
significant radio voices. No data was offered in the record to refute
the Commission's tentative conclusion in the FNPRM that AM stations
continue to be significant radio voices in many markets. Also, AM
stations are among the top revenue earners in some of the largest radio
markets (e.g., New York, Chicago, and Los Angeles). The Commission
therefore finds that, in addition to the general promotion of new entry
across all markets described above, retention of the existing AM
subcaps is also necessary to prevent a single station owner from
acquiring excessive market power through concentration of ownership of
AM stations in those markets in which AM stations are significant radio
voices.
73. The Commission also concludes that there continue to be
technical and marketplace differences between AM and FM stations that
justify retention of both the AM and FM subcaps to promote competition
in local radio markets. As the Commission has noted previously, FM
stations enjoy unique advantages over AM stations, such as increased
bandwidth, superior audio signal fidelity, and longer hours of
operation. These technological differences often, but not always,
result in greater listenership and revenues for FM stations that
justifies a limit on the concentration of FM station ownership, in
particular. Nothing in the record of this proceeding indicates that the
Commission should depart from the tentative conclusions in the FNPRM
regarding the differences between AM and FM radio. Therefore, the
Commission concludes that retaining the existing FM subcap continues to
serve the public interest as well. Accordingly, the Commission retains
both the AM and FM subcaps without modification.
74. The Commission also finds that the digital radio transition and
the changes to the FM translator rules have not yet meaningfully
ameliorated the general differences between AM and FM stations, such
that the justifications described above have been rendered moot. Recent
digital radio deployment data support previous findings that FM
stations are actually increasing the technological divide through
greater adoption rates of digital radio technology than AM stations.
The trends noted in the FNPRM have continued. Also, the recent changes
to the FM translator rules, to allow AM stations to use currently
authorized FM translator stations to retransmit their AM service within
their AM stations' current coverage areas, have not yet significantly
impacted the technological and marketplace differences between AM and
FM stations. While the change to the FM translator rule benefited many
AM stations, more than half of all AM stations continue to operate
without associated FM translators. The Commission received no
objections or material in the record to refute its findings; however,
the Commission will continue to monitor the impact of the digital radio
deployment and the FM translator rule change in future media ownership
proceedings.
75. Waiver Criteria. The Commission declines to adopt specific
waiver criteria for the Local Radio Ownership Rule and will continue to
rely on the general waiver standard. The Commission finds that the
considerations in proposals for specific waiver criteria can be
advanced adequately in the context of a general waiver request under
Sec. 1.3 of the Commission's rules and notes that the Commission has
an obligation to take a hard look at whether enforcement of a rule in a
particular case serves the rule's purpose or instead frustrates the
public interest. Therefore, the Commission concludes that adoption of a
specific waiver standard is not appropriate at this time.
76. Minority and Female Ownership. The Commission affirms its
tentative conclusion from the FNPRM that the current rule remains
consistent with the Commission's goal to promote minority and female
ownership of broadcast radio stations. While the Commission retains the
existing Local Radio Ownership Rule for the specific reasons stated
above, it finds that retaining the existing rule nevertheless promotes
opportunities for diverse ownership in local radio ownership. This
competition-based rule indirectly advances the Commission's diversity
goal by helping to ensure the presence of independently owned broadcast
radio stations in the local market, thereby increasing the likelihood
of a variety of viewpoints and preserving ownership opportunities for
new entrants. The Commission has also retained the AM/FM subcaps, in
part, to help promote new entry--as noted, the AM band in particular
has historically provided lower-cost ownership opportunities for new
entrants.
77. Consistent with Commission analysis of the local television
ownership rule above, however, the Commission finds the claim that
tightening the Local Radio Ownership Rule would promote increased
opportunities for minority and female ownership to be speculative and
unsupported by existing ownership data. No data in the record support a
contention that tightening the local radio ownership limits would
promote ownership opportunities for minorities and women.
78. In addition, the Commission does not believe that Media
Ownership Study 7, which considers the relationship between ownership
structure and the provision of radio programming targeted to African-
American and Hispanic audiences, supports the contention that
tightening the local radio ownership limits would promote minority and
female ownership. While the data suggest the existence of a positive
relationship between minority ownership of radio stations and the total
amount of minority-targeted radio programming available in a market,
the potential impact of tightening the ownership limits on minority
ownership was not part of the study design, nor something that can be
reasonably inferred from the data.
79. Nothing in the data or any other evidence in the record permits
the Commission to infer causation; therefore, the Commission declines
to loosen the existing ownership limits on the basis of any trend
reflected in the data. The Commission remains mindful of the potential
impact of consolidation in the radio industry on ownership
opportunities for new entrants, including small businesses, and
minority- and women-owned businesses, and the Commission will continue
to consider the implications in the context of future quadrennial
reviews.
C. Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership Rule
1. Introduction
80. The Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership (NBCO) Rule prohibits
common ownership of a daily newspaper and a full-power broadcast
station (AM, FM, or TV) if the station's service contour encompasses
the newspaper's community of publication. The rule currently in effect
prohibits the licensing of an AM, FM, or TV broadcast station to a
party (including all parties under common control) that directly or
indirectly owns, operates, or controls a daily newspaper, if the entire
community in which the newspaper is published would be encompassed
within the service contour of the station, namely: (1) The predicted or
measured 2 mV/m contour of an AM station, computed in accordance with
Sec. 73.183 or Sec. 73.186; (2) the predicted 1 mV/m contour for an
FM station, computed in accordance with Sec. 73.313; or (3) the
[[Page 76233]]
Grade A contour of a TV station, computed in accordance with Sec.
73.684.
81. In analyzing the NBCO Rule under section 202(h), the
Commission's focus is on the rule's primary purpose--to promote
viewpoint diversity at the local level. As the Commission noted in
adopting the NBCO Rule, if a democratic society is to function, nothing
can be more important than insuring a free flow of information from as
many divergent sources as possible. Broadcast stations and daily
newspapers remain the predominant sources of the viewpoint diversity
that the NBCO Rule is designed to protect. The proliferation of
(primarily national) content available from cable and satellite
programming networks and from online sources has not altered the
enduring reality that traditional media outlets are the principal
sources of essential local news and information. The rapid and ongoing
changes to the overall media marketplace do not negate the rule's basic
premise that the divergence of viewpoints between a cross-owned
newspaper and broadcast station cannot be expected to be the same as if
they were antagonistically run.
82. After careful consideration of the record, the Commission
concludes that regulation of newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership within
a local market remains necessary to protect and promote viewpoint
diversity. The Commission continues to find, however, that an absolute
ban on newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership is overly broad.
Accordingly, and consistent with the Commission's approach in the 2006
proceeding, the adopted rule generally prohibits common ownership of a
broadcast station and daily newspaper in the same local market but
provides for a modest loosening of the previous ban on cross-ownership
consistent with the Commission's view that an absolute ban may be
overly restrictive in some cases. The Commission finds that the
benefits of the revised rule outweigh any burdens that may result from
adopting the rule.
2. Discussion
a. Policy Goals
83. Viewpoint diversity. The record reaffirms the Commission's view
that the NBCO Rule remains necessary to promote diversity, specifically
viewpoint diversity. The FNPRM commenters that oppose this position do
not present evidence persuading the Commission to alter its tentative
conclusion in the FNPRM that newspapers and broadcast television
stations, and their affiliated Web sites, continue to be the
predominant providers of local news and information upon which
consumers rely. For the most part, opponents of the rule reiterate the
two principal arguments put forth by commenters to the initial NPRM,
namely that: (1) Ownership does not necessarily influence viewpoint and
(2) an array of diverse viewpoints is widely available from an
abundance of outlets, particularly via the Internet. The Commission
addressed these arguments extensively in the FNPRM and does not find
them any more persuasive after reviewing the FNPRM comments.
84. With regard to the first argument, in the FNPRM, the Commission
acknowledged that NPRM commenters provided examples of instances when
cross-owned properties diverged in viewpoint. The Commission noted,
however, that, although similar examples were provided during the
Commission's 2002 and 2006 reviews, the Commission continued to
restrict newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership given that an owner has
the opportunity, ability, and right to influence the editorial process
of media outlets it owns, regardless of the degree to which it
exercises that power. The Third Circuit affirmed the Commission's
reasoning that the possibility of a connection between ownership and
viewpoint is not disproved by evidence that a connection is not always
present. Moreover, the Commission has noted previously the existence of
ample evidence pointing in the other direction, namely that ownership
can affect viewpoint. In any event, the Commission's goal is to
maximize the number of distinct voices in a market, which the
Commission believe is achieved more effectively by relying on separate
ownership rather than on a hope or expectation that owners of cross-
owned properties will maintain a distance from the editorial process.
The Commission's concern is not alleviated by the broadcasters'
argument that consumers' ideological preferences have a greater
influence on editorial slant than ownership does. Indeed, the
Commission believes that such influence only increases the importance
of ensuring that a multiplicity of voices are available to consumers.
85. With regard to the second argument, in the FNPRM, the
Commission addressed arguments that the NBCO Rule is obsolete because
today's consumers have access to a vast array of news sources. The
Commission tentatively concluded that a cross-ownership restriction
remains necessary, despite the increase in media outlets. Supporters of
the rule agreed with the Commission that traditional news providers,
and their affiliated Web sites, continue to be the most relied-upon
sources of local news and information. In the FNPRM, the Commission
pointed to evidence suggesting that, despite the Internet's increased
role in news distribution, traditional news providers are still
critical to ensuring viewpoint diversity at the local level. The record
showed that independent online sources currently cannot substitute for
the original reporting by professional journalists associated with
traditional local media.
86. After reviewing the FNPRM comments, which raise substantially
the same points that were addressed in the FNPRM, the Commission's
position is unchanged. Several FNPRM commenters reiterate that the
Commission's focus on traditional media is too narrow because other
media outlets contribute to viewpoint diversity. Evidence shows,
however, that the contributions of cable, satellite, and Internet
sources serve as a supplement, but not as a substitute, for newspapers
and broadcasters providing local news and information. A U.S. District
Court judge recently rejected an argument that online sources of local
news present sufficient competition to local newspapers in Orange
County and Riverside County in Southern California (United States v.
Tribune Publishing Co., No. 16 CV 01822 AB (PJWx) (C.D. Cal. Mar. 18,
2016)). The judge concluded that, as creators of local content, local
newspapers continue to serve a unique function in the marketplace and
are not reasonably interchangeable with online sources of news. He was
not convinced that the Internet renders geography and distinctions
between kinds of news sources obsolete. The news and information
provided by cable and satellite networks generally targets a wide
geographic audience, and the record demonstrates that local news and
information available online usually originates from traditional media
outlets. As discussed in the NPRM and FNPRM, considerable evidence
shows that most online sources of local news are affiliated with
newspapers or broadcast stations or contain content that originates
from those traditional sources. The Commission affirms its earlier
finding that local, hyperlocal, and niche Web sites generally do not
fill the role of local television stations or daily newspapers. Local
television continues to dominate despite the increasing use of social
media as a source of news. Moreover, the social media platforms that
consumers turn to for news, such as Facebook, Twitter,
[[Page 76234]]
and Google, generally aggregate news stories from other sources and
those sources do not focus necessarily on local news.
87. The Commission concludes that the NBCO Rule should continue to
apply to newspaper/radio cross-ownership. The Commission finds that the
newspaper/radio cross-ownership restriction serves the public interest
because the record shows that radio stations contribute in meaningful
ways to viewpoint diversity within their communities. The Commission is
persuaded that radio adds an important voice in many local communities
such that lifting the restriction could harm viewpoint diversity.
Although the Commission tentatively concluded earlier in this
proceeding that radio stations are not the primary outlets that
contribute to viewpoint diversity in local markets and that consumers
rely predominantly on other sources for local news and information, the
Commission finds that radio's role in promoting viewpoint diversity is
significant enough to warrant retention of the restriction. Therefore,
the Commission declines to eliminate the restriction or to adopt a
presumptive waiver standard, such as the one proposed in the NPRM,
favoring newspaper/radio mergers in the top 20 DMAs.
88. As discussed in the FNPRM, the Commission's conclusion that
radio contributes sufficiently to viewpoint diversity to warrant
retention of the newspaper/radio cross-ownership restriction is
consistent with the longstanding position that newspaper/radio
combinations should be prohibited even though radio generally plays a
lesser role in contributing to viewpoint diversity. A lesser role does
not mean that radio plays no role. The record shows that broadcast
radio stations produce a meaningful amount of local news and
information content that is relied on by a significant portion of the
population and, therefore, provide significant contributions to
viewpoint diversity.
89. With over 90 percent of Americans listening to radio on a
weekly basis, radio's potential for influencing viewpoint is great.
Moreover, recent evidence suggests that radio stations air a
substantial amount of local news programming. Evidence in the record
also indicates that members of certain communities may rely more
heavily on broadcast radio stations for local news and information.
Such reliance may be especially strong when radio stations target
particular demographic groups or offer news programs in a foreign
language. A community radio station recently licensed in Minneapolis
reports local news stories in the Somali language and provides
information of particular interest to the local Somali-American
community. Although the NBCO Rule does not apply to that particular
station due to its low-power status, the example nonetheless
demonstrates the important contributions that radio can make to
viewpoint diversity.
90. Evidence of reliance on broadcast radio for local news and
public information programming is important for assessing radio's
contributions to viewpoint diversity; however, to be a meaningful
source of viewpoint diversity in local markets, broadcast radio
stations must increase the diversity of local information, not simply
its availability. The record demonstrates that radio stations still
contribute to viewpoint diversity by producing a meaningful amount of
local news and public interest programming that is responsive to the
needs and concerns of the community. Moreover, invitations to call-in
to a radio program offer local residents unique opportunities to
participate interactively in a conversation about an issue of local
concern.
91. For the foregoing reasons, the Commission finds that radio
provides an important contribution to viewpoint diversity such that
lifting the newspaper/radio cross-ownership restriction in all markets
across-the-board could sweep too broadly. The Commission finds that it
must take care not to overlook the contributions to viewpoint diversity
offered by radio stations, particularly to the extent that dedicated
audiences of radio stations rely on radio as a valuable source of local
news and information, and that radio stations provide an additional
opportunity for civic engagement, as certain commenters attest. Thus,
while the Commission previously has recognized that a radio station
generally cannot be considered the equal of a newspaper or television
station when it comes to providing news, in fact, for a significant
portion of the population radio may play an influential role as a
source for news or the medium turned to for discussion of matters of
local concern.
92. Accordingly, the Commission finds that radio stations can
contribute in a meaningful way to viewpoint diversity within local
communities and that a newspaper's purchase of a radio station in the
same local market could harm viewpoint diversity in certain
circumstances. As a result, the Commission retains both the newspaper/
radio and the newspaper/television cross-ownership restrictions.
However, consistent with previous Commission findings, the Commission
believes that enforcement of the NBCO Rule may not be necessary to
promote viewpoint diversity in every circumstance and that there could
be situations where enforcement would disserve the public interest.
Furthermore, the Commission reaffirms its earlier findings that the
opportunity to share newsgathering resources and realize other
efficiencies derived from economies of scale and scope may improve the
ability of commonly owned media outlets to provide local news and
information. In certain circumstances, newspaper/broadcast cross-
ownership may benefit the news offerings in a local market without
causing undue harm to viewpoint diversity. In recognition of this, the
Commission will ease the application of the prohibition through a
waiver process and other modifications to the scope of the rule.
93. Localism. The Commission affirms its belief stated in the FNPRM
that the nation's interest in maintaining a robust democracy through a
multiplicity of voices justifies maintaining certain NBCO restrictions
even if doing so prevents some combinations that might create cost-
savings and efficiencies in news production. While FNPRM commenters
proffer further examples in support of the proposition that such cost-
savings and efficiencies may allow cross-owned properties to provide a
higher quality and quantity of local news, these additional examples do
not change the Commission's conclusion. The Commission has long
accepted that proposition but also recognized that increased
efficiencies do not necessarily lead to localism benefits. Furthermore,
even if cost-savings are used to increase investment in local news
production, the purpose of this rule is to promote and preserve the
widest possible range of viewpoint; it is not, as NAB seems to suggest,
to promote localism. The Commission therefore disagrees with NAB's
argument that retaining cross-ownership restrictions will stymie the
rule's intended benefits. Allowing media owners to achieve economies of
scale and scope may enable them to disseminate a greater amount of
local news over one or both of their cross-owned properties, but the
costly result would be fewer independently owned outlets in the market.
The loss of a local voice runs counter to the Commission's goal of
promoting viewpoint diversity, regardless of whether cross-ownership is
more or less likely to produce localism benefits. Although the
Commission has found previously that
[[Page 76235]]
the NBCO Rule is not necessary to promote its localism goal, that
determination, which the Commission affirms in this Order, does not
undermine the viewpoint diversity rationale for the rule.
94. Competition. Promoting competition was not the Commission's
primary concern when it considered implementation of the NBCO Rule, and
in its 2002 biennial review the Commission found that the rule was not
necessary to promote competition because newspapers and broadcast
stations do not compete in the same product markets. The FNPRM record
does not present a convincing case that is contrary to the Commission's
longstanding position. The fact that broadcasters and newspapers both
sell to local advertisers does not mean they compete with each other
for advertising.
95. Although the Commission does not find that the rule is
necessary to promote competition, it has concluded that the rule is
necessary to promote viewpoint diversity. Therefore, the Commission is
not swayed by the media industry's arguments that the NBCO Rule should
be eliminated because it potentially limits opportunities for
newspapers and broadcasters to expand their businesses. As stated in
the FNPRM, the Commission does not believe that viewpoint diversity in
local markets should be jeopardized to enable media owners to increase
their revenue by pursuing cross-ownership within the same local market.
Moreover, the application of the NBCO Rule has a very limited
geographic scope. Even if the potential efficiencies of inter-market
consolidation are fewer than those to be gained from in-market
acquisitions, the rule does not prevent media owners that seek new
revenue streams from acquiring properties in other markets or
alternative media outlets that are not subject to the NBCO Rule.
b. Scope of the Rule
96. Newspaper/Television Combinations. The current rule prohibits
common ownership of a daily newspaper and a television station when the
Grade A contour of the station encompasses the entire community in
which the newspaper is published. The Commission retained the Grade A
contour approach when it revised the NBCO Rule in 2006. The trigger for
the newspaper/television cross-ownership restriction therefore relies
on a station's Grade A contour, which was rendered obsolete by the
transition to digital television service.
97. The Commission adopts its uncontested proposal in the FNPRM to
update the geographic scope of the restriction by incorporating both a
television station's DMA and its digital service contour. Specifically,
cross-ownership of a full-power television station and a daily
newspaper will be prohibited when: (1) The community of license of the
television station and the community of publication of the newspaper
are in the same Nielsen DMA, and (2) the principal community contour
(PCC) of the television station, as defined in Sec. 73.625 of the
Commission's rules, encompasses the entire community in which the
newspaper is published. For the reasons provided in the FNPRM, the
Commission will maintain the current definition of a daily newspaper as
one which is published four or more days per week, which is in the
dominant language in the market, and which is circulated generally in
the community of publication. The Commission explained its
disinclination to revise the definition such as by imposing a minimum
circulation requirement. Both conditions need to be met for the cross-
ownership prohibition to be triggered. The DMA requirement ensures that
the newspaper and television station serve the same media market, and
the contour requirement ensures that they actually reach the same
communities and consumers within that larger geographic market.
98. Newspaper/Radio Combinations. The current rule prohibits cross-
ownership when the entire community in which the newspaper is published
would be encompassed within the service contour of: (1) The predicted
or measured 2 mV/m contour of an AM station, computed in accordance
with Sec. 73.183 or Sec. 73.186, or (2) the predicted 1 mV/m contour
for an FM station, computed in accordance with Sec. 73.313. Consistent
with arguments made in the record, the Commission will not replace
radio contours, but instead the Commission will include an additional
requirement that the radio station and the newspaper be located in the
same Nielsen Audio Metro market, where one is defined. In circumstances
in which neither the radio station nor the newspaper is geographically
located within a defined Nielsen Audio Metro market, then the trigger
will be determined, as before, solely on the basis of the station's
service contour. The Commission finds that the added Nielsen Audio
Metro market condition will serve a valid limiting role because Nielsen
Audio designations are based on listening patterns, which will focus
the restriction on properties serving the same audience.
99. Specifically, in areas designated as Nielsen Audio Metro
markets, cross-ownership of a full-power radio station and a daily
newspaper will be prohibited when: (1) The radio station and the
community of publication of the newspaper are located in the same
Nielsen Audio Metro market, and (2) the entire community in which the
newspaper is published is encompassed within the service contour of the
station, namely: (a) The predicted or measured 2 mV/m groundwave
contour of an AM station, computed in accordance with Sec. 73.183 or
Sec. 73.186; or (b) the predicted or measured 1 mV/m contour for an FM
station, computed in accordance with Sec. 73.313. Both conditions need
to be met for the cross-ownership restriction to apply, except when
both the community of publication of the newspaper and the community of
license of the radio station are not located in a Nielsen Audio Metro
market, then only the second condition need be met. Consistent with the
Local Radio Ownership Rule, the Commission will rely on Nielsen to
determine whether a radio station is in the same Nielsen Audio Metro
market as the newspaper's community of publication. The Local Radio
Ownership Rule relies, in part, on Nielsen Audio Metro markets in
applying the radio ownership limits. In that context, the Commission
has developed certain procedural safeguards to deter parties from
attempting to manipulate Nielsen Audio market definitions to evade the
Local Radio Ownership Rules. By relying on Nielsen Audio Metro markets,
where available, the revised NBCO Rule is susceptible to similar
manipulation by parties; accordingly, the Commission will apply the
procedures adopted in the context of the Local Radio Ownership Rule to
the adopted NBCO Rule. Specifically, for purposes of this rule, a radio
station will be counted as part of the Nielsen Audio Metro market in
which the station's community of license is geographically located and
any other Nielsen Audio Metro market in which the station is listed by
BIA as home to that market. This approach will ensure that a radio
station is considered to be part of each Nielsen Audio Metro market in
which that station is either geographically located or competes. The
Commission believes Nielsen's determination of a radio market's
boundaries is useful in considering whether particular communities rely
on the same media voices. The Commission believes that such a
determination, combined with the actual service areas of the respective
facilities, gives a stronger picture of the relevant market and
instances in which the Commission should prohibit common ownership.
Therefore, the
[[Page 76236]]
Commission believes that including consideration of the Nielsen Audio
Metro market (if one exists) in the determination of when the cross-
ownership prohibition is triggered will help focus the restriction
specifically on those circumstances where the newspaper and broadcast
facility truly serve the same audience.
c. Exception for Failed and Failing Broadcast Stations and Newspapers
100. For the reasons expressed in the FNPRM, the Commission will
not create an exception for failed/failing stations or newspapers and
no commenters addressed this issue. The current approach will not
preclude waiver applicants from attempting to show how such a
commitment could enhance viewpoint diversity in the local market.
However, applicants seeking a waiver in part or in whole on that basis
should recall the Commission's previously stated concerns that such a
commitment would be impracticable to enforce and arguably might require
the Commission to make content-based assessments.
101. Consistent with its proposal in the FNPRM, the Commission will
adopt an express exception for proposed combinations involving a failed
or failing newspaper, television station, or radio station. For the
reasons explained below in connection with the timing of a waiver
request, the Commission will require television and radio licensees to
file for an exception to the NBCO Rule before consummating the
acquisition of a newspaper. It stands to reason that a merger involving
a failed or failing newspaper or broadcast station is not likely to
harm viewpoint diversity in the local market. If the entity is unable
to continue as a standalone operation, and thus contribute to viewpoint
diversity, then preventing its disappearance from the market
potentially can enhance, and will not diminish, viewpoint diversity.
102. The Commission adopts failed/failing criteria consistent with
those proposed in the FNPRM, which are similar to those used for the
Local Television Ownership Rule and the Radio/Television Cross-
Ownership Rule. That is, a failed newspaper or broadcast station must
show that, as applicable, it had stopped circulating or had been dark
due to financial distress for at least four months immediately before
the filing of the assignment or transfer of control application, or
that it was involved in court-supervised involuntary bankruptcy or
involuntary insolvency proceedings. To qualify as failing, the
applicant would have to show that: (1) If a broadcast television
station is the failing entity, that it has had a low all-day audience
share (i.e., 4 percent or lower); (2) the financial condition of the
newspaper or broadcast station was poor (i.e., a negative cash flow for
the previous three years); and (3) the combination would produce public
interest benefits. In addition, as with the exemption for satellite
television stations pursuant to Note 5 of Sec. 73.3555, in the event
of an assignment of license or transfer of control of the broadcast/
newspaper combination, the proposed assignee or transferee would need
to make an appropriate showing demonstrating compliance with the
elements of the failed/failing entity exception at the time of the
assignment or transfer if it wishes to continue the common ownership
pursuant to this exception. Further, although the Commission is not
including this failed/failing exception in Note 7 of Sec. 73.3555 of
the Commission's rules (which addresses the failed/failing waiver
criteria applicable to the local television ownership rule and the
radio/television cross-ownership rule), given the similarities, the
precedent established in the application of Note 7 shall apply to the
application of the NBCO failed/failing criteria, as appropriate. In
addition, the applicants must show that the in-market buyer is the only
reasonably available candidate willing and able to acquire and operate
the failed or failing newspaper or station and that selling the
newspaper or station to any out-of-market buyer would result in an
artificially depressed price. One way to satisfy this requirement would
be to provide an affidavit from an independent broker affirming that
active and serious efforts had been made to sell the newspaper or
broadcast station, and that no reasonable offer from an entity outside
the market had been received.
103. Because the Commission is creating an exception to the NBCO
Rule, rather than a waiver opportunity, applicants seeking a failed/
failing entity exception need not show, either at the time of their
application or during subsequent license renewals, that the tangible
and verifiable public interest benefits of the combination outweigh any
harms. As the Commission has concluded that the exception serves the
public interest in diversity simply by preserving a media outlet,
licensees need not demonstrate that the additional benefits outweigh
the potential harms. Recognizing that an absolute ban on newspaper/
broadcast cross ownership is overly broad, the Commission believes
providing greater flexibility and certainty in the context of this rule
is appropriate. Thus, the Commission believes a clear exception to the
rule for failed and failing entities, rather than a waiver requiring a
balancing of the harms and benefits, is appropriate to provide
certainty for relief, as the Commission believes such combinations will
have a minimal impact on viewpoint diversity.
d. Waiver Standard
104. Consistent with the tentative conclusion in the FNPRM, the
Commission declines to adopt a bright-line rule that would exempt
certain combinations from the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule
based on a certain set of criteria. Given the variability among local
markets, the Commission maintains its view that blanket exemptions
should not be built into the rule. As the Commission explained in the
FNPRM, while a rule with built-in exemptions might lend greater
certainty to parties considering a merger, it would not lead
necessarily to the best result in an individual market. The Commission
reiterates its concern that such a rule would be too blunt an
instrument to be used for these types of mergers. Rather, the
Commission believes that the more prudent way to ease the rule's
application is through a case-by-case waiver process with a particular
focus on the impact the proposed merger would have on viewpoint
diversity in the market.
105. Therefore, consistent with other efforts to ease the rule's
application, the Commission provides for the consideration of waiver
requests of the NBCO Rule on a case-by-case basis. The Commission
believes a case-by-case waiver approach will produce sensible outcomes
and also improve transparency and public participation in the process.
To facilitate public participation further, the Commission will require
television and radio licensees to file a request for waiver of the NBCO
Rule before consummating the acquisition of a newspaper, rather than at
the time of the station's license renewal. As the Commission explained
in the FNPRM, a broadcast licensee that triggered the NBCO Rule with
the purchase of a newspaper previously was required, absent a waiver,
to dispose of its station within one year or by the time of its next
renewal date, whichever was longer. Alternatively, it could have
pursued a waiver in conjunction with its license renewal, at which
point interested parties could comment on the waiver request. As a
result, the opportunity to comment on a licensee's acquisition of a
newspaper might have arisen years after the purchase. The Commission's
remedy will enable the public to comment on such acquisitions in a
timely and effective manner before
[[Page 76237]]
the purchase is consummated. Moreover, by requiring prior approval,
this approach will provide certainty to transaction participants that
the proposed combination will not be subject to potential divestiture
after the operations already have been integrated--a certainty that is
not provided by the current approach. To alert interested parties to a
proposed newspaper acquisition, the Commission will require that the
Media Bureau place such waiver requests on public notice and solicit
public comment on the proposed acquisition.
106. With regard to the two case-by-case options described in the
FNPRM for considering waivers, the Commission adopts what is termed a
pure case-by-case approach. That is, the Commission will evaluate
waiver requests by assessing the totality of the circumstances for each
individual transaction, considering each waiver request anew without
measuring it against a set of defined criteria or awarding the
applicant an automatic presumption based on a prima facie showing of
particular elements. Waiver applicants will have the flexibility to
present their most compelling reasons why strict application of the
rule is not necessary to promote the goal of viewpoint diversity in
that particular local market. Furthermore, consistent with its
tentative conclusion in the FNPRM, the Commission declines to adopt the
four-factor test that applied to waiver requests under the 2006 rule
because the Commission concludes that the factors would be vague,
subjective, difficult to verify, and costly to enforce. As the
Commission stated in the FNPRM, evidence supporting considerations like
those reflected in the four factors, although not required, is also not
discouraged if a waiver applicant believes it would be useful in
supporting its request. Thus, an applicant seeking a waiver under this
approach will have to show that grant of the waiver will not unduly
harm viewpoint diversity. Likewise, opponents of a transaction can
respond with a range of arguments and evidence they consider most
pertinent to that case. The Commission believes this approach will
provide the Commission the flexibility needed to allow due
consideration of all factors relevant to a case, without spending time
and resources assessing presumptive criteria that may not be useful for
a particular review. The 2006 rule required a waiver applicant
attempting to overcome a negative presumption to show, with clear and
convincing evidence, that the merged entity would increase diversity
and competition. In the FNPRM, the Commission proposed not to
incorporate the requirement into any presumptive waiver standard that
the Commission might adopt. FNPRM commenters did not address the issue,
and the Commission's concern remains that the requirement would impose
an overly burdensome evidentiary standard. Although the issue arguably
is mooted by the Commission's decision not to adopt a presumptive
waiver standard, the Commission also will not incorporate that standard
into the adopted waiver approach. Thus, the Commission can hone in
quickly on the most important considerations of the proposed
transaction and approach them with an openness that might not occur
with a set framework. The Commission believes that, as a result, it
will be able to determine more accurately and precisely whether a
proposed combination will have an adverse impact on viewpoint diversity
in the relevant local market. If a proposed combination does not
present any undue harm to viewpoint diversity, which is the underlying
purpose of the rule, then prohibiting the combination is not necessary
in the public interest.
107. The Commission recognizes that a case-by-case approach with
presumptive guidelines, such as the one described in the FNPRM,
potentially could offer waiver applicants greater certainty and
consistency. The criteria proposed in this proceeding, however, were
widely criticized and rejected by commenters. Ultimately, the
Commission is persuaded by the criticism in the record that the
proposed presumptive guidelines should not be adopted. Moreover, the
Commission is concerned that any presumptive approach could result in
an unduly rigid evaluation of a waiver application. Instead, the
Commission believes that the pure case-by-case approach is the
appropriate way to assess requests for waiver of the NBCO Rule. For all
the reasons that favor a pure case-by-case approach, plus those stated
in the FNPRM, the Commission declines to adopt Cox's proposal for a
two-part test that would measure every proposed transaction against the
same set of fixed criteria. As the Commission stated in the FNPRM, it
believes that the first part of Cox's proposed test would define
independent media voices too broadly and that the second part of Cox's
proposed test would be difficult to apply and enforce in an objective,
content-neutral manner.
108. In addition, the Commission disagrees with Cox that a pure
case-by-case approach is necessarily a retreat from a presumptive
waiver standard. Rather, a pure case-by-case approach lifts the
potential burden of having to overcome a negative presumption.
Regardless, the Commission's intent in choosing a pure case-by-case
approach over a presumptive waiver standard is not to increase or
decrease the number of waiver approvals; it is to increase the
likelihood of achieving the proper result in each individual case.
Applying presumptive criteria can work well in other contexts and for
other rules, but, under the current record and given the nature of
viewpoint diversity and its dependency on the particular facts and
circumstances of a specific market, the Commission finds that a pure
case-by-case approach is best suited for handling requests for waiver
of this rule.
109. The Commission also disagrees with Cox that a pure case-by-
case approach is the equivalent of not having a waiver standard. To be
clear, the Commission's standard requires applicants seeking a waiver
of the NBCO Rule to show that their proposed combination would not
unduly harm viewpoint diversity in the local market. The pure case-by-
case approach describes the method by which the Commission will
determine whether this standard is met. The method of examining the
totality of the circumstances may entail a broad review, but the
standard to be met is narrowly focused on the impact on viewpoint
diversity. The Commission anticipates that the precedent that evolves
from future waiver decisions will provide further guidance to entities
considering a merger.
110. The Commission clarifies that this waiver standard is distinct
from the traditional waiver standard under section 1.3, which requires
a showing of good cause and applies to all Commission rules. By
specifically allowing for a waiver of the NBCO Rule in cases where
applicants can demonstrate that the proposed combination will not
unduly harm viewpoint diversity, the Commission signals its recognition
that there may be instances where enforcing the prohibition against
ownership of a newspaper and broadcast station is not necessary to
serve the rule's purpose of promoting viewpoint diversity in the local
market. Indeed, the Commission's determination herein is that the
public interest would not be served by restricting specific
combinations that do not unduly harm viewpoint diversity. While in the
context of section 1.3 waiver requests the Commission has considered
showings of undue hardship, the equities of a particular case, or other
good cause, in this particular context an applicant is
[[Page 76238]]
required to make a narrower showing, and a waiver will be granted so
long as the applicants can demonstrate that viewpoint diversity will
not be unduly harmed as a result of the proposed combination. The NBCO
waiver standard does not replace or limit a waiver applicant's
available options under section 1.3. Indeed, while the NBCO waiver
standard articulated focuses specifically on the impact of the proposed
merger on viewpoint diversity in the local market and requires
applicants to make a showing as to such impact, waiver requests under
section 1.3 could include a broader public interest showing, under
which parties can assert any variety of considerations they believe
warrant waiver of the rule consistent with established precedent.
Waiver of the Commission's policies or rules under section 1.3 is
appropriate only if both (1) special circumstances warrant a deviation
from the general rule, and (2) such deviation will serve the public
interest. Under this section, the Commission may take into account
considerations of hardship, equity, or more effective implementation of
overall policy on an individual basis. Although the Commission must
give waiver requests a hard look, an applicant for waiver under section
1.3 faces a high hurdle even at the starting gate and must support its
waiver request with a compelling showing.
111. FNPRM commenters did not address the Commission's question
whether a case-by-case approach should incorporate, or disavow, these
waiver criteria, which remain in effect along with the current rule.
Accordingly, because of the lack of comment on these criteria (for or
against), and for the reasons discussed above, the Commission is
adopting a new waiver standard that replaces these earlier divestiture
waiver criteria.
e. Grandfathering
112. The Commission will grandfather, to the extent required, any
existing newspaper/broadcast combinations that no longer comply with
the NBCO Rule as a result of the changes to the scope of the rule. In
addition, as stated in the FNPRM, the Commission will continue to allow
all combinations currently in existence that have been grandfathered or
approved by permanent waiver to the extent that grandfathering/
permanent waivers are still necessary to permit common ownership. As
the Commission explained, it leaves in place any filing deadlines the
Commission has imposed previously on specific parties related to cross-
ownership proceedings. Consistent with Commission precedent,
grandfathered combinations, including those subject to permanent
waivers, are not transferrable. The Commission disagrees with
assertions that, contrary to longstanding Commission precedent,
grandfathered and approved combinations should be freely transferable
in perpetuity. As stated in the FNPRM, the Commission will continue to
allow grandfathered status to survive pro forma changes in ownership
and involuntary changes of ownership due to death or legal disability
of the licensee. The Commission's approach strikes the appropriate
balance between avoiding imposition of the hardship of divestiture on
owners of existing combinations that have owned a combination in
reliance on the rules and moving the industry toward compliance with
current rules when owners voluntarily decide to sell their properties.
A transferee or assignee of the properties must comply with the NBCO
Rule in effect at the time of the transaction or obtain a new waiver.
This requirement applies to the transfer of existing combinations
already grandfathered or approved and to the transfer of combinations
grandfathered as a result of becoming non-compliant due to the changes
to the scope of the rule.
f. Minority and Female Ownership
113. The Commission has declined to adopt the potential rule
changes that commenters argue could lead to increased consolidation to
the possible detriment of minority- and women-owned businesses.
Instead, the adopted rule generally prohibits common ownership of a
broadcast station and daily newspaper in the same local market but
provides for a modest loosening of the previous ban on cross-ownership
through revisions to the rule's geographic scope, creation of an
exception for failed/failing entities, and adoption of a viewpoint
diversity-based waiver standard. The Commission does not believe that
these modest revisions are likely to result in significant new
combinations, nor does the record establish that significant demand
exists for newspaper/broadcast combinations; indeed, the trend is in
the opposite direction, as cross-owned combinations are being severed.
Moreover, as discussed in the FNPRM, the Commission finds that the
record fails to demonstrate that the modifications to the adopted NBCO
Rule are likely to result in harm to minority and female ownership.
Additionally, the study that Free Press proposes, which involves
examining grandfathered combinations separately from waived
combinations, would be unlikely to provide useful results given the
small sample size available for each of those categories (Free Press's
own criticisms of the MMTC Cross-Ownership Study are instructive in
this regard). Nor is such a study necessary given the existing record
evidence and the modest revisions adopted.
114. Ultimately, while the Commission adopts the revised NBCO Rule
based on its viewpoint diversity goal, and not with the purpose of
preserving or creating specific amounts of minority and female
ownership, the Commission finds that this rule nevertheless helps to
promote opportunities for diversity in broadcast television and radio
ownership. The rule helps to increase the likelihood of a variety of
viewpoints and to preserve potential ownership opportunities for new
voices.
D. Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule
1. Introduction
115. The Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule prohibits an entity
from owning more than two television stations and one radio station
within the same market, unless the market meets the following size
criteria. The rule applies only to commercial stations. If at least 10
independently owned media voices would remain in the market post-
merger, an entity may own up to two television stations and four radio
stations. If at least 20 independently owned media voices would remain
in the market post-merger, an entity may own either: (1) Two television
stations and six radio stations, or (2) one television station and
seven radio stations. In all instances, entities also must comply with
the local radio and local television ownership limits. The market is
determined by looking at the service contours of the relevant stations.
The rule specifies how to count the number of media voices in a market,
including television stations, radio stations, newspapers, and cable
systems.
116. After consideration of the full record, including the further
comments received in response to the FNPRM, the Commission concludes
that the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule continues to be
necessary given that radio stations and television stations both
contribute in meaningful ways to promote viewpoint diversity in local
markets. The Commission's finding is consistent with its decision in
the 2006 Quadrennial Review Order to retain the rule, which the Third
Circuit upheld. In the NPRM and FNPRM, the Commission asked whether the
rule continues to serve the public interest by preserving
[[Page 76239]]
viewpoint diversity in local markets or whether the local radio and
television ownership rules alone would protect these goals adequately.
The Commission has concluded that the rule continues to play an
independent role in serving the public interest separate and apart from
the local radio and television ownership rules, which are designed
primarily to promote competition. Accordingly, given the important
policy interests at stake, the Commission will retain the cross-
ownership rule to ensure that consumers continue to have access to a
multiplicity of media voices.
2. Discussion
117. The Commission concludes that the Radio/Television Cross-
Ownership Rule should be retained because it finds that radio stations
are meaningful contributors to viewpoint diversity within their
communities. The Commission finds that broadcast radio and television
stations are valuable mediums for viewpoint expression such that losing
a distinct voice through additional consolidation could disserve the
public interest. The Commission recognizes that the current rule
permits a degree of common ownership, especially in larger markets, but
that latitude is not a sufficient reason to ignore the potential harms
to viewpoint diversity that may result from further consolidation. The
Commission believes that a significant risk of harm exists in
potentially reducing the number of diverse and antagonistic information
sources within a market. Therefore, the Commission retains the Radio/
Television Cross-Ownership Rule, with modifications limited to updating
its obsolete references to analog television service contours, to
protect viewpoint diversity in local markets. Consistent with
Commission analysis in the NBCO context, it finds that Radio/Television
Cross-Ownership Rule is not necessary to promote competition or
localism in local markets. In the FNPRM, the Commission recognized that
cross-ownership can create efficiencies that may result in public
interest benefits, such as localism. However, there is no guarantee
that owners will use any gains produced by such efficiencies to benefit
consumers.
118. Retaining the Rule. While broadcast television stations and
newspapers may be the primary sources of viewpoint diversity in local
markets, the current record shows that broadcast radio contributes to
viewpoint diversity in meaningful ways. Moreover, platforms such as the
Internet or cable do not contribute significantly to viewpoint
diversity in local markets and therefore do not meaningfully protect
against the potential loss of viewpoint diversity that would result
from increased radio/television cross-ownership. The Commission is
cognizant of the fact that consumers' reliance on radio for local news
and information has declined over time, as has the number of all-news
commercial radio stations. While broadcast radio stations have
historically been a less significant source of viewpoint diversity than
newspapers and broadcast television stations, the Commission has still
been justified in its efforts to regulate cross-ownership. Nonetheless,
the Commission finds that it would be inconsistent with the goal of
preserving viewpoint diversity to rescind the Radio/Television Cross-
Ownership Rule and allow greater consolidation to diminish the
viewpoint diversity available in local markets.
119. As acknowledged in the FNPRM, the existing rule already
permits various levels of cross-ownership, based on the size of the
market. The Commission sought comment in the FNPRM on the extent to
which the rule constrains consolidation beyond what is permitted under
the local television and local radio ownership rules and whether those
rules would be sufficient to protect Commission policy goals absent the
Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule. The Commission tentatively
concluded that eliminating the rule would have no effect on the number
of television stations an entity could own in a market and would permit
the acquisition of only one or two additional radio stations in large
markets. As the Commission has found previously, however, the existing
limits strike an appropriate balance between the protection of
viewpoint diversity and the potential public interest benefits that
could result from the efficiencies gained by common ownership of radio
and television stations in a local market. While relying solely on the
local television and local radio ownership rules, each designed to
promote competition, might result in only limited additional
consolidation, there would still be a loss to viewpoint diversity if
the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule were eliminated. Although the
Commission continues to find that, in general, newspapers and
television stations are the main sources that consumers turn to for
local news and information, and the Commission previously has held that
radio generally plays a lesser role in contributing to viewpoint
diversity, it nevertheless concludes that radio contributes
meaningfully to viewpoint diversity. The record shows that broadcast
television and radio are both important sources of viewpoint diversity
in local markets; accordingly, the Commission finds that the public
interest is best served by retaining the existing rule to protect
viewpoint diversity in these markets. The FNPRM referenced Prometheus I
for the proposition that mergers involving media that are not
significant sources of local news do not pose a serious threat to
viewpoint diversity. The cited discussion in Prometheus I does not
contradict the Commission's conclusion that radio's contributions to
viewpoint diversity are significant enough to warrant the rule's
retention. Rather, Prometheus I supports the Commission's current view
that cable and satellite television and the Internet are not
significant sources of independently produced local news and
information.
120. Finally, the Commission asked in the NPRM how the results of
Media Ownership Studies 8A and 8B, which found little to no correlation
between radio/television cross-ownership and viewpoint diversity,
should inform its analysis. As explained in the FNPRM, Media Ownership
Study 8A analyzes the impact of radio/television cross-ownership on
viewpoint diversity available in local markets by examining how
consumers react to content. Media Ownership Study 8B examines the
impact of media ownership, including radio/television cross-ownership,
on the amount of programming provided in television news programs in
three categories: Politics, local programming, and diversity in
coverage of news topics. The Commission did not receive meaningful
comment on how the results of these studies should inform its analysis.
Based on Commission review, these studies provide some evidence that
common ownership does not always limit viewpoint diversity. The
Commission already has recognized that some evidence exists that cross-
ownership does not always limit viewpoint diversity. However, the
Commission also has found that the possibility of a connection between
ownership and viewpoint is not disproved by evidence that a connection
is not always present. Indeed, the Commission has noted previously the
existence of ample evidence that ownership can affect viewpoint. As
noted in the context of the NBCO Rule, the Commission believes the best
way to promote viewpoint diversity is by maximizing the number of
independently owned stations in a market, not by relying on a hope or
expectation that cross-owned properties will maintain distinct voices.
The
[[Page 76240]]
Commission finds, however, that the conclusions in these studies are
too limited to serve as a basis for a rule change. The authors of Media
Ownership Study 8A caution that their evidence does not provide any
conclusive basis for policymaking, that they do not make any claims of
causality, and that their findings are based on limited data. The
authors of Media Ownership Study 8B, while forming more detailed
conclusions than in Media Ownership Study 8A, concede that they were
forced to rely on limited variation in many policy variables, a
constraint that leads to less precise estimates, making it difficult to
identify the effects of interest. Ultimately, while the studies do
present interesting findings based on indirect means of measuring
viewpoint diversity, the Commission does not find that the results--
standing in contrast to the record evidence demonstrating the
importance of broadcast radio and television stations to viewpoint
diversity in local markets--justify elimination of the Radio/Television
Cross-Ownership Rule.
121. Contour Modifications. In the NPRM, the Commission sought
comment on how the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule could be
modified to account for the fact that the analog broadcast television
contours upon which the rule relies became obsolete with the transition
to digital television service. The Commission observed that the digital
NLSC approximates the Grade B contour but that the Grade A contour does
not have a digital equivalent. Given that the Commission is retaining
the rule and did not receive any comments on this issue in the context
of this rule, the Commission will draw from the relevant discussions
and comments in the context of other rules to make the modifications
necessary to update the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule.
122. The first of these modifications updates the television
contour used to determine when the rule is triggered. The digital PCC,
as defined in Sec. 73.625 of the Commission's rules, will replace the
analog Grade A contour when assessing whether a television station's
contour encompasses a radio station's community of license. This change
is consistent with the Commission's replacement of the Grade A contour
for purposes of the NBCO Rule. Additionally, as stated in the FNPRM, a
television station's PCC ensures reliable service for the community of
license, is already defined in the Commission's rules, and can be
verified easily in the event of a dispute.
123. The second modification updates the use of a television
station's Grade B contour for purposes of determining how many media
voices would remain in a market following a station acquisition. A
television station's digital NLSC, the digital approximate of the Grade
B contour, will replace that analog measurement. Therefore, the
Commission will count as media voices those independently owned and
operating full-power broadcast television stations within the DMA of
the television station's (or stations') community (or communities) of
license that have digital NLSCs that overlap with the digital NLSC(s)
of the television station(s) at issue. This digital NLSC substitution
is consistent with the Commission's replacement of the Grade B contour
in the Local Television Ownership Rule.
124. Grandfathering. Due to the contour modifications the
Commission adopts herein, there may be circumstances in which an
existing combination now will be impermissible under the revised rule.
Consistent with the Commission's approach in adopting technical
modifications to the Local Television Ownership Rule and the NBCO Rule,
the Commission will grandfather any existing combinations, so long as
they are held by their current owners, to avoid imposing the hardship
of divestiture on owners previously compliant with the rules. However,
subsequent purchasers must either comply with the rule in effect at
that time or obtain a waiver. Thus, stations that are subject to
license assignment or transfer of control applications will be required
to comply with the applicable rules, except that grandfathering will
continue to apply to stations that are subject to pro forma changes in
ownership and involuntary changes of ownership due to death or legal
disability of the licensee.
125. Minority and Female Ownership. While the Commission retains
the existing Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule (with minor contour
modifications) based on its viewpoint diversity goal, and not with the
purpose of preserving or creating specific amounts of minority and
female ownership, the Commission finds that retaining the existing rule
nevertheless helps to promote opportunities for diversity in broadcast
television and radio ownership. The rule helps to increase the
likelihood of a variety of viewpoints and to preserve ownership
opportunities for new entrants.
E. Dual Network Rule
1. Introduction
126. Based on the record compiled in the 2010 and 2014 Quadrennial
Review proceedings, the Commission finds that the Dual Network Rule,
which permits common ownership of multiple broadcast networks but
prohibits a merger between or among the top-four networks
(specifically, ABC, CBS, Fox, and NBC), continues to be necessary to
promote competition and localism and should be retained without
modification. The rule provides that a television broadcast station may
affiliate with a person or entity that maintains two or more networks
of television broadcast stations unless such dual or multiple networks
are composed of two or more persons or entities that, on February 8,
1996, were networks as defined in Sec. 73.3613(a)(1) of the
Commission's regulations. The Third Circuit upheld the Commission's
decision in the 2006 Quadrennial Review Order to retain the dual
network rule to promote competition and localism. The Commission finds
that, in comparison to other broadcast and cable networks, the top-four
broadcast television networks have a distinctive ability to attract
larger primetime audiences on a regular basis, which enables the top-
four networks to earn higher rates from those advertisers seeking to
reach large, national mass audiences consistently. By reducing the
number of choices available to such advertisers, a combination among
top-four broadcast networks could substantially lessen competition and
lead the networks to pay less attention to viewer demand for
innovative, high-quality programming. The Commission also finds that
the Dual Network Rule remains necessary to preserve the ability of
affiliates to influence network decisions in a manner that best serves
the interests of their local communities, thereby maintaining the
balance of bargaining power between the top-four networks and their
affiliates. The Commission concludes that the benefits of retaining the
rule outweigh any potential burdens.
2. Discussion
127. Competition. The Commission concludes that the Dual Network
Rule continues to be necessary in the public interest to foster
competition in the provision of primetime entertainment programming and
the sale of national advertising time. The Commission continues to
believe that at present these four major networks continue to
constitute a strategic group in the national advertising marketplace
and
[[Page 76241]]
compete largely among themselves for advertisers that seek to reach
comparatively large, national audiences. Accordingly, the Commission
finds that a top-four network merger would substantially lessen
competition for advertising dollars in the national advertising
marketplace, which would, in turn, reduce incentives for the networks
to compete with each other for viewers by providing innovative, high-
quality programming. Based on their distinctive characteristics
relative to other broadcast and cable networks, the Commission
concludes that the top-four broadcast networks continue to serve a
unique role in the provision of primetime entertainment programming and
the sale of national advertising time that justifies the retention of
this rule specific to them.
128. The Commission finds that the top-four broadcast networks
continue to attract primetime audiences that are more consistent and
larger than those achieved by other broadcast or cable networks, as
measured both by the audience size for individual programs and by the
audience size for each network as a whole. The primetime entertainment
programming supplied by the top-four broadcast networks generally is
designed to appeal to a mass audience, and financing such programming
on the scale needed for a consistent primetime lineup, in turn,
requires investment of substantial revenues that only a consistently
large, mass audience can provide. Thus, the primetime entertainment
programming that the top-four networks provide to their affiliated
local stations is intended to attract on a regular basis both mass
audiences and the advertisers that want to reach them. This is in
contrast to other broadcast networks, and many cable networks, which
tend to target more specialized, niche audiences. Due to their targeted
approaches, programming on these networks attracts smaller audiences
than the top-four networks.
129. The Commission notes that in recent years some cable networks
may have modified their primetime lineups to more closely resemble
those of broadcast networks and that some online video providers have
started offering original programming that may also attract sizable
audiences. Nonetheless, at this time the Commission does not believe
that cable networks or online providers have assembled a platform of
programming that is consistently of the same broad appeal and audience
share, on the whole, as the primetime entertainment programming
provided by the top-four broadcast networks.
130. Commission staff review of more recent data shows that, while
certain cable networks have continued to air a discrete number of
individual programs or episodes that have become increasingly capable
of attracting primetime audiences on par with, or even greater than,
the top-four broadcast networks, no one cable network--let alone
several--has been able to consistently deliver such audiences beyond
individual programs or episodes.
131. This conclusion is also supported by data on the average
primetime audience size of individual broadcast and cable networks, as
measured at the network level. Even though an increasing number of
individual cable primetime entertainment programs or episodes have
achieved audiences of a similar size to their broadcast network
counterparts, on average the primetime audience size for each of the
top-four broadcast networks has remained significantly larger than the
audience size for even the most popular cable networks. Accordingly,
the Commission concludes that the primetime entertainment programming
provided by the top-four broadcast networks continues to be a distinct
product capable of attracting large audiences of a size that individual
cable networks cannot consistently replicate, despite the ability of a
few primetime cable network programs to achieve similarly large
audiences on an individual basis.
132. In addition, there continues to be a wide disparity in the
advertising rates earned by the top-four broadcast networks and the
advertising rates charged by other broadcast and cable networks, which
further indicates that the top-four broadcast networks are distinct
from other networks.
133. Data on net advertising revenues provide further indication
that the top-four broadcast networks are particularly appealing to
advertisers seeking consistent, large national audiences. The
Commission finds that the data further support its conclusion that the
top-four broadcast networks comprise a strategic group in the national
advertising marketplace and compete largely among themselves for
advertisers that seek to reach large, national mass audiences
consistently.
134. Therefore, the Commission retains the existing Dual Network
Rule without modification to promote competition in the sale of
national advertising time. The Commission also agrees with comments
that the rule remains necessary to promote competition in the
marketplace for primetime programming. Specifically, the Commission
finds that the top-four broadcast networks have a distinctive ability
to attract, on a regular basis, larger primetime audiences than other
broadcast and cable networks, which enables them to earn higher rates
from those advertisers that are willing to pay a premium for such
audiences. Thus, a combination between two top-four broadcast networks
would reduce the choices available to advertisers seeking large,
national audiences, which could substantially lessen competition and
lead the networks to pay less attention to viewer demand for
innovative, high-quality programming. The Commission therefore
concludes that the primetime entertainment programming provided by the
top-four broadcast networks and national television advertising time
are each distinct products--the availability, price, and quality of
which could be restricted, to the detriment of consumers, if two of the
top-four networks were permitted to merge. Accordingly, the Commission
finds that the Dual Network Rule remains necessary to foster
competition in the sale of national television advertising time and the
provision of primetime entertainment programming.
135. Localism. In addition to furthering its competition goal, the
Commission concludes that, consistent with past Commission findings,
the Dual Network Rule also continues to be necessary to foster
localism. Specifically, the Commission finds that eliminating the rule
could increase the bargaining power of the top-four broadcast networks
over their affiliate stations, thereby reducing the ability of the
affiliates to influence network programming decisions in a manner that
best serves the interests of their local communities. Typically, a
critical role of a broadcast network is to provide its local affiliate
stations with high-quality programming. Because this programming is
distributed nationwide, broadcast networks have an economic incentive
to ensure that the programming both appeals to a mass, nationwide
audience and is widely shown by affiliate stations. By contrast, a
network's local affiliate stations provide local input on network
programming decisions and air programming that serves the specific
needs and interests of that specific local community. As a result, the
economic incentives of the networks are not always aligned with the
interests of the local affiliate stations or the communities they
serve.
136. In the context of this complementary network-affiliate
relationship, the Commission agrees with network affiliate commenters
that
[[Page 76242]]
a top-four network merger would reduce the ability of a network
affiliate station to use the availability of other top, independently
owned networks as a bargaining tool to exert influence on the
programming decisions of its network, including the affiliate's ability
to engage in a dialogue with its network over the suitability for local
audiences of either the content or scheduling of network programming.
Elimination of the Dual Network Rule would increase the economic
leverage of the top-four networks over their affiliate stations, which
would harm localism by diminishing the ability of the affiliates to
serve their communities. The Commission has recognized that affiliate
stations play an important role in assuring that the needs and tastes
of local viewers are served. The Commission also agrees with network
affiliate commenters that the Dual Network Rule is an important
structural principle that helps to maintain equilibrium between the
top-four networks and their affiliate stations. Accordingly, the
Commission concludes that the Dual Network Rule remains necessary to
foster localism. In the NPRM, the Commission also sought comment on
whether antitrust laws and its public interest standard are sufficient
to address any harms to competition or localism that might result from
a top-four network merger. The Commission's concern here is that a
merger of two or more top-four networks would restrict the
availability, price, and quality of primetime entertainment programming
and the bargaining power and influence of network affiliate stations,
harming consumers and localism. Because these harms to consumers and
localism are not typically considered in a structural antitrust
analysis, the Commission does not believe that antitrust enforcement
would adequately protect against these harms.
137. Dual Affiliation. As noted previously, some commenters have
urged the Commission to prohibit a TV station from affiliating with two
or more top-four broadcast networks in a single market, claiming that
dual affiliation allows a broadcaster to do locally what the networks
are forbidden from doing nationally, which is to consolidate the
bargaining power of multiple top-four network signals under the control
of a single entity. The Commission finds, however, that dual
affiliation does not implicate the Dual Network Rule and that the rule
should not be expanded to address dual affiliation practices. The Dual
Network Rule addresses harms to competition and localism that would
result from a decrease in the number of networks competing for national
advertisers and the reduced ability of local affiliate stations to use
the availability of other top, independently owned networks as a
bargaining tool to influence network programming decisions. Because
dual affiliation does not reduce the number of network owners, the
Commission believes that dual affiliation does not give rise to either
of these harms. Accordingly, arguments related to dual affiliation are
not relevant to the Commission's consideration of the Dual Network
Rule.
138. Minority and Female Ownership. In this proceeding, the
Commission sought comment on the impact of its media ownership rules on
minority and female ownership of broadcast stations. No commenters,
however, addressed the potential impact of the Dual Network Rule on
minority and female ownership. Given the distinct nature of the Dual
Network Rule and its focus on mergers involving the top-four broadcast
networks, and not ownership limits in local markets, the Commission
does not believe that this rule would be expected to have any
meaningful impact on minority and female ownership levels.
IV. Diversity Order Remand
139. In addition to assessing each of the broadcast ownership rules
subject to quadrennial review pursuant to Section 202(h), the
Commission is considering in this proceeding the Third Circuit's remand
of the Commission's 2008 Diversity Order, in particular the decision in
that order to adopt a revenue-based eligible entity definition as a
race-neutral means of facilitating ownership diversity. In Prometheus
III, the Third Circuit ordered the Commission to act promptly to bring
the eligible entity definition to a close by making a final
determination as to whether to adopt a new definition. The court stated
that it did not intend to prejudge the outcome of this analysis.
140. The Order discusses below the actions that the Commission
believes are appropriate in response to the Third Circuit's remand. As
a threshold matter, the Order discusses the Commission's ongoing
initiatives to promote diversity of ownership among broadcast licensees
and to expand opportunities for minorities and women to participate in
the broadcast industry. The Order also discusses the Commission's
ongoing improvements to the collection of data and other empirical
evidence that are relevant to minority and female ownership issues.
Next, the Order discusses the measures the Commission adopted to
enhance ownership diversity. Based on the record in this proceeding,
the Third Circuit's remand instructions, and Commission analysis of the
preexisting eligible entity standard and the measures to which it
applied, the Commission concludes that it should reinstate the revenue-
based eligible entity standard and apply the standard to the regulatory
policies set forth in the Diversity Order. The Commission concludes
that reinstating the previous revenue-based standard will serve the
public interest by promoting small business participation in the
broadcast industry and potential entry by new entrepreneurs. The
Commission finds that small businesses benefit from flexible licensing
policies and that easing certain regulations for small business
applicants and licensees will encourage innovation and enhance
viewpoint diversity. The Commission also believes that the benefits of
reinstating the eligible entity standard and applying it to the
regulatory measures set forth in the Diversity Order outweigh any
potential costs of the Commission's decision to do so. Accordingly, the
Commission concludes that this action will advance the policy
objectives that traditionally have guided the Commission's analyses of
broadcast ownership issues.
141. This action does not, of course, preclude Commission
consideration of other or additional eligibility standards that have
been put forward as means to promote minority and women ownership of
broadcast stations. The Commission has carefully studied the record,
and the evidence does not establish a basis for race-conscious
remedies. Thus, the Commission does not believe that such measures
would withstand review under the equal protection component of the Due
Process Clause of the Constitution. The Supreme Court held in Adarand
Constructors, Inc. v. Pe[ntilde]a, 515 U.S. 200 (1995) (Adarand), that
any federal program in which the government treats any person unequally
because of his or her race must satisfy the strict scrutiny
constitutional standard of judicial review. Finally, the Commission
evaluates additional measures that commenters have proposed as
potential means of promoting diversity of ownership, aside from the
measures that the Third Circuit remanded in Prometheus II, including a
proposal that the Commission adopt an Overcoming Disadvantage
Preference (ODP) standard.
A. Commission Diversity Initiatives and Data Collection Efforts
1. Continuing Diversity Initiatives
142. Diversity Rules and Policies. The Commission strongly believes
that a
[[Page 76243]]
diverse and robust marketplace of ideas is essential to democracy. As
the Supreme Court has recognized Metro Broadcasting, Inc. v. FCC, 497
U.S. 547, 567 (1990), safeguarding the public's right to receive a
diversity of views and information over the airwaves is an integral
component of the FCC's mission. The Commission has established numerous
policies and rules intended to further the proliferation of diverse and
antagonistic sources. Furthermore, as noted by the Third Circuit in
Prometheus III, the Commission has a congressional mandate to
disseminate spectrum licenses among a wide variety of applicants,
including businesses owned by members of minority groups and women.
This statutory directive, however, does not mandate race- or gender-
conscious initiatives.
143. The Commission and Congress previously adopted race- and
gender-conscious measures intended specifically to assist minorities
and women in their efforts to acquire broadcast properties, such as tax
certificates and distress sale policies. Following the Adarand
decision, however, the Commission discontinued those policies and
programs. Congress repealed the tax certificate policy in 1995 as part
of its budget approval process. Subsequently, the Commission continued
its efforts to promote viewpoint diversity through a variety of race-
and gender-neutral initiatives intended to promote diversity of
broadcast ownership, and the Commission currently has a number of such
rules and initiatives in place. The Commission addresses the concerns
raised by the court in Prometheus II and finds that reinstating the
revenue-based eligible entity standard and the related regulatory
policies will serve its broader goal of diversity of ownership, and
thus viewpoint diversity, by facilitating small business and new
entrant participation in the broadcast industry. In addition to these
measures, the Commission also took a number of other actions in the
Diversity Order to promote viewpoint diversity through diversity of
ownership. Beyond fostering viewpoint diversity, the Commission has
taken steps to facilitate the entry of new participants into the
broadcasting industry to promote innovation in the field also. Because
the Third Circuit expressly upheld those other actions, they remain in
place. Those actions include, among others, a ban on discrimination in
broadcast transactions, a zero tolerance policy for ownership fraud,
and a requirement that non-discrimination provisions be included in
advertising sales contracts. The Commission has revised its Form 303-S
license renewal application form to include this certification
requirement. The court also expressly upheld several other measures
adopted by the Commission in the Diversity Order, including the
commissioning of longitudinal research on minority and women ownership
trends, enabling the Commission's Office of Communications Business
Opportunities (OCBO) to coordinate with the Small Business
Administration to encourage local and regional banks to make loans
through SBA's guaranteed loan programs, the holding of Access to
Capital conferences, and the creation of a guidebook on diversity.
Similarly, the Prometheus II opinion did not question the Commission's
decision to reinstate the failed station solicitation rule (FSSR),
which is intended to provide out-of-market buyers, including minorities
and women, with notice of a sale and an opportunity to bid on stations
before the seller seeks a waiver of certain ownership rules. The FSSR
provides that, before selling a station to an in-market buyer, an
applicant for a failed or failing station waiver of the local
television ownership rule or the radio/television cross-ownership rule
must demonstrate that the in-market buyer is the only entity ready,
willing, and able to operate the station and that sale to a buyer
outside the market would result in an artificially depressed price. In
the 2002 Biennial Review Order, the Commission eliminated the FSSR,
finding that the buyer most likely to deliver public interest benefits
by using the failed, failing, or unbuilt station will be the owner of
another station in the same market. The Prometheus I court remanded the
issue on the basis that the Commission did not consider the potential
impact on minority owners when it eliminated the rule. In the 2006
Quadrennial Review Order, the Commission reinstated the FSSR.
Accordingly, this measure has remained in place and is retained as part
of this Order on the local television ownership rule. In addition, the
Commission notes that anecdotal evidence suggests that JSAs may have
had the effect of enabling large station owners to foreclose entry into
markets and that the Commission's decision to attribute JSAs has
actually led to greater ownership diversity.
144. OCBO Initiatives. Additionally, OCBO promotes diversity by
serving as the principal advisor to the Chairman and the Commissioners
on issues, rulemakings, and policies affecting small, women-owned, and
minority-owned communications businesses. OCBO also hosts workshops and
conferences designed to help promote small business and minority
participation in the communications marketplace. OCBO's efforts to
promote small business participation and ownership diversity--in
broadcast, telecommunications, and new media--have continued since the
release of the FNPRM.
145. Foreign Ownership. The Commission has taken steps to help
facilitate investment in the broadcast industry, which a number of
commenters suggest would help to facilitate ownership diversity.
Recently, the Commission released a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
proposing to extend to broadcast licensees the same streamlined
procedures and rules used to review foreign ownership in common carrier
licensees, with certain tailored modifications. These proposed changes,
if adopted, could facilitate investment from new sources of capital at
a time of growing need for investment in the broadcast sector. Further,
MMTC and others believe that these proposed changes could potentially
benefit minority-owned broadcasters and facilitate diverse programming.
146. Tax Certificate Legislation. Consistent with comments in the
record, the Commission's most recent Section 257 Report to Congress
includes a recommendation that Congress pass tax deferral legislation.
The report states that such a program could permit tax credits for
sellers of communications properties who offer financing to small
firms.
147. AM Revitalization. As discussed in the FNPRM, several of the
Diversity and Competition Supporter's (DCS) proposals involve
modifications to the AM broadcast service, and the AM Revitalization
NPRM (78 FR 69629, Nov. 20, 2013, FCC 13-139, rel. Oct. 29, 2013)
solicited comment on a number of the technical issues that DCS raised
in this proceeding. Given the nature of these proposals, they must be
considered in the broader context of the Commission's efforts to
revitalize the AM service. Since the release of the FNPRM, the
Commission has adopted the six proposals set forth in the AM
Revitalization NPRM. The Commission believes that its actions in the AM
Revitalization Order (81 FR 2751, Jan. 19, 2016, FCC 15-142, rel. Oct.
23, 2013) will assist AM broadcasters to better serve the public,
thereby advancing the Commission's fundamental goals of diversity,
competition, and localism in broadcast media. These actions address
some of the technical issues that DCS has raised
[[Page 76244]]
in this proceeding about the AM broadcast service. The Commission notes
that some commenters regard the AM radio service as a critical point of
entry for women and minorities seeking to become broadcasters.
148. Hispanic Television Study. In addition, the Commission
conducted a study of Hispanic television viewing. The study is the
Commission's first systematic examination of the Hispanic television
marketplace, which comprises a growing segment of the nation's
population. Specifically, the study considers: (1) The impact of
Hispanic-owned television stations on Hispanic-oriented programming and
Hispanic viewership in selected local television markets; and (2) the
extent of Hispanic-oriented programming on U.S. broadcast television.
The results of the study's regression analysis indicate that, among
other things, Hispanic viewers favor the major Spanish-language
networks, especially Univision (which is not Hispanic-owned); watch
local, Spanish-language news at higher levels than English-language
news; and watch more telenovelas than other program types.
149. The Commission recognizes, however, that no one study,
including the Hispanic Television Study, will be responsive to the many
and varied concerns raised by commenters. The objective of the study
was to attempt to examine the nexus, if any, between Hispanic ownership
of broadcast television stations and Hispanic-oriented program content.
2. Continuing Improvements to Data Collection
150. Collection of Biennial Ownership Data. The Commission has
improved its collection and analysis of broadcast ownership
information. Indeed, its recent efforts have largely addressed the
concerns expressed by certain commenters. The Commission has been
engaged in a sustained effort to improve the quality, utility, and
reliability of broadcast ownership data it collects on FCC Forms 323
and 323-E.
151. To improve the quality of its broadcast ownership data, the
Commission adopted several significant changes to Form 323 in the 323
Order (74 FR 25163, May 27, 2009, FCC 09-33, rel. May 5, 2009). The
Commission established a new, machine-readable Form 323, expanded the
filing requirement to sole proprietors, partnerships of natural
persons, low power television (LPTV), and Class A television licensees
and established a uniform filing deadline of November 1 for biennial
ownership reports on Form 323. Most recently, the Commission in 2016
adopted a number of additional enhancements to its broadcast ownership
data collection to further improve the comprehensiveness and
reliability of the data. In particular, the Commission implemented a
Restricted Use FCC Registration Number (Restricted Use FRN)--a new
identifier within the Commission's Registration System (CORES)--that
will allow for unique identification of individuals listed on broadcast
ownership reports, without necessitating the disclosure to the
Commission of individuals' full Social Security Numbers. The Commission
also eliminated the availability of the interim Special Use FRN for
individuals reported on broadcast ownership reports, except in certain
limited circumstances.
152. In addition, the Commission revised Form 323-E to collect
race, gender, and ethnicity information for attributable interest
holders; to require that CORES FRNs or Restricted Use FRNs be used; and
to conform the biennial filing deadline for NCE station ownership
reports to the biennial filing deadline for commercial station
ownership reports. Together, the further enhancements that the
Commission adopted in the Form 323/CORES Report and Order (81 FR 19432,
Apr. 4, 2016, FCC 16-1, rel. Jan. 20, 2016) will enable the Commission
to obtain data providing a more useful, accurate, and thorough picture
of minority and female broadcast station ownership, while reducing
filing burdens.
153. Improving Response Rates and Data Quality. In addition to
substantially revising Forms 323 and 323-E, the Commission has made
ongoing outreach efforts to assist filers in an effort to improve
response rates and to reduce common filing errors. Prior to the 2011,
2013, and 2015 biennial filing periods for Form 323, the Media Bureau
released public notices to remind commercial licensees of their
obligation to file a biennial ownership report. To assist both novice
and experienced filers, the Bureau has hosted information sessions
regarding the filing of biennial ownership reports on Form 323, which
are also available on the Commission's Web site.
154. Analysis of Ownership Data. To assist parties in their ability
to access and analyze the ownership data, the Commission has ensured
that the data submitted on Form 323 are incorporated into a relational
database, the most common database format, which is standard for large,
complex, interrelated datasets. Complete raw data from the Commission's
broadcast ownership filings, both current and historical, are available
for download from the Commission's Web site, and the data are updated
on a daily basis to account for new and amended filings. Researchers
and other parties may download the data files from the Commission's Web
site at any time and study, search, and manipulate the data in a wide
variety of ways. The Commission has made explanatory documents publicly
available and easy to find. Also, in response to requests from outside
parties, the Commission now provides spreadsheets that contain
additional ownership data, such as call signs, broadcast location, and
market information. These spreadsheets are released with the 323
Reports to help present a broader picture of the biennial Form 323
data.
155. In addition, the Media Bureau hosted an all-day public
workshop in September 2015 to assist individuals and organizations that
wish to use and study the large amount of broadcast ownership data that
is available to the public on the Commission's Web site. The workshop
addressed a number of topics concerning access to, and use of, the
Commission's commercial broadcast ownership data, including relevant
data that the Commission collects, how members of the public can access
those data, and mechanisms for querying, studying, and visualizing the
data, including in combination with data available from non-FCC
sources. The workshop, a video of which is available online, provides
researchers with the tools and understanding to electronically search,
aggregate, and cross reference the data to prepare their own analysis.
B. Remand Review of the Revenue-Based Eligible Entity Standard
156. The Commission concludes that its prior revenue-based eligible
entity definition should be reinstated and applied to the regulatory
policies set forth in the Diversity Order. The Commission finds that
reinstating the eligible entity definition and the measures to which it
applied will serve the public interest by promoting small business
participation in the broadcast industry and potential entry by new
entrepreneurs. Accordingly, the Commission reinstates its previous
revenue-based eligible entity definition and the measures adopted in
the Diversity Order that were vacated and remanded by the Third Circuit
in Prometheus II.
157. The Commission concludes that the revenue-based eligible
entity standard is a reasonable and effective means of promoting
broadcast station ownership by small businesses and potential new
entrants. The Commission
[[Page 76245]]
continues to believe that small business applicants and licensees often
have financial and operational needs that are distinct from those of
larger broadcasters, and that they require greater flexibility with
regard to licensing, construction, auctions, and transactions. By
easing certain regulations for small business applicants and licensees,
the Commission believes it will increase station ownership
opportunities for small businesses and new entrants, to the benefit of
the public interest.
158. Moreover, the Commission concludes that its traditional policy
objectives will be served by enhancing opportunities for small business
participation in the broadcast industry via the eligible entity
standard. The Commission continue to believe that enabling more small
businesses to participate in the broadcast industry will encourage
innovation and promote competition and viewpoint diversity. As the
Commission has noted previously in the 2002 Biennial Review Order,
greater small business participation in communications markets will
expand the pool of potential competitors and should bring new
competitive strategies and approaches by broadcast station owners in
ways that benefit consumers in those markets. The Commission continues
to believe that this is true. Furthermore, increasing opportunities for
small businesses to participate in the broadcast industry will foster
viewpoint diversity by facilitating the dissemination of broadcast
licenses to a wider variety of applicants than would otherwise be the
case. Competition and viewpoint diversity are two primary policy
objectives that have traditionally guided the Commission's analysis of
broadcast ownership issues.
159. The record supports these conclusions. Commenters, including
AWM and NAB, agree that re-adopting the revenue-based eligible entity
standard is an appropriate means of enhancing ownership opportunities
for small businesses and new entrants. Although public interest
commenters criticize the Commission's proposal to reinstate the
revenue-based standard, they also acknowledge the data cited in the
FNPRM to support the Commission's conclusion that the standard promotes
viewpoint diversity. Public interest commenters that criticize the
revenue-based eligible entity standard do so based on their view that
the standard is not an effective means of increasing ownership
specifically by women and minorities. However, this has no bearing on
the Commission's conclusion that the standard will help promote small
business and new entrant participation in the broadcast industry.
160. The Native Public Media and the National Congress of American
Indians (NPM/NCAI) argue that, pending further action on a race- and
gender-conscious eligible entity standard, the Commission can take
another significant step towards overcoming the underrepresentation of
Native Americans in broadcast station ownership by expanding the
definition of eligible entity to include Native Nations. The Commission
does not believe expanding its revenue-based eligible entity definition
to include Tribes and Tribal Applicants to enable more small businesses
to participate in the broadcast industry is necessary. Moreover, as
NPM/NCAI point out, the Commission has adopted measures in a separate
proceeding that are intended to expand broadcast opportunities for
Tribal Nations and Tribal entities. To the extent that their proposal
is intended to increase broadcast service to Tribal lands, the
Commission believes it is outside the scope of this quadrennial review
proceeding. The Commission notes that, in a proceeding concerning rural
radio, the Commission adopted a Tribal Radio Priority to expand the
number of radio stations owned or majority controlled by federally
recognized American Indian Tribes and Alaska Native Villages, or Tribal
consortia, broadcasting to Tribal lands.
161. The Commission's decision to reinstate the revenue-based
eligible entity standard is also supported by the Commission's own
records, which indicate that a significant number of broadcast
licensees and permittees availed themselves of policies based on the
revenue-based eligible entity standard between the implementation of
that standard and its suspension following Prometheus II. One of those
policies was to allow an eligible entity that acquired an expiring
broadcast construction permit to obtain additional time to build out
its facilities in certain circumstances.
162. The data clearly suggest that providing additional time to
construct broadcast facilities has facilitated market entry by small
broadcasters. Further, the Commission notes that the data reflect the
use of the prior eligible entity standard in a limited context and do
not reflect the total number of applicants and permittees that
benefited from all the various broadcast policies that relied on the
revenue-based eligible entity standard. Even so, this information
supports the Commission's conclusion that the revenue-based eligible
entity standard has been used successfully by a significant number of
small firms and has not only aided their entry, but also contributed to
the sustained presence of small firms in broadcasting in furtherance of
the Commission's public interest goals.
163. In addition to reinstating the revenue-based eligible entity
standard, the Commission believes applying the standard to the full
range of construction, licensing, transaction, and auction measures to
which it previously applied is in the public interest. Commenters that
have argued against reinstatement have done so based on whether the
measures will specifically increase minority and female ownership of
broadcast stations, which has no bearing on whether the measures will
promote small business participation in the broadcast industry.
Accordingly, the Commission hereby re-adopts each measure relying on
this definition that was remanded in Prometheus II. Specifically, the
Commission reinstates the following measures: (1) Revision of Rules
Regarding Construction Permit Deadlines; (2) Modification of
Attribution Rule; (3) Distress Sale Policy; (4) Duopoly Priority for
Companies that Finance or Incubate an Eligible Entity; (5) Extension of
Divestiture Deadline in Certain Mergers; and (6) Assignment or Transfer
of Grandfathered Radio Station Combinations. In reinstating this
measure, the Commission emphasizes that this exception to its strict
broadcast station construction policy is limited to one 18-month
extension based on one assignment to an eligible entity. In addition,
pursuant to the new entrant bidding credits available under the
Commission's broadcast auction rules, the modified EDP attribution
standard was available to interest holders in eligible entities that
are the winning bidders in broadcast auctions. The Commission also
reinstates this application of the modified EDP standard. Moreover, to
ensure realization of the Commission's policy goals, in reviewing the
sale of a permit to an eligible entity, the Commission will assess the
bona fides of both the arms-length structure of the transaction and the
assignee's status as an eligible entity as proposed in the FNPRM. In
addition, the Commission clarifies that this exception to its broadcast
station construction policy applies both to original construction
permits for the construction of new stations and to construction
permits for major modifications of authorized broadcast facilities. The
Commission also lifts any prior suspension of Commission rules
implementing these measures and applying the eligible entity standard,
[[Page 76246]]
including 47 CFR 73.3555, Note 2(i)(2); 73.3598(a); and 73.5008(c)(2).
As of the effective date of the reinstated Eligible Entity measures,
the suspension will no longer be in effect.
164. Consistent with the Commission's pre-existing eligible entity
definition, the Commission defines an eligible entity as any entity--
commercial or noncommercial--that would qualify as a small business
consistent with SBA standards for its industry grouping, based on
revenue. As the Commission previously held, going forward it will
include both commercial and noncommercial entities within the scope of
the term eligible entity to the extent that they otherwise meet the
criteria of this standard. In the FNPRM, the Commission sought comment
on whether to use different eligible entity definitions for commercial
and noncommercial entities, and no commenters have urged the Commission
to do so. For all SBA programs, a radio or television station with no
more than $38.5 million in annual revenue currently is considered a
small business. The definition of small business for the radio industry
is listed in North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) code
515112, and the definition of a small business for the television
industry is listed in NAICS code 515120. To determine qualification as
a small business, the SBA considers the revenues of domestic and
foreign affiliates, including the parent corporation and affiliates of
the parent corporation, not just the revenues of individual broadcast
stations. The Commission will also require an eligible entity to
satisfy one of several control tests to ensure that ultimate control
rests in an entity that satisfies the revenue criteria. Specifically,
the eligible entity must hold: (1) 30 percent or more of the stock/
partnership shares and more than 50 percent voting power of the
corporation or partnership that will hold the broadcast license; (2) 15
percent or more of the stock/partnership shares and more than 50
percent voting power of the corporation or partnership that will hold
the broadcast licenses, provided that no other person or entity owns or
controls more than 25 percent of the outstanding stock or partnership
interest; or (3) more than 50 percent of the voting power of the
corporation if the corporation that holds the broadcast licenses is a
publicly traded company. When the Commission, in the 2002 Biennial
Review Order, ruled that licensees would be allowed to transfer
grandfathered station combinations to eligible entities, it required
that control of the eligible entity purchasing the grandfathered
combination must meet one of several control tests to meet the
Commission's public interest objectives and ensure that the benefits of
the exception flowed as intended. The Commission readopts these
requirements for the same reasons.
C. Remand Review of a Race- or Gender-Conscious Eligible Entity
Standard
165. The Commission's adoption of a revenue-based definition of
eligible entity to promote small business participation in the
broadcast industry does not, of course, preclude the Commission from
considering whether to adopt an additional standard designed
specifically to promote minority and female ownership of broadcast
stations.
166. However, the Commission declines to adopt an SDB eligibility
standard or other race- or gender-conscious eligible entity standard.
While the Commission finds that a reviewing court could find the
Commission's interest in promoting a diversity of viewpoints over
broadcast media compelling, the Commission does not believe that the
record evidence sufficiently demonstrates that adoption of race-
conscious measures would be narrowly tailored to further that interest.
In particular, the Commission finds that the evidence in the record,
including the numerous studies that have been conducted or submitted,
does not demonstrate a connection between minority ownership and
viewpoint diversity that is direct and substantial enough to satisfy
strict scrutiny. The two recent studies that directly address the
impact of minority ownership on viewpoint diversity, Media Ownership
Studies 8A and 8B, find almost no statistically significant
relationship between such ownership and their measure of viewpoint
diversity. Other studies in the record examine the relationship between
minority ownership and other aspects of the Commission's diversity
goal, such as programming or format diversity, rather than the
viewpoint diversity that the Supreme Court has recognized as an
interest of the highest order and that the Commission believes is most
central to First Amendment values. Many of the studies, too,
demonstrate at most a limited relationship between minority ownership
and other aspects of the Commission's diversity goal.
167. In addition, the Commission does not believe that the record
evidence establishes a sufficiently strong relationship between
diversity of viewpoint and female ownership of broadcast stations that
would satisfy the constitutional standards for gender-based
classifications. The Commission finds that the evidence in the record
does not reveal that the content provided via women-owned broadcast
stations substantially contributes to viewpoint diversity in a manner
different from other stations or otherwise varies significantly from
that provided by other stations. Because the studies in the record do
not indicate that increased female ownership will increase viewpoint
diversity, the Commission believes that they do not provide a rationale
for adopting gender-based diversity measures.
168. Moreover, the Commission does not believe that the record
evidence is sufficient to establish a compelling interest in remedying
past discrimination. The Commission finds that no evidence exists in
the record demonstrating a statistically significant disparity between
the number of minority- and women-owned broadcast stations and the
number of qualified minority- and women-owned firms, and the Commission
lacks a plausible way to determine the number of qualified firms owned
by minorities and women. The Commission believes that it cannot
demonstrate a compelling interest in remedying discrimination in the
Commission's licensing process in the absence of such evidence. Because
the only statistical evidence in the record pertains to discriminatory
access to capital and the rest is anecdotal evidence that is of more
limited value for purposes of satisfying heightened scrutiny, the
Commission finds that the record evidence of past discrimination in the
broadcast industry--both by the Commission itself and by private
parties with the Commission acting as a passive participant--is not
nearly as substantial as that accepted by courts in other contexts as
satisfying strict scrutiny. Based on its evaluation of the record
evidence, the Commission also concludes that it is not of sufficient
weight to support gender-based remedial action. Accordingly, the
Commission cannot adopt rules that explicitly rely on race or gender.
The FNPRM also contains a detailed and thorough analysis of these
issues, and it reflects the Commission's extensive efforts to evaluate
the current constitutional considerations and available evidence
regarding the adoption of race- and gender-conscious measures.
1. Enhancing Viewpoint Diversity
169. Race-Based Diversity Measures. In the FNPRM, the Commission
expressed its belief that the Commission's interest in promoting
viewpoint diversity could be deemed
[[Page 76247]]
sufficiently compelling to survive the first prong of the strict
scrutiny test, and the Commission sought comment on this analysis. In
response to the FNPRM, many commenters agree that the Commission's
interest in promoting viewpoint diversity could be deemed sufficiently
compelling under strict scrutiny, and the Commission affirms this
belief. The U.S. Supreme Court to date has accepted only two
justifications for race-based action as compelling for purposes of
strict scrutiny: Student body diversity in higher education and
remedying past discrimination. In Metro Broadcasting, the Court held,
based on the application of intermediate constitutional scrutiny, that
the interest in enhancing broadcast diversity is, at the very least, an
important governmental objective. In reaching its determination that
broadcast diversity is, at the very least, an important governmental
objective, the Court stated that safeguarding the public's right to
receive a diversity of views and information over the airwaves is . . .
an integral component of the FCC's mission and that the Commission's
public interest' standard necessarily invites reference to First
Amendment principles. In Adarand, the Court overruled the application
of intermediate scrutiny in Metro Broadcasting but did not disturb
other aspects of that decision, including the recognition of an
important governmental interest in broadcast diversity. However, the
D.C. Circuit held in Lutheran Church-Missouri Synod v. FCC, 141 F.3d
344, 354-55 (D.C. Cir. 1998) that broadcast diversity does not rise to
the level of a compelling governmental interest. Also, in 2007, the
Supreme Court in Parents Involved in Community Schools v. Seattle
School District No. 1, 551 U.S. 701 (2007), declined to recognize a
compelling interest in diversity outside of the context of higher
education. In the FNPRM, the Commission tentatively found that the case
law nevertheless supports its position that viewpoint diversity would
be found to be compelling--even though the law is unsettled. Regardless
of whether viewpoint diversity is a compelling interest, however, the
Commission finds that it still cannot adopt an SDB eligibility standard
or other race- or gender-conscious eligibility standard.
170. Assuming a reviewing court could be convinced that diversity
of viewpoint is a compelling governmental interest, the Commission
finds that the record in this proceeding fails to satisfy the second
prong of the strict scrutiny test, i.e., that a sufficient nexus exists
between minority ownership of broadcast stations and viewpoint
diversity. As explained in the FNPRM, the two recent studies in the
record that directly address the impact of minority ownership on
viewpoint diversity find almost no statistically significant
relationship between such ownership and their measure of viewpoint
diversity. Also, consistent with the FNPRM, the Commission finds that
the body of evidence contained in the other 2010 Media Ownership
Studies and the studies that commenters submitted in this proceeding
largely concerns program or format diversity rather than viewpoint
diversity, which the Commission believes is the only kind of diversity
likely to be accepted as a compelling governmental interest under
strict scrutiny. As stated in the FNPRM, the Supreme Court's prior
recognition of broadcast diversity as an interest of the highest order
seems to pertain to viewpoint diversity. Moreover, as explained in the
FNPRM, many of those studies support only limited conclusions. Although
the Commission invited commenters to provide additional evidence and
other information that might be relevant to its analysis, some
commenters merely dispute the assessment of known evidence, rather than
submit additional information that the Commission did not consider in
the FNPRM. However, these commenters generally seem to accept the
Commission's view that the record evidence does not provide a
sufficient basis for the Commission to adopt race-conscious measures
that will withstand strict scrutiny. The Commission rejects claims
that, in tentatively finding that the evidence in the record does not
demonstrate the requisite connection between minority ownership and
viewpoint diversity, the Commission relied on dissenting opinions to
establish an artificial and unofficial standard for narrow tailoring or
evaluated the record evidence inconsistently to minimize evidence of a
connection between minority ownership and viewpoint diversity. The
Commission disagrees with assertions that it is premature for the
Commission to reach any conclusions on narrow tailoring. The Third
Circuit directed the Commission to consider the SDB eligibility
standard and other eligible entity definitions proposed in the Third
Diversity FNPRM (73 FR 28400, May 16, 2008, FCC 07-217, rel. March 5,
2008), and the Commission is complying with the court's instruction
based on an extensive analysis of applicable judicial precedent and
available empirical evidence. In addition to criticizing the FNPRM's
assessment of the record evidence and the applicable evidentiary
standard, public interest commenters also criticize the FNPRM for
asking whether a theory of viewpoint diversity or remediation is
viable, when in fact the Commission would likely need to pursue several
legal theories jointly to succeed. As the Commission explained in the
FNPRM and continues to believe, it does not believe that any interest
other than viewpoint diversity or remediation of discrimination (if
established by the record) would be found to be a compelling
governmental interest sufficient to satisfy the first prong of the
strict scrutiny test. And the Commission knows of no case law, nor do
the commenters cite any, which analyzes justifications for race-
conscious action on a cumulative basis. Consequently, the Commission
rejects this suggestion from the commenters.
171. The Commission's narrow tailoring analysis included a
discussion of relevant judicial precedent, and its tentative findings
were based on a careful reading of that precedent, taken as a whole,
and its assessment of the body of evidence in this proceeding. The
Commission finds no reason in the present record to depart from that
analysis. Other commenters suggest additional topics that they believe
the Commission should study but do not propose specific, executable
studies or claim that the additional inquiries they propose would
establish the requisite nexus between minority ownership and viewpoint
diversity.
172. Moreover, while the Commission finds that the Hispanic
Television Study is an important contribution to the study of the
impact of ownership on programming and viewership, the Commission does
not believe that the study's findings materially impact the
Commission's constitutional analysis. The Commission does not believe
that the study changes the Commission's constitutional analysis, though
it has helped inform the study of these issues. Indeed, commenters
generally agree with the Commission's assessment that the study has not
provided a basis for the Commission to adopt race-conscious measures.
173. Some commenters disagree with the Commission's analysis of
case law involving judicial review of race-based classifications, but
they do not cite any precedent that the Commission did not consider in
the FNPRM. As explained in the FNPRM, the Commission believes that
empirical evidence of a stronger nexus between minority ownership and
viewpoint diversity than was demonstrated in Metro Broadcasting would
be required in order for a race-
[[Page 76248]]
conscious rule to withstand strict scrutiny. The Commission is not
persuaded by assertions to the contrary, which it believes are
substantially the same as those it considered and rejected in the
FNPRM, and commenters do not cite any additional judicial precedent to
support their argument here. And while some commenters disagree with
the sufficiency of the Commission's efforts to study the connection
between minority ownership and viewpoint diversity, the evidence in the
record, the Commission's assessment of the evidence, and the applicable
evidentiary standard in this proceeding, they generally seem to accept
the view that the evidence is not sufficient to enable the Commission
to adopt race-based measures. Other commenters also seem to concede,
implicitly or explicitly, that the evidence in the present record is
insufficient to support race-conscious action by the Commission.
174. In addition, the Commission continues to believe that
implementing a program for awarding or affording preferences related to
broadcast licenses based on the individualized review that the Supreme
Court has required under strict scrutiny would pose a number of
significant administrative and practical challenges for the Commission
and would not be feasible. As explained in the FNPRM, where race-
conscious governmental action is concerned, the Supreme Court
previously has found that narrow tailoring requires individualized
review, serious, good-faith consideration of race-neutral alternatives,
minimal adverse impacts on third parties, and temporal limits. In
particular, the Court found that narrow tailoring demands that race be
considered in a flexible, non-mechanical way alongside other factors
that may contribute to diversity and that consideration of race was
permissible only as one among many disparate factors to evaluate
individual applicants for admission to an educational institution. The
Commission finds that the manner in which it allocates broadcast
licenses differs from university admissions in many important respects.
The process of acquiring a new commercial broadcast license is dictated
by statute and involves a highly structured, open, and competitive
bidding process. Individuals or entities must enter bids for broadcast
allotments--a market-based regime--and must offer the highest monetary
value for the allotment to acquire a construction permit. As explained
in the FNPRM, the Commission believes that this framework does not lend
itself to the type of case-by-case consideration envisioned by the
Court. Although the FNPRM sought comment on potential ways in which an
individualized review process could be incorporated feasibly,
effectively, and efficiently into any race-conscious measures adopted
by the Commission, no commenter has offered such a proposal, nor has
the Commission been able to develop one. Therefore, the Commission
concludes that the record reveals no feasible means of carrying out the
type of individualized consideration that the Supreme Court has
required under strict scrutiny. The Commission disagrees with the
assertion that the FNPRM confines its consideration of the proposed ODP
standard to the Commission's viewpoint diversity interest without
considering whether the proposed ODP standard could be applied as a
remedial measure. The administrative, practical, and First Amendment
issues that the Commission has identified would need to be resolved
before the implementation of an ODP standard regardless of whether that
standard is used to further the Commission's interest in viewpoint
diversity or remedy past or present discrimination. Contrary to the
assertions of some public interest commenters, the FNPRM did not
tentatively conclude that the Commission must emulate university
admissions to pursue viewpoint diversity. Rather, the FNPRM noted that
the Supreme Court relied in part on the concept of critical mass to
find the requisite nexus between student body diversity and race-based
admissions and that this concept is not easily transferable to
broadcasting.
175. ODP Proposal. As the Commission noted in the FNPRM, whether
the proposed ODP standard would be subject to heightened constitutional
scrutiny is not entirely clear. The Commission disagrees with MMTC's
assertion that the FNPRM mischaracterized the ODP standard as a race-
conscious measure that would be subject to heightened scrutiny. The
FNPRM did not describe the proposed ODP standard as a race-conscious
measure. Rather, the FNPRM noted that whether the proposed ODP standard
would be subject to heightened constitutional scrutiny is not entirely
clear. The Commission explained that an ODP standard that does not
facially include race-conscious criteria, yet is constructed for the
purpose of promoting minority ownership, might be subject to heightened
scrutiny. Even assuming that it is not subject to heightened review
under the equal protection component of the Due Process Clause, the
Commission declines to adopt the proposed ODP standard in the absence
of a feasible means of implementing such a standard without running
afoul of First Amendment values. Several commenters express general
support for the proposed ODP standard but none have proposed a method
for the Commission to provide the type of individualized consideration
that an ODP standard would require without being unduly resource-
intensive and inconsistent with First Amendment values. Commenters also
have not addressed other specific issues that the FNPRM indicated would
need to be resolved before implementation of the ODP proposal. In
particular, no commenter has proposed a means for the Commission to
validate claims of eligibility for ODP status. Based on available
information about the proposal, the Commission believes that validating
a claim of eligibility for ODP status would require a finding that the
applicant has faced and overcome a substantial disadvantage--a
determination that inherently would be prone to some degree of
subjectivity--as well as a finding that the applicant would likely
contribute to viewpoint diversity by virtue of him or her facing and
overcoming a substantial disadvantage. The Commission does not believe
that a means exists for the Commission to administer such a program in
a manner that is sufficiently objective and consistent, and that would
ensure that the Commission does not evaluate applicants based on a
subjective determination as to whether a particular applicant would be
likely to contribute to viewpoint diversity. In addition, no commenter
has offered input on (1) what social or economic disadvantages should
be cognizable under an ODP standard, (2) whether applicants should bear
the burden of proving specifically that they would contribute to
diversity as a result of having overcome certain disadvantages, (3) how
the Commission could measure the overcoming of a disadvantage if an
applicant is a widely held corporation rather than an entity with a
single majority shareholder or a small number of control persons, and
(4) how the Commission could evaluate the effectiveness of the use of
an ODP standard. In its recommendation concerning a preference for
overcoming disadvantage, the Diversity Advisory Committee identified a
non-exhaustive list of disadvantages which, if substantial, would
likely qualify an individual for a preference. No
[[Page 76249]]
commenters in this proceeding have offered additional input on the
social or economic disadvantages that should be cognizable under an ODP
standard. Accordingly, the Commission is not adopting the proposed ODP
standard.
176. Gender-Based Diversity Measures. Gender-based measures are
subject to a less restrictive Constitutional standard--intermediate
scrutiny--than race-based measures. Under intermediate scrutiny, a
gender-based classification must be substantially related to the
achievement of an important objective. While Metro Broadcasting
established that viewpoint diversity is at least an important
government objective, Lamprecht v. FCC, 958 F.2d 382 (D.C. Cir. 1992),
found that available evidence failed to demonstrate a statistically
meaningful link between ownership of broadcast stations by women and
programming of any kind. As a result, the D.C. Circuit, in Lamprecht,
overturned the Commission's former gender preference policy. To
overcome Lamprecht, the Commission must be able to establish the
requisite connection between viewpoint diversity and ownership by
women; however, in the FNPRM, the Commission stated that, based on its
evaluation of relevant studies, the Commission did not believe there
was evidence to demonstrate that the content provided via women-owned
broadcast stations substantially contributes to viewpoint diversity in
a manner different from other stations or otherwise varies
significantly from that provided by other stations.
177. In response to the FNPRM, commenters did not provide any
additional evidence, studies, proposed study designs, or other
information that is relevant to the Commission's analysis of this
issue. The Commission has similarly been unable to identify such
evidence or devise study designs that are likely to provide such
evidence. In its efforts to create specific study designs (which
includes reaching out to experts in the field), the Commission has
identified a number of issues that significantly impede study of the
connection between ownership and viewpoint diversity. These issues
include the lack of a reliable measure of viewpoint; small sample size;
accounting for potential variations from differences in the way the
data were collected rather than actual changes in the marketplace when
combining old and new sets; and the lack of relevant data sets from
before and after policy changes or marketplace developments (if any can
be identified) that would help demonstrate causation regarding the
impact of ownership on viewpoint diversity. While commenters still
express general support for gender-based initiatives, such support is
not sufficient absent evidence to establish a connection between
viewpoint diversity and ownership by women. And while the Commission
acknowledges that the data show that women-owned stations are not
represented in proportion to the presence of women in the overall
population, the Commission does not believe that the evidence reveals
that the content provided via women-owned broadcast stations
substantially contributes to viewpoint diversity in a manner different
from other stations or otherwise varies significantly from that
provided by other stations. As explained in the FNPRM, the only study
included in the record of this proceeding that analyzes the
relationship between female ownership and broadcast content is the
Turner Radio Study, which finds that markets that contain radio
stations with either female or minority ownership are more likely to
broadcast certain progressive and conservative talk shows. The
Commission does not believe that this study demonstrates a causal
relationship between female or minority ownership and the diversity of
viewpoints or content available, as it does not control for other
factors that may explain both the presence of a greater diversity of
talk shows and a higher percentage of female or minority ownership in
certain markets. Other studies in the record establish that female
ownership of broadcast stations is well below the proportion of women
in the population, a fact that is not in dispute in this proceeding.
Therefore, the Commission concludes that there is insufficient evidence
to satisfy the constitutional standards that apply to gender-based
measures.
2. Remedying Past Discrimination
178. Similarly, the Commission concludes that, although it has
studied extensively the question, no strong basis exists in evidence of
discrimination in the award of broadcast licenses or other
discrimination in the broadcast industry in which the government has
actively or passively participated that would satisfy the
constitutional standards that apply to race- or gender-based remedial
measures. Less evidence is required for gender-based measures than for
race-based measures, although an exceedingly persuasive justification
is still necessary. The question of whether governmental participation
is required is unsettled. Some courts have held that private
discrimination need not be linked to governmental action under
intermediate scrutiny. As discussed in this section, the Commission
also concludes that the record evidence is not of sufficient weight to
support gender-based remedial action. In the FNPRM, the Commission
noted that it never has asserted a remedial interest in race-or gender-
based broadcast regulation. The Commission explained that the evidence
of discrimination offered in the studies that commenters cited, while
informative, was not nearly as substantial as that accepted by courts
in other contexts. In response, commenters are generally critical of
the Commission's analysis but most do not cite any additional relevant
precedent or data that the Commission did not discuss in the FNPRM.
Although commenters identify additional information that they believe
is relevant to an analysis of the Commission's interest in remedying
past discrimination, they do not assert that such information is
sufficient to satisfy the relevant constitutional requirements. There
is no inconsistency, as some comments claim, between the Commission's
conclusion in this proceeding that it lack the strong basis in evidence
of racial discrimination in the broadcast industry in which the
Commission has been complicit that is necessary to adopt race-conscious
remedial action and the Commission's adoption of bans on discrimination
in advertising contracts and in private transactions. The latter
actions are not race-conscious measures and therefore did not require
an evidentiary foundation sufficient to withstand strict scrutiny. They
were simply measures designed to combat private discrimination in the
marketplace. The Commission has evaluated the evidence in the record
and finds that it is not of sufficient weight to support race- or
gender-based remedial measures.
179. The Commission disagrees with the assertion that it raised the
bar in its remedial interest tentative conclusions and that it
incorrectly rejected or ignored evidence of discrimination in the
broadcast industry. Rather than rejecting evidence because it does not
prove that the Commission itself has engaged in discrimination, the
FNPRM tentatively found that existing evidence of past discrimination
is not nearly as substantial in this case as the evidence that courts
have required in other contexts. In particular, the Commission noted
the absence of evidence demonstrating a statistically significant
disparity between the number of minority- and women-owned broadcast
stations and the number of qualified minority- and women-owned firms.
The Commission asked commenters to address whether evidence of a
[[Page 76250]]
statistically significant disparity between the number of minority- and
women-owned broadcast stations and the number of qualified minority-
and women-owned firms is ascertainable. In the FNPRM, the Commission
also observed that the only statistical evidence of discrimination in
the record at the time pertained to discriminatory access to capital
and that the rest of the evidence was anecdotal and therefore of more
limited value because of the heightened evidentiary requirements of
strict scrutiny. As the Commission explained there, the Capital Markets
Study found statistical evidence of discrimination in U.S. capital
markets, but the study indicates that its results are not fully
conclusive. Also, its focus on wireless auctions and other non-
broadcast industry information makes it less probative of
discrimination in the broadcast licensing process. In Richmond v. J.A.
Croson Co., 488 U.S. 469 (1989), the Supreme Court found that the
factual predicate for race-based action was deficient where, among
other things, the government failed to make findings specific to the
market to be addressed by the remedy. Because broadcasting is the
industry that would be addressed if the Commission were to adopt
remedial measures here, and neither the 2000 Capital Markets Study nor
the Auction Utilization Study contains conclusive findings that reveal
a governmental role in discrimination in the broadcast industry, the
Commission does not believe these studies establish a factual predicate
for race-based action that the Court would deem sufficient. Even
considering the Capital Markets Study together with available anecdotal
evidence in other studies, the Commission finds that the evidence of
past discrimination in the Commission's broadcast licensing process is
not nearly as substantial as that accepted by courts in other contexts.
In Adarand v. Slater, 228 F.3d 1147 (10th Cir. 2000), a leading public
contracting case in which the Tenth Circuit found the requisite strong
basis in evidence, the record contained 39 studies revealing an
aggregate 13 percent disparity between minority business availability
and utilization in government contracting, a figure which the court
found to be significant, if not overwhelming, evidence of
discrimination. In reaching that determination, the court relied on
evidence of private discrimination. The evidence was similar in nature
to the evidence in this case--denial of access to capital, as well as
the existence of exclusionary old boy networks and union discrimination
that prevented access to the skills and experience needed to form a
business--but it was substantially greater in extent and weight. The
court had the benefit of a Department of Justice report, prepared in
response to the Supreme Court's decision in Adarand, summarizing 30
congressional hearings and numerous outside studies providing both
statistical and anecdotal evidence of such private discrimination.
180. The Commission also disagrees with suggestions that it is
legally permissible for the Commission to infer past discrimination
based on the disparity between the number of minority- and women-owned
broadcast stations and the number of minorities and women in the
general population. As explained in the FNPRM, the Supreme Court has
held that an inference of discrimination may arise when a significant
statistical disparity between the number of qualified minority
contractors willing and able to perform a particular service and the
number of such contractors actually engaged arises. Although public
interest commenters suggest that no special qualifications are
necessary to own a broadcast station, the Commission has long required
that broadcast applicants meet certain character, financial, and other
qualifications to operate a station. And, of course, not all members of
the population are interested in operating a broadcast station.
Accordingly, the Commission does not believe that evidence of a
significant statistical disparity between the number of minority- and
women-owned broadcast stations and the number of minorities and women
in the general population would be sufficient by itself to overcome the
constitutional hurdle that has been established for race- and gender-
based remedial measures. Instead, the Commission continues to believe
that, absent evidence showing a statistically significant disparity
between the number of minority- and women-owned broadcast stations and
the number of qualified minority- and women-owned firms, the Commission
cannot demonstrate a compelling interest in remedying discrimination in
the Commission's broadcast licensing process.
181. Some commenters assert that the Commission is required to fund
research to identify whether such disparities exist. According to these
commenters, the Commission should refrain from making any tentative
conclusions until its work is complete, including examining its own
records and history to evaluate evidence to show that remedying past
racial (or gender) discrimination is a compelling (or substantial)
governmental interest. Based on its review of existing disparity
studies, the Commission does not believe that is true. In particular,
commenters identify no method of studying this question that would
produce meaningful results in the broadcast context. For existing
studies, often employed in government contracting cases, there is
generally a ready database of minority or female contractors that are
willing and able to perform a particular service--or an established
methodology to identify such contractors--that can be compared to the
number of such contractors that are actually engaged by the government.
Indeed, in most industries one need not be a government contractor to
operate a business that provides the services that the government seeks
(e.g., construction or advertising). This provides an ample pool of
available contractors for the researchers to identify, both nationally
and locally, depending on the nature of the program. And Supreme Court
precedent instructs that the appropriate comparison is to the number of
qualified firms that would be interested in being engaged by the
government. However, there are no broadcast station owners other than
those already licensed to be broadcasters, and the record does not
reveal any method for identifying otherwise qualified firms that are
not already broadcast licensees. In these circumstances, no pool of
qualified non-licensee minority- or women-owned broadcast firms exists
to compare against existing minority- or women-owned broadcast
stations. Without such evidence or a methodology for ascertaining such
evidence, the Commission finds that a disparity study similar to those
relied on by other agencies for government contracting purposes is not
feasible in the broadcast context. Given the Commission's determination
of the infeasibility of this research, the lack of any support in the
record indicating that it would be feasible, and the very substantial
funds and time it would take to conduct it--likely millions of dollars
and several years--the Commission does not believe that the Commission
undertaking a disparity study is in the public interest.
3. Other Issues
182. Several commenters state that the FNPRM falls short of what
these commenters assert to be the Third Circuit's directive that the
Commission gather relevant ownership data and develop policies to
address the paucity of female and minority owners among broadcast
licensees. As stated previously, the Commission disagrees with
arguments that the Prometheus II
[[Page 76251]]
decision requires that it adopt a race- or gender-conscious eligible
entity standard in this quadrennial review proceeding or that the
Commission continue this proceeding until the it has completed whatever
studies or analyses that will enable it to take race- or gender-
conscious action in the future consistent with current standards of
constitutional law. By evaluating the feasibility of implementing a
race- or gender-conscious eligibility standard based on an extensive
analysis of the available evidence, the Commission has followed the
Third Circuit's direction in Prometheus II and Prometheus III. The
Commission notes that over the course of this proceeding, it has
performed or commissioned a dozen studies. The FNPRM provides a
detailed analysis of the relevant studies that were available at the
time, and the Commission discusses herein more recent evidence and
pertinent information that commenters submitted in response to the
FNPRM. The Third Circuit court in Prometheus III stated that it did not
intend to prejudge the outcome of the Commission's analysis of the
evidence or the feasibility of implementing a race- or gender-conscious
standard that would be consistent both with applicable legal standards
and the Commission's practices and procedures.
183. Moreover, the Commission does not believe that any relevant
statutory directive requires the adoption of race- or gender-conscious
measures to promote ownership diversity. The Commission has previously
determined that it has a general mandate to promote ownership diversity
under section 257 of the 1996 Act and section 309(j) of the Act, which
includes promoting ownership by small businesses, new entrants, and
minority- and women-owned businesses. But this authority does not
mandate specific outcomes or ownership levels or race- or gender-
conscious action to foster diversity, nor does it permit the adoption
of rules and policies that are not supported by the record or that
conflict with the Constitution. Therefore, the Commission finds the
suggestion that either the Third Circuit or the statute compels it to
adopt race- or gender-conscious measures to be untenable. The Third
Circuit ordered the Commission to make a final determination as to
whether to adopt a new eligible entity definition (including
consideration of SDB- and ODP-based definitions), and the Commission
has done so. As discussed herein, the Commission continues to take
significant steps to improve its ownership data and to promote
ownership diversity, and its determination that it cannot take race- or
gender-conscious action at this time does not mean that the Commission
has failed to act appropriately in furtherance of its goal to promote
ownership diversity.
184. Some commenters criticize the Commission based on their
perception that the Commission has not made a substantial effort to
gather evidence that would support race- and gender-conscious measures.
Free Press notes that an analysis of ownership diversity would be
useful even if it fell short of justifying race- and gender-based
policies. One basic assessment that the Commission has not made is a
study of the types of market and ownership structures that correlate
with women's and people of color's entry into the market, success in
the market, or exit from the market. The Commission disagrees and notes
that it has made significant efforts to analyze issues of ownership
diversity and market structure. Other public interest commenters assert
that the Commission inappropriately places the burden of providing
additional evidence on commenting parties without describing what it
believes is necessary to withstand strict scrutiny. However, the
Commission has not only commissioned a number of studies, none of which
provided it a constitutional basis to take race- or gender-conscious
action; it has also taken a number of steps to improve the quality of
its broadcast ownership data and to facilitate future additional
studies that commenters, academics, or others believe might provide a
constitutional basis to adopt race- and gender-conscious measures.
Further, the Commission has provided a detailed and thorough analysis
of what is necessary to meet the relevant constitutional standards and
identified the reasons it believes that, having studied the question,
it does not have evidence that would allow it to meet those standards.
185. In addition, while some commenters have suggested study topics
or broad research frameworks, none has provided actionable study
designs that the Commission or private researchers could execute. The
Commission has expended considerable time and effort throughout the
course of this proceeding in an effort to create such study designs;
and it has commissioned or performed a dozen studies that it was able
to develop over the course of the proceeding. General calls to conduct
Adarand studies or to study the impact of the Commission's rules on
ownership diversity do not help advance the Commission's research in
these areas. At present, neither the record in this proceeding nor the
Commission's own efforts have produced additional study designs that
the Commission expects would develop the evidence necessary to support
race- and/or gender-conscious measures. Therefore, the Commission's
decision in this Order that the record does not support the adoption of
race- or gender-conscious measures reflects the inability of the
Commission and commenters--including many groups and individuals
experienced in research methodology--to identify relevant study designs
that, if implemented, would be likely to support such measures. While
the Commission believes it worthwhile to continue to explore these
issues and to monitor the relevant constitutional jurisprudence, the
Commission exercises in this Order its responsibility to pass on the
race- and gender-based proposals before it at this time. The
Commission's action in this Order does not prevent the Commission from
reassessing these measures in the future if changed circumstances
suggest a different outcome. Indeed, this decision does not preclude a
different finding in the future, including the adoption of a race- and/
or gender-conscious measure, based on new information. Additionally,
the Commission will be on alert to any such data that may support such
a finding and/or that may suggest steps that may lead to the collection
of other relevant data.
D. Additional Proposals Related to Minority and Female Ownership
186. As discussed in the FNPRM, several commenters asked the
Commission to consider additional measures that they believed would
foster ownership diversity. Those measures include: (1) Relaxing the
foreign ownership limitations under section 310(b)(4) of the
Communications Act; (2) encouraging Congress to reinstate and update
tax certificate legislation; (3) granting waivers of the local radio
ownership rule to parties that incubate qualified entities; and (4)
migrating AM radio to VHF Channels 5 and 6. The Commission also sought
comment on various proposals that the Alliance for Women in Media (AWM)
asserted would help to promote ownership opportunities for women. The
Commission noted that some of these measures have already been
implemented and tentatively concluded that the other measures would
raise public interest concerns, might not provide meaningful assistance
to the intended beneficiaries, or are outside the scope of this
proceeding.
[[Page 76252]]
187. Since the release of the FNPRM, the Commission has implemented
more of these measures, including several of the proposals regarding
the AM band. The Commission also notes that the 2008 Diversity Order
considered a number of DCS's earlier diversity proposals and adopted a
dozen of those proposals, some with modifications. The specific
proposals are discussed below.
1. Incubation
188. In the FNPRM, the Commission stated its concern that proposals
like DCS's incubation proposal, which would allow blanket waivers of
the local radio ownership rule to broadcasters that finance or incubate
an SDB or valid eligible entity, would allow for more consolidation in
local radio markets than the Commission's rules currently permit
without sufficient offsetting benefits. In addition, the Commission
stated that implementation of an incubator program would pose other
concerns and administrative challenges, including challenges relating
to the need to monitor over time the types of complex financing and
other arrangements that would qualify an entity for an incubation
waiver under DCS's incubation proposal.
189. The Commission does not believe that its concerns are
addressed by the incubator program that NAB proposes, which would rely
on an ODP standard to define the class of entities eligible to benefit
from incubation. The Commission finds that the type of individualized
consideration that would be required under an ODP standard would be
administratively inefficient, unduly resource-intensive, and
potentially inconsistent with First Amendment values. Therefore,
limiting the incubator program in the manner that NAB suggests would
not address the Commission's concern that implementation of an
incubator program would pose administrative challenges, such as the
need to monitor continually the complicated legal and financial
agreements between broadcasters and the entities they seek to incubate.
Other commenters that urge the Commission to adopt an incubator program
similarly do not address the policy and practical concerns identified
above. Therefore, the Commission declines to adopt an incubator program
as proposed by NAB and others.
2. Migration of AM Radio to VHF Channels 5 and 6
190. In the FNPRM, the Commission sought comment on its tentative
conclusion not to adopt the proposal that most AM radio be migrated to
VHF Channels 5 and 6 in this proceeding. In response to the FNPRM,
commenters did not express opposition to this tentative conclusion. No
commenters dispute that implementation of this proposal would involve
extensive changes to the Commission's current licensing rules and
spectrum policies. As noted in the FNPRM, Congress directed the
Commission to conduct an incentive auction of broadcast television
spectrum--which is ongoing--to make additional spectrum available for
wireless use. The Commission finds that implementation of the Channel 5
and 6 proposal has a realistic potential to interfere with the
Commission's implementation of the incentive auction and is therefore
contrary to the spectrum policies established by Congress. Accordingly,
the Commission declines to adopt this proposal.
3. Additional DCS Proposals
191. The FNPRM identified numerous other DCS proposals that
involved changes to various Commission licensing, service, and
engineering rules and policies. It also noted that some of the
proposals related to the AM band were already being considered in a
separate proceeding. The Commission also notes that DCS asks the
Commission to clarify that the 18-month construction extension policy
applies both to original construction permits (for the construction of
new stations) and to construction permits for major modifications of
authorized broadcast facilities (Proposal 17). This is not a new
diversity-related proposal, but a request for a clarification of an
existing policy, which has been provided herein. Moreover, the
Commission notes that relaxation of the main studio rule--among other
DCS proposals--is being explored in the AM Revitalization Proceeding.
And while the Commission declines to adopt a specific waiver standard
for the main studio rule in this proceeding, it notes that currently
licensees are able to seek waiver of the rule under the Commission's
general wavier standard. While some general support exists for the
remaining proposals--primarily from MMTC--the Commission does not
believe that the record establishes that these changes to Commission
licensing, service, and engineering rules and policies would provide
meaningful benefits to the intended beneficiaries. Commenters have had
multiple opportunities to voice support for these proposals and explain
the potential benefits that would arise from their implementation, but
the record contains almost no support for the vast majority of these
proposals.
192. The Commission has reviewed these proposals multiple times
throughout the course of this proceeding. Those proposals that, based
on Commission analysis, warranted additional consideration have been
explored in relevant proceedings, such as the AM Revitalization
Proceeding. However, upon review, the Commission determines that many
of these proposals would be ineffective or insufficient to address the
diversity issues under consideration in this proceeding. Despite
multiple opportunities for comment, the record reflects little support
for the majority of these proposals or evidence that would cause the
Commission to reconsider its determination that these proposals warrant
additional consideration or adoption. Accordingly, consistent with the
tentative conclusion in the FNPRM, the Commission declines to adopt
these proposals: (1) Bifurcate Channels for Share-Times with SDBs; (2)
Use the Share-Time Rule to Allow Broadcasters to Share Frequencies to
Foster Ownership of DTV and FM Subchannels; (3) Extend the Three-Year
Period for New Station Construction Permits for Eligible Entities and
SDBs; (4) Create Medium-Powered FM Stations; (5) Authorize Interference
Agreements; (6) Harmonize Regional Interference Protection Standards;
Allow FM Applicants to Specify Class C, CO, C1, C2 and C3 Facilities in
Zones I and IA; (7) Relax the Limit of Four Contingent Applications;
(8) Create a New Local L Class of LPFM Stations; (9) Redefine Community
of License as a Market for Section 307 Purposes; (10) Remove Non-Viable
FM Allotments; and (11) Issue a One-Year Waiver, on a Case-by-Case
Basis, of Application Fees for Small Businesses and Nonprofits.
193. In the FNPRM, the Commission also tentatively concluded that
certain DCS proposals are outside the scope of this proceeding. The
Commission explained that some of those proposals extend into areas
that are beyond the Commission's authority and ultimately would require
legislative action or action by other federal entities aside from the
Commission to create changes in rules or policies. The Commission
further explained that other proposals involve non-broadcast services
that are outside the scope of the quadrennial review proceedings. While
the Commission stated that it did not anticipate taking further action
on these proposals within this or successive quadrennial review
dockets, it also noted that some of these proposals may warrant further
consideration.
194. MMTC challenged the Commission's decision not to consider
[[Page 76253]]
these 24 proposals in its appeal of the FNPRM. In the course of the
Prometheus III litigation, the court issued a letter asking MMTC to
address which, if any, of the 24 proposals . . . met both of the
following criteria: (1) The FCC can adopt them without actions by
Congress or other regulators and (2) they relate to the broadcast
industry. In response, MMTC identified 17 proposals that it asserted
met both criteria; in a reply letter to the court, the Commission
indicated that it would address the proposals in this item. In
Prometheus III, the court declined to act on MMTC's challenge, but
indicated that it expected the Commission to adhere to its
representations to the court.
195. Following the release of Prometheus III, MMTC met with
Commission staff to discuss the 17 proposals identified for the court.
Following these discussions, MMTC now requests that the Commission
address five of these proposals in this Order; the remaining 12
proposals are being withdrawn from consideration in the context of this
proceeding, though MMTC asserts that it may pursue some of these
proposals in other proceedings. The five proposals are: (1) Examine How
to Promote Minority Ownership as an Integral Part of All FCC General
Media Rulemaking Proceedings; (2) Extend the Cable Procurement Rule to
Broadcasting; (3) Mathematical Touchstones: Tipping Points for the Non-
Viability of Independently Owned Radio Stations in a Consolidating
Market and Quantifying Source Diversity; (4) Engage Economists to
Develop a Model for Market-Based Tradable Diversity Credits as an
Alternative to Voice Tests; and (5) Create a New Civil Rights Branch of
the Enforcement Bureau. The remaining 12 proposals presented to the
Third Circuit are: (1) Collect, Study and Report on Minority and Women
Participation in Each Step for the Broadcast Auction Process; (2)
Increase Broadcast Auction Discounts to New Entrants; (3) Require
Minimum Opening Bid Deposits on Each Allotment for Bidders Bidding for
an Excessive Proportion of Available Allotments; (4) Only Allow
Subsequent Bids to Be Made Within No More than Six Rounds Following the
Initial Bid; and (5) Require Bidders to Specify an Intention to Bid
Only on Channels with a Total Minimum Bid of Four Times Their Deposits;
(6) Grant Eligible Entities a Rebuttable Presumption of Eligibility for
Waivers, Reductions, or Deferrals of Commission Fees; (7) Designate a
Commissioner to Oversee Access to Capital and Funding Acquisition
Recommendations; (8) Develop an Online Resource Directory to Enhance
Recruitment, Career Advancement, and Diversity Efforts; (9) Study the
Feasibility of a New Radio Agreement with Cuba; (10) Must-Carry for
Certain Class A Stations; (11) Create a Media and Telecom Public
Engineer Position to Assist Small Businesses and Nonprofits with
Routine Engineering Matters; and (12) Conduct Tutorials on Radio
Engineering Rules at Headquarters and Annual Conferences. In addition,
MMTC is also withdrawing from consideration in this proceeding the
seven proposals that it did not identify to the Third Circuit, which
largely were legislative recommendations. These legislative
recommendations include: (1) Legislative Recommendation to Expand the
Telecommunications Development Fund (TDF) Under section 614 and Finance
TDF with Auction Proceeds; (2) Legislative Recommendation to Amend
section 257 to Require the Commission to Annually Review and Remove or
Affirmatively Prohibit Known Market Entry Barriers; (3) Legislative
Recommendation to Clarify section 307(b) to Provide that Rules Adopted
to Promote Localism are Presumed to be Invalid if They Significantly
Inhibit Diversity; (4) Legislative Recommendation to Amend the FTC Act
(15 U.S.C. 41-58) to Prohibit Racial Discrimination in Advertising
Placement Terms and Advertising Sales Agreements; (5) Legislative
Recommendation to Amend section 614 to Increase Access to Capital by
Creating a Small and Minority Communications Loan Guarantee Program;
(6) Legislative Recommendation to Amend section 614 to Create an Entity
to Purchase Loans Made to Minority and Small Businesses in the
Secondary Market; (7) Legislative Recommendation to Provide Tax Credit
for Companies that Donate Broadcast Stations to an Institution Whose
Mission is or Includes Training Minorities and Women in Broadcasting.
Consistent with the direction from the Third Circuit and the revised
request from MMTC, the Commission will now address the five remaining
proposals. While these proposals were originally submitted in this
proceeding as part of the DCS Supplemental NPRM Comments, the
Commission notes that MMTC submitted the comments on behalf of DCS;
accordingly, the Commission finds that relying on MMTC's assertions
regarding the preferred treatment of these proposals in this proceeding
is appropriate. Moreover, consistent with the Third Circuit's letter,
the Commission is generally limiting its consideration of these
proposals to the extent that they relate to the broadcast industry.
196. Proposal 5. MMTC requests that the Commission consider how to
promote minority ownership as part of all of its media-related
proceedings. At the outset, the Commission notes that OCBO currently
provides outreach services to assist small businesses and new entrants
into the communications industry and input on how the Commission's
proposed rules impact minority ownership. While OCBO already plays an
important role in this process, the Commission finds room potentially
to do more to help inform the Commission's consideration of these
important issues. Accordingly, going forward, the Commission will
consider how to promote minority ownership in relevant media-related
rulemaking proceedings and include an inquiry in any appropriate
rulemaking to inform that question.
197. Proposal 10. MMTC also proposes that the Commission extend the
cable procurement requirements to broadcasters and other regulated
communications industries. Pursuant to section 634 of the
Communications Act, as amended, the Commission adopted what DCS and
MMTC refer to as the cable procurement rule, which generally requires
that a cable system encourage minority and female entrepreneurs to
conduct business with all parts of its operation, for example, by
recruiting as wide as possible a pool of qualified entrepreneurs from
sources such as employee referrals, community groups, contractors,
associations, and other sources likely to be representative of minority
and female interests. The Commission notes that the Commission's OCBO
has already implemented various initiatives consistent with this
proposal, holding multiple supplier diversity conferences and a
government advertising workshop--and the Commission anticipates that
there will be more such events in the future. However, the Commission
finds that merit exists in exploring whether, and if so, how, to extend
the cable procurement requirements to the broadcasting industry.
Therefore, the Commission will evaluate the feasibility of adopting
similar procurement rules for the broadcasting industry.
198. Proposal 33. MMTC proposes two formulas it asserts are aimed
at creating media ownership limits that promote diversity.
Specifically, it suggests a Tipping Point Formula that would be applied
in the local radio rule context, and a Source Diversity Formula that
appears to be more broadly applicable. The Tipping Point Formula
[[Page 76254]]
would be applied in the local radio rule context to determine the
tipping point in the distribution of radio revenue in a market between
independent owners and owners of multiple stations in that market. The
theory is that the independent stations would no longer be able to
survive once the combined revenues of the owners of multiple stations
exceed the tipping point. The Source Diversity Formula is based on the
premise that increases in consumer utility flow from their access to
additional sources, with diminishing returns to scale, and is intended
to express the consumer benefit derived from marginal increases in
source diversity. At present, neither of these proposals is
sufficiently defined. As MMTC itself notes, the Tipping Point Formula
rests on admittedly rough assumptions, and the record does not provide
the Commission with sufficient information to justify or refine the
formula for general application across all radio markets. Similarly,
the Source Diversity Formula would require field-testing before it
could be applied, and the Commission does not believe that the record
provides it with the information necessary to rely on the formula to
adopt media ownership limits. The Commission therefore directs the
Media Bureau to consider these proposals further and to solicit input
on these ideas in the document initiating the next quadrennial review
of the media ownership rules.
199. Proposal 37. MMTC also proposes that the Commission engage
economists to develop a model for market-based tradable diversity
credits that would serve as an alternative method for adopting
ownership limits. Broadly speaking, this proposal involves issuing
Diversity Credits that could be traded in a market-based system and
redeemed by a station buyer to offset increased concentration that
would result from a proposed transaction. While the Commission's
authority to adopt such a system is, at best, unclear, the Commission
finds merit in evaluating the underlying proposal. The Commission
therefore directs the Media Bureau to consider this proposal further
and to solicit input on this idea in the document initiating the next
quadrennial review of the media ownership rules.
200. Proposal 40. MMTC recommends the creation of a new Civil
Rights Branch of the Enforcement Bureau that would enforce Media Bureau
Equal Employment Opportunity rules, as well as other rules impacting
the broadcasting, cable, satellite, wireless, and wireline industries.
The Commission has evaluated this proposal and finds that it warrants
further consideration. Though the Commission does not see a need to
denominate a separate branch, enforcement of the Media Bureau Equal
Employment Opportunity rules, which is presently handled by the Media
Bureau, might be more appropriate as a function of the Enforcement
Bureau, given the Enforcement Bureau's existing mission and expertise
in the enforcement of the Commission's regulations. The Commission in
no way, however, believes that the Media Bureau has failed to
effectively enforce these rules. Accordingly, the Commission directs
the appropriate Commission Bureaus and Offices, including the Media
Bureau, Enforcement Bureau, and Office of the Managing Director, to
discuss the feasibility, implications, and logistics of shifting the
enforcement of the Media Bureau Equal Employment Opportunity rules from
the Media Bureau to the Enforcement Bureau.
4. AWM Proposals
201. In response to the NPRM, AWM proposed that the Commission (i)
prepare a primer on investment in broadcast ownership for smaller and
regional lenders willing to provide loans to new broadcast entrants;
(ii) prepare a primer for new entrants that provides guidance on how to
find financing; (iii) establish a link on the Commission's Web site to
provide information on stations that may be available for sale to small
businesses; and (iv) allow sellers to hold a reversionary interest in a
Commission license in certain circumstances. The Commission sought
comment on these proposals in the FNPRM.
202. The Commission believes it has acted to achieve the purposes
of these proposals to the extent appropriate for the industry and the
regulatory agency. As noted in the FNPRM, OCBO currently engages in a
number of activities that provide broadcasters and potential investors
with resources that are similar in substance to primers on investment
and financing. Beyond those activities, the Commission continues to
believe that specific advice about investment and financing is more
appropriately provided by private parties that are directly involved in
the financial marketplace than by the Commission.
203. With regard to the proposal to allow sellers to hold
reversionary interests in Commission licenses in certain circumstances,
the Commission previously noted that AWM's proposal does not address
the Commission's historical concerns about reversionary interests and
is insufficiently developed to warrant departure from the Commission's
longstanding policy against the holding of such interests. The
Commission has traditionally held that no right of reversion can attach
to a broadcast license and that a station licensee is fully responsible
for the conduct of the station and its operation in the public
interest--a responsibility that cannot be delegated by contract. While
NAB notes that it has previously urged the Commission to allow sellers
to hold reversionary interests in certain circumstances, NAB does not
address the specific concerns the Commission discussed in the FNPRM
regarding this proposal. The Commission declines to adopt these
proposals. If presented with appropriate evidence or analysis regarding
the Commission's historical concerns, the Commission may consider in a
future proceeding a general review of its reversionary interest policy,
subject to resource constraints.
V. Shared Service Agreements
A. Introduction
204. With this Order, the Commission brings transparency to the use
of sharing agreements between independently owned commercial television
stations. Through these agreements, competitive stations in a local
market are able to combine certain operations, with effectively the
same station personnel handling or facilities performing functions for
multiple, independently owned stations. While such combined operations
no doubt result in cost savings--savings that could be reinvested in
improved programming and other public interest-promoting endeavors--the
Commission has an obligation to ensure that these agreements are not
being used to circumvent the Commission's broadcast ownership rules and
are not otherwise inconsistent with the Commission's rules and
policies. Specifically, the Commission adopts a comprehensive
definition of SSAs and a requirement that commercial television
stations disclose these agreements by placing them in the stations'
online public inspection files. This method of disclosure will place a
minimal burden on stations, while providing the public and the
Commission with easy access to the agreements. Accordingly, the
Commission finds that the benefits of this rule outweigh the minimal
burdens associated with disclosure.
B. Discussion
205. The Commission finds that commenters have raised meaningful
concerns regarding the potential impact of sharing agreements involving
[[Page 76255]]
commercial television stations on the Commission's competition,
localism, and diversity policy objectives, particularly with respect to
its local broadcast ownership rules. At the same time, resource sharing
can deliver meaningful public interest benefits, and the sharing of
certain resources may have no negative impact on any of the
Commission's policy goals. At present, however, consideration of these
issues is impeded because so little is known by the Commission and the
public about the content, scope, and prevalence of sharing agreements.
Therefore, the Commission adopts a clear definition of SSAs--
substantially similar to the definition proposed in the FNPRM--to
identify the agreements between stations that are relevant to the
Commission's improved understanding of how stations share services and
resources, and a mechanism for making such arrangements involving
commercial television stations transparent to the public and the
Commission. Specifically, commercial television stations will now be
required to disclose these agreements by placing them in the
participating stations' online public inspection files. Through this
action, the public and the Commission will be able to better evaluate
the impact of these agreements, if any, on the Commission's policy
goals.
1. Definition of Shared Service Agreement
206. Scope of definition. The Commission finds that the definition
proposed in the FNPRM, with a minor modification, best comports with
the informational needs that support its efforts to define SSAs.
Contrary to broadcaster assertions, the Commission does not believe
excluding certain resource sharing, such as administrative support or
other back-office services, from the definition based on premature
assessments of the potential future regulatory treatment of such
activities is appropriate. In addition, the Commission agrees with Free
Press that a definition narrower than the one adopted would invite
legal gamesmanship whereby parties would be able to draft sharing
agreements to fall outside of the established definition to avoid
disclosure. For this reason, the Commission will not adopt exclusions
from the definition of SSA, such as those based on the duration of the
agreement or a set dollar amount.
207. To address concerns expressed by certain commenters, however,
the Commission emphasizes that the adopted definition limits the scope
of agreements to those that involve station-related services. The
Commission also provides non-exhaustive examples in the definition for
guidance, consistent with the proposal in the FNPRM. Station-related
services include, but are not limited to, administrative, technical,
sales, and/or programming support. Indeed, the Commission's goal is not
to adopt a definition of SSAs that encompasses station interactions
that do not relate to station operations or that are incidental in
nature. For example, community service initiatives and charity events,
while worthwhile in their own regard, do not relate to the operation of
the broadcast station; accordingly, charitable collaborations involving
independently owned broadcast stations would not fit within the adopted
definition of SSAs.
208. Similarly, the Commission clarifies that ad hoc or on-the-fly
arrangements during breaking news coverage are also outside the
definition of SSAs. While such interactions may involve a station-
related service, namely news-gathering, such informal, short-term
arrangements are typically precipitated by unforeseen or rapidly
developing events. Absent a covering agreement that facilitates such
cooperation, the Commission does not believe that these types of
interactions demonstrate that the stations are working together;
rather, they are acting in a manner that allows each station to
separately pursue its own ends (e.g., the production of an independent
news story). For example, if two news trucks from independently owned
broadcast television stations arrive at the scene of an accident at the
same time and agree to set up their camera shots from different angles
or to rely on the footage shot by only one of the stations due to
limited space and safety concerns, this agreement does not evidence
actual collaboration between the stations to produce the news segments.
Instead, the news teams are reacting to unforeseen circumstances and
ensuring that each news team can safely and effectively create its own
news story. By contrast, such conduct would be evidence of
collaboration, and included in the definition of SSAs, if the stations
were parties to an LNS agreement (or similar agreement) that governs
the terms of news coverage, even if the stations retain the ability to
produce their own segments.
209. Text of Definition. While the Commission finds that a clear
definition of SSAs is appropriate, one technical change to the text
proposed in the FNPRM is necessary. In the FNPRM, the proposed
definition of SSAs was designed to identify the universe of agreements
for the provision of station-related services involving stations that
are not under common control. Stations under common control do not
share services or collaborate in the same way as stations that operate
independently for purposes of this definition.
210. Accordingly, the Commission defines an SSA as any agreement or
series of agreements, whether written or oral, in which (1) a station
provides any station-related services, including, but not limited to,
administrative, technical, sales, and/or programming support, to a
station that is not directly or indirectly under common de jure control
permitted under the Commission's regulations; or (2) stations that are
not directly or indirectly under common de jure control permitted under
the Commission's regulations collaborate to provide or enable the
provision of station-related services, including, but not limited to,
administrative, technical, sales, and/or programming support, to one or
more of the collaborating stations. For purposes of this rule, the term
station includes the licensee, including any subsidiaries and
affiliates, and any other individual or entity with an attributable
interest in the station. The Commission emphasizes that sharing
agreements to which non-licensee entities are a party (e.g., an
operating subsidiary of the ultimate parent company) fall within the
adopted definition. The Commission finds that including such entities
within the term station is necessary to foreclose the possibility that
stations could use operating subsidiaries or similar entities to evade
the SSA disclosure requirement. This is consistent with the proposal in
the FNPRM that the Commission should not limit the definition of SSAs
to only those agreements to which licensees are parties. Consistent
with previous Commission rules, the substance of oral agreements shall
be reduced to writing.
2. Disclosure of Shared Service Agreements
211. Justification for disclosure. The Commission requires the
disclosure of SSAs in each participating station's online public
inspection file. The SSA disclosure requirement shall apply regardless
of whether the agreement involves stations in the same market or in
different markets. This approach follows the approach taken with the
public file disclosures for JSAs and LMAs and is consistent with the
Commission's intent to learn more about how commercial television
stations use these agreements. The Commission finds that this
disclosure requirement is tied to a clear regulatory purpose.
Commenters in the proceeding have
[[Page 76256]]
raised meaningful issues regarding the potential impact of the joint
operation of independently owned commercial broadcast television
stations pursuant to SSAs on the Commission's rules and policy goals,
including, but not limited to, the Commission's local broadcast
ownership rules and rules regarding unauthorized transfer of control.
These commenters have identified specific provisions in sharing
agreements that, according to the commenters, convey a significant
degree of influence over the core operating functions of an independent
commercial television station (and potentially de facto control over
the station). In addition, commenters have also provided examples of
markets in which sharing agreements have been executed and of the
asserted impact of these agreements on the market (e.g., job losses and
reductions in independently produced local news programming). According
to these commenters, such sharing agreements impact the Commission's
competition, localism, and diversity goals, as well as suggest
violations of the Commission's rules against unauthorized transfers of
control. The disclosure of these agreements is necessary for the public
and the Commission to evaluate these potential impacts.
212. Moreover, the Commission's rules have long required that
television and radio broadcast stations enable public inspection of
certain documents to provide information both to the public and to the
Commission about station operations. The public and the Commission rely
on information about the nature of a station's operations and
compliance with Commission rules to verify that a station is meeting
its fundamental public interest obligations. The Commission has
consistently found that disclosure requirements facilitate the
Commission's regulatory purposes while imposing only a minimal burden
on licensees.
213. Additionally, the Commission disagrees that it must first
address the appropriate regulatory status of sharing agreements (e.g.,
make them attributable) before requiring their disclosure. The
Commission agrees with public interest commenters in rejecting NAB's
assertion that back-office or administrative agreements--agreements
that clearly relate to station operations within the adopted definition
of SSAs--should be excluded from disclosure because they currently do
not raise any attribution or other regulatory concerns. Disclosure
itself informs such decisions, and the Commission has wide latitude to
impose such a requirement. Moreover, such agreements may also help
inform allegations involving unauthorized transfers of control. In the
past, the Commission has first required the disclosure of certain
agreements that relate to station operations before making a
determination that such agreements should be subject to additional
regulation. The Commission's action in this Order is consistent with
this precedent. Indeed, the Commission could hardly fulfill its
obligation to ensure that station operations are consistent with
Commission rules and policies if it were required to determine the
regulatory status of certain agreements before obtaining the
information necessary to evaluate the agreements. The Commission does
not think the public interest would be served by adopting such a
constricted view of the Commission's authority. The Commission notes
that its action does not predetermine that any additional regulation
will be forthcoming for SSAs; rather, the disclosure is necessary for
the Commission to make such a determination.
214. Furthermore, the Commission is not persuaded that the adopted
disclosure requirement will discourage stations from entering into
SSAs. First, the adopted method for disclosure minimizes the cost of
compliance and utilizes a procedure with which commercial television
broadcasters already have extensive experience. It cannot be credibly
stated that the burden associated with disclosure would exceed the
benefits of the agreements. Second, the Commission finds it instructive
that no evidence exists showing that the disclosure requirements for
JSAs and LMAs, specific types of SSAs, have inhibited the formation of
those agreements. To the contrary, the Commission first required the
public filing of television JSAs in 1999, and the prevalence of these
agreements increased significantly after the disclosure requirement was
adopted. Ultimately, the Commission does not find any evidence to
support the contention that disclosure of SSAs would discourage
stations from executing such agreements, particularly if the agreements
are as beneficial as broadcast commenters contend.
215. Finally, the Commission rejects NAB's assertion that the SSA
disclosure requirement would violate the First Amendment because the
Commission is immersing itself in broadcasting stations' day-to-day
operations. The cases cited by NAB in support of its theory are readily
distinguishable from the adopted disclosure requirement, as neither
case involves simply requiring disclosure of contracts relating to
station operations. Contrary to NAB's claims, the Commission is not
interfering with broadcasters' editorial discretion. Rather, the
Commission is simply requiring that commercial television stations
place certain contracts in their public file, just as the Commission
has done numerous times in the past. In particular, the Commission is
not restricting broadcasters' discretion to determine what content to
offer, nor is the Commission mandating or prohibiting any particular
contractual terms. Thus, the disclosure requirement does not burden
broadcasters' speech. In particular, the Commission is not compelling
broadcasters to express a message or viewpoint. Further, no evidence
exists that previous disclosure requirements have resulted in such
involvement. Indeed, the Commission has a long history of deferring to
a licensee's good faith discretion in programming decisions--
particularly news programming--and the Commission believes that the SSA
disclosure requirement is consistent with this precedent. In this case,
the Commission is not even proposing to regulate SSAs beyond the bare
disclosure requirement.
216. NAB further argues that the disclosure requirement fails to
satisfy the constitutional standards for regulations that require
businesses to disclose factual information, stating that the agency
must show that a substantial government interest exists that is
directly and materially advanced by the restriction and that the
restriction is narrowly tailored to achieve the government interest. On
the contrary, even assuming that the disclosure requirement burdens
broadcasters' speech to any extent (which the Commission concludes
above is not the case), the requirement would be subject, at most, to
rational basis review, which is the same standard that courts have
applied to the Commission's ownership rules. Under this standard of
review, a rule does not violate the First Amendment if it is a
reasonable means of promoting the public interest in diversified mass
communications.
217. The Commission's SSA disclosure requirement satisfies this
standard. SSAs relate to a broadcast station's core operational
functions and thus could have the effect of lessening competition,
diversity, or localism by creating a commonality of interests. They
could also have beneficial effects. Public interest commenters and
broadcasters have conflicting viewpoints about whether SSAs should be
deemed attributable for purposes of the Commission's ownership rules
and whether they negatively or positively
[[Page 76257]]
affect the Commission's public interest goals of competition,
diversity, and localism. Without an industry-wide disclosure rule, the
Commission lacks the information necessary to determine the extent to
which SSAs may affect diversity, competition, and localism and whether
SSAs in fact confer significant influence or control warranting
attribution for purposes of its ownership rules or raising unauthorized
control concerns. Although broadcasters have disclosed SSAs in
connection with individual license assignments/transfers of control
applications, the Commission does not know what types of SSA are in
place between stations that are not parties to such pending Commission
applications, nor does the Commission know the extent to which
broadcasters across the industry utilize SSAs that are not already
required to be disclosed. Thus, the Commission believes industry-wide
disclosure is necessary to allow the Commission and public to evaluate
in a comprehensive manner the extent to which broadcasters use various
types of SSA, the nature of the contractual relationships, and the
manner in which specific types of agreements affect competition,
diversity, or localism. Broadcasters hold licenses issued by the
Commission and are obligated to operate in the public interest, and
thus they have no right to withhold from the Commission or the public
agreements that may significantly affect their service to the public.
Therefore, the Commission's rule is a reasonable means of promoting the
Commission's diversity, competition, and localism goals and assuring
that SSAs do not raise unauthorized control concerns and satisfies the
criteria for First Amendment rational basis review.
218. The case law NAB cites in support of a higher standard of
review concerns requiring a regulated entity to undertake new speech,
and presents the question of whether a restriction on commercial
speech, normally subject to intermediate scrutiny, satisfies the
criteria for rational basis review under the exception applicable to
compelled commercial speech that is strictly factual. Ultimately, NAB
seems to be relying on Central Hudson Gas & Electric Corp. v. Public
Service Commission, 447 U.S. 557 (1980), for the proposition that
restrictions on commercial speech are subject to intermediate scrutiny.
In Central Hudson, the Court invalidated a state regulation that
prohibited public utilities from promoting the use of electricity in
their advertising and marketing materials. Here, in contrast, the
Commission is simply requiring broadcasters to publicly disclose
contracts they have already executed, not undertake new speech.
Further, although the SSA disclosure rule does nothing more than
require placement of SSAs in the broadcasters' public inspection file,
it is subject to rational basis review for a different reason (i.e.,
because it is a content-neutral rule that furthers the Commission's
scheme of broadcast ownership regulation and the policy goals
supporting such regulation). Thus, if the SSA disclosure requirement
burdens speech at all, the rational basis review applicable to
structural broadcast regulations--not the intermediate scrutiny
standard applicable to commercial speech--applies to the disclosure
requirement.
219. Finally, even assuming that the intermediate scrutiny standard
of Central Hudson applies, which the Commission concludes is not the
case, the rule directly and materially advances governmental interests
that the Supreme Court has recognized in Turner Broadcasting System,
Inc. v. FCC, 512 U.S. 622, 663 (1994), as substantial. The purpose of
the rule is to provide information that is directly relevant to the
Commission's regulation of broadcast ownership and the policy goals
that underlie its ownership rules. The filing of SSAs will further the
Commission's goal of collecting the necessary information. The
Commission has tailored the requirement to exclude agreements that are
already subject to disclosure in a station's public file and to exclude
agreements that are not likely to implicate the Commission's policy
concerns. The rule does not restrict or dictate the ways in which
broadcasters may share resources but simply requires them to disclose
contracts that already exist. The filing requirement is therefore
narrowly tailored to achieve the regulatory objective, and the burden
is minimal. Accordingly, the Commission finds that the disclosure
requirement does not violate the First Amendment even under the higher
standard of review that NAB advocates.
220. Disclosure in station's online public inspection file. The
Commission will require commercial broadcast television stations to
post SSAs to each participating station's online public inspection file
that is hosted by the Commission. The Commission finds that the online
public filing requirement, pursuant to Sec. 73.3526 of the
Commission's rules, best facilitates the disclosure of SSAs. In the
Enhanced Disclosure Order (77 FR 27631, May 11, 2012, FCC 12-44, rel.
Apr. 21, 2012), the Commission updated the disclosure requirements to
make information concerning broadcast service more accessible to the
public by having stations post their public files online in a central,
Commission-hosted database. Consistent with its findings in that order,
the Commission finds that an online public filing requirement best
comports with Commission policy to modernize the procedures that
television broadcasters use to inform the public about how stations are
serving their communities. Having stations post their SSAs online in a
central, Commission-hosted database utilizes existing technology to
make information concerning broadcast service more accessible to the
public and reduces broadcasters' costs of compliance over time. The
Commission is not convinced that other disclosure methods, such as an
ECFS docket or filing with the Commission pursuant to Sec. 73.3613 of
the Commission's rules, are less burdensome than the online public file
requirement or that such methods provide meaningful advantages to the
public and the Commission in terms of identifying and accessing SSAs.
221. The Commission declines to adopt NAB's proposed alternative to
require that stations submit an aggregate list of SSAs as part of the
biennial ownership reports. The Commission agrees with comments that a
mere list of agreements would be insufficient for the purpose the
Commission seeks. Such a limited disclosure would not permit the public
or the Commission to develop a full and complete understanding of SSAs
and their impact on the broadcast television industry. Simply
submitting a list of agreements would not provide the public or the
Commission with any information about the nature and scope of the
agreements, only that the agreements exist. While the prevalence of
SSAs is of some importance, the terms of the agreements and their
impact on station operations are far more critical to an analysis of
the potential impact of SSAs on the Commission's rules and policy
goals. In addition, disclosure only in biennial ownership reports would
not result in timely disclosure of these agreements, which would
frustrate continued efforts to study SSAs. Moreover, searching for SSAs
disclosed in biennial ownership reports would be a more laborious task
for the public and the Commission than searching the online public
files. Indeed, a significant benefit of the online public file is that
it improves public access to documents while minimizing burdens on
stations. NAB's proposal ignores this significant benefit without
identifying any meaningful benefits in return.
222. Disclosure by noncommercial stations, radio, and newspapers.
The
[[Page 76258]]
Commission declines to expand the SSA disclosure requirement beyond
commercial television stations, as commenters have not provided
sufficient justification for such an expansion at this time. Commenters
provided the Commission with numerous examples of sharing agreements
involving commercial television stations. Based on these examples,
commenters raised meaningful concerns about the potential impact of
such agreements on the Commission's public interest goals. The evidence
in the record, however, does not demonstrate that SSAs involving
noncommercial stations, radio stations, or newspapers are common or
that they present the same kinds of potential public interest concerns.
However, the Commission may revisit its decision to limit disclosure to
commercial television stations in the future if evidence suggests that
additional disclosure may be appropriate.
223. Redaction of confidential or proprietary information. As part
of the SSA disclosure requirement, the Commission adopts provisions
that permit stations to redact confidential or proprietary information,
just as the Commission has for LMAs and JSAs. The Commission notes,
however, that the redacted information must be made available to the
Commission upon request. The redaction allowance directly addresses the
concerns of commenters that oppose the disclosure of SSAs on the
grounds that it will require stations to disclose sensitive,
confidential business information.
224. The Commission rejects NAB's argument that the redaction
allowance will not be sufficient to protect broadcast stations'
business interests because the disclosure of the mere existence of
these agreements will provide useful information to competitors. All
broadcasters have long been required to attach copies of transaction-
related SSAs to a license assignment or transfer application, including
placing the application and relevant agreements in the station's public
inspection file until final action has been taken on the application.
No evidence in the record indicates that this requirement has resulted
in any competitive harm. In addition, the Commission notes that
broadcast commenters have failed to provide evidence that the business
interests of television broadcast stations have been inhibited by the
adoption of the LMA and JSA disclosure requirements or that such
interests are likely to be inhibited by the substantially similar SSA
disclosure requirement adopted in this Order. Furthermore, the
Commission finds that NAB's argument is at odds with its own proposed
alternative for stations to submit aggregate lists of SSAs as part of
their biennial ownership reports, which would disclose the existence of
such agreements. The Commission concludes that the adopted redaction
allowance sufficiently balances the informational needs of the public
and the Commission with the business interests of broadcasters to keep
proprietary information confidential.
225. Cost of compliance. Consistent with Commission precedent, the
Commission finds that an online public filing requirement minimizes the
cost to broadcasters while ensuring that the public has easy and
convenient access to the information. As the Commission has previously
stated, the Commission finds that the electronic upload or scanning and
upload of SSAs is not unduly burdensome. The Commission does not find
arguments to the contrary to be persuasive or supported by evidence.
Aside from general statements that disclosure will be too costly,
commenters opposing disclosure provide no cost estimates to support
their assertions. Moreover, because of the clarifications above, the
Commission finds that it has adequately addressed concerns that the
definition of SSAs is overly broad and would result in a significant
increase in the number of agreements stations would be required to
upload to their public inspection file. Television broadcasters should
also be well versed in uploading documents to the Commission's online
public inspection file database, as they have been required to use the
database since 2012.
226. Duplicative filings. As the Commission already requires
broadcasters to submit JSAs and LMAs in accordance with its public file
disclosure requirements, the Commission confirms that, to the extent
that the SSA disclosure requirement would duplicate established JSA and
LMA disclosures, a broadcaster would have to place these agreements in
their public inspection file only once. A broadcaster will not be
required to file additional copies of JSAs and LMAs for the SSA
disclosure requirement if the broadcaster's public inspection file
already contains a copy of the agreement. This clarification reduces
the burden of compliance to broadcasters and is consistent with
previous Commission decisions regarding duplicative filings.
227. Procedural matters. Each station that is party to an SSA
executed before the effective date of the adopted disclosure
requirement, which is subject to OMB approval, shall place a copy of
the SSA in its public inspection file within 180 days after the
disclosure requirement becomes effective, provided that the agreement
is not already in the station's public inspection file. The Commission
will seek OMB approval for the disclosure requirement, and, upon
receiving approval, the Commission will release a Public Notice
specifying the date by which SSAs must be placed in the stations'
online public files. The Public Notice will also provide further
details on how the SSA files are to be designated within each station's
online public file. SSAs that are executed after the disclosure
requirement is effective must be placed in the stations' online public
files in a timely fashion, and stations are reminded to maintain
orderly public files.
3. Attribution
228. Finally, in response to the FNPRM, multiple commenters assert
that the Commission should immediately make SSAs attributable based on
the existing record and the Commission's experience with SSAs in the
context of assignments/transfers of control of station licenses. The
Commission declines to make SSAs attributable. As noted in the FNPRM,
and as confirmed herein, the Commission believes that first defining
SSAs and requiring their disclosure is necessary before making any
decisions regarding attribution or any other regulatory action that may
be appropriate based on review of these agreements. Unlike the resource
sharing provided for in LMAs and JSAs--which are specific types of SSAs
involving discrete, easily defined activities with a clear impact on a
station's core operating functions--the types of resource sharing in
other SSAs are not easily categorized and their potential impact on a
station's core operating functions is not well understood at this time,
largely due to the lack of a definition of SSAs and lack of disclosure.
Accordingly, the Commission's action in this Order is a necessary step
before the Commission can consider whether attribution of any
additional types of SSAs or any other regulatory action is appropriate.
The Commission has traditionally taken an incremental approach in
determining whether and how to attribute agreements between and among
broadcasters. In these circumstances, the Commission finds that
proceeding in this fashion, one step at a time, when addressing these
complicated issues is appropriate and reasonable. The Commission notes
also that the court in
[[Page 76259]]
Prometheus III rejected the argument that the Commission acted
arbitrarily and capriciously by not attributing all . . . SSAs in the
JSA Order, finding instead that the Commission was justified in its
sequential approach in addressing this issue. Though the Commission
reiterated that its action in this Order is not intended to prejudge
whether attribution or any other regulatory actions are appropriate for
SSAs. Once the Commission has had an opportunity to evaluate the
potential impact of SSAs on the Commission's rules and policy goals, it
will be able to consider whether attribution or other regulatory action
is warranted.
VI. Procedural Matters
A. Final Regulatory Flexibility Analysis
229. As required by the Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, as
amended (RFA), the Commission has prepared a Final Regulatory
Flexibility Analysis (FRFA) of the possible significant economic impact
on small entities of the policies and rules addressed in the Second
Report and Order.
230. Need for, and Objectives of, the Second Report and Order. The
Second Report and Order concludes the 2010 and 2014 Quadrennial Reviews
of the broadcast ownership rules, which were initiated pursuant to
section 202(h) of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, Public Law 104-
104, section 202(h), 110 Stat. 56, 111-12 (1996) (1996 Act) (codified
as amended at 47 U.S.C. 303 note) (1996 Act). The Commission is
required by statute to review its media ownership rules every four
years to determine whether they are necessary in the public interest as
the result of competition and to repeal or modify any regulation the
Commission determines to be no longer in the public interest. The media
ownership rules that are subject to this quadrennial review--the Local
Television Ownership Rule, the Local Radio Ownership Rule, the
Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership Rule, the Radio/Television Cross-
Ownership Rule, and the Dual Network Rule--are found, respectively, at
47 CFR 73.3555(b), (a), (d), (c), and 73.658(g). Ultimately, while the
Commission acknowledged the impact of new technologies on the media
marketplace, it concluded that some limits on broadcast ownership
remain necessary to protect and promote the Commission's policy goals
of fostering competition, localism, and diversity.
231. Specifically, the Order retains the Local Television Ownership
Rule, which allows an entity to own two television stations in the same
Nielsen Designated Market Area (DMA) only if no Grade B contour overlap
exists between the commonly owned stations, or at least one of the
commonly owned stations is not ranked among the top-four stations in
the market (top-four prohibition) and at least eight independently
owned television stations remain in the DMA after ownership of the two
stations is combined. The Order modifies the Local Television Ownership
Rule by updating the contour provision for the rule's application to
reflect the digital television transition. The Order also clarifies
that the top-four prohibition applies to transactions involving the
sale or swapping of network affiliations between in-market stations
that result in an entity holding an attributable interest in two top-
four stations in the same DMA.
232. The Order retains the Local Radio Ownership Rule, which
specifies the maximum number of commercial radio stations that can be
owned depending on the total number of full-power commercial and
noncommercial radio stations in the market. The Order makes minor
modifications to the Local Radio Ownership Rule to assist the Media
Bureau in processing license assignment and transfer applications.
Specifically, the Order (1) clarifies the exception to the two-year
waiting period for certain Nielsen Audio Market changes; (2) adopts an
exemption from the Note 4 grandfathering requirements for intra-Metro
community of license changes; and (3) redefines the Puerto Rico market.
233. The Order adopts a revised Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership
Rule, which prohibits certain newspaper/television and newspaper/radio
combinations subject to a case-by-case waiver. The Order updates the
Newspaper/Broadcast Cross-Ownership Rule's contour provision to
consider digital television contours consistent with the switch to
digital television. The Order also eases application of the cross-
ownership prohibition by adopting new market criteria for the rule's
application and an explicit exception for failed/failing properties.
234. The Order retains the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule,
which restricts common ownership of television and radio stations in a
local market based on the number of independently owned media voices in
the market. The Order updates the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership
Rule's contour provision for the rule's application from analog to
digital to reflect the digital television transition. First, consistent
with the update to the NBCO Rule, a television station's digital PCC
will be used instead of its analog Grade A contour when determining the
rule's trigger. Second, a television station's digital NLSC will be
used instead of its analog Grade B contour when counting the number of
media voices remaining in the market post-merger.
235. The Order finds that the Dual Network Rule, which permits
common ownership of multiple broadcast networks, but prohibits a merger
between or among the top four networks (ABC, CBS, Fox, and NBC),
continues to be necessary to promote competition and localism and
should be retained without modification.
236. The Order readopts the Television Joint Sales Agreement (JSA)
Attribution Rule, which was vacated on procedural grounds by the Court
of Appeals for the Third Circuit in Prometheus III. The Commission has
found that certain JSAs between in-market television stations rise to
the level of attribution as they afford the brokering station the
potential to unduly influence or control the brokered station. The
Television JSA Attribution Rule attributes same-market television JSAs
in which the broker sells more than 15 percent of the brokered
station's weekly advertising time. In such circumstances, the brokered
station will be counted towards the brokering station's permissible
broadcast ownership totals for purposes of the Local Television
Ownership Rule. The Television JSA Attribution Rule also requires the
filing of attributable television JSAs with the Commission pursuant to
47 CFR 73.3613 and authorizes the Media Bureau to amend certain forms
that are impacted by the FCC's action to attribute certain television
JSAs. The Order preserves the existing grandfathering legislation
(which grandfathered until Sept. 30, 2025 those television JSAs that
were in effect as of March 31, 2014) and allows for the transferability
of such grandfathered television JSAs, consistent with congressional
guidance.
237. The Order reinstates the revenue-based eligible entity
standard and associated measures to promote the Commission's goal of
encouraging small business participation in the broadcast industry,
which will cultivate innovation and enhance viewpoint diversity. In the
Order, the Commission considers possible definitions that would
expressly recognize the race and ethnicity of applicants but finds that
the legal standards the courts have said must be met before government
implementation of preferences based on such race- or gender-conscious
definitions have not been satisfied.
[[Page 76260]]
238. The Order adopts a definition of shared service agreements
(SSAs) and requires commercial television stations to disclose those
SSAs by placing the agreements in each station's online public
inspection file. The SSA disclosure requirement will lead to more
comprehensive information about the prevalence and content of SSAs
between commercial television stations, which will improve the
Commission's and the public's ability to assess the potential impact of
these agreements on the Commission's rules and policies. The method of
disclosure by placing SSAs in the online public inspection file will
apply a minimal burden on stations, while providing the public and the
Commission with easy access to the agreements.
239. Response to Public Comments and Comments by the Chief Counsel
for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration. The Commission
received no comments in direct response to the IRFA or the SIRFA. The
Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration did not
file any comments in response to the proposed rules in this proceeding.
240. Description and Estimate of the Number of Small Entities to
Which Rules Will Apply. The SBA defines a television broadcasting
station that has no more than $38.5 million in annual receipts as a
small business. Census data for 2012 indicate that 751 television
broadcasting firms were in operation for the duration of that entire
year. Of these, 656 had annual receipts of less than $25.0 million per
year and 95 had annual receipts of $25.0 million or more per year.
Based on this data and the associated size standard, the Commission
concludes that the majority of such firms are small.
241. Additionally, the Commission has estimated the number of
licensed commercial television stations to be 1,387. According to
Commission staff review of the BIA/Kelsey, LLC's Media Access Pro
Television Database on June 2, 2016, about 1,264 of an estimated 1,387
commercial television stations (or approximately 91 percent) had
revenues of $38.5 million or less. The Commission has estimated the
number of licensed noncommercial educational television stations to be
395.
242. The SBA defines a radio broadcasting entity that has $38.5
million or less in annual receipts as a small business. Census data for
2012 indicate that 3,187 radio broadcasting firms were in operation for
the duration of that entire year. Of these, 3,134 had annual receipts
of less than $25.0 million per year and 53 had annual receipts of $25.0
million or more per year. Based on this data and the associated size
standard, the Commission concludes that the majority of such firms are
small.
243. Further, according to Commission staff review of the BIA/
Kelsey, LLC's Media Access Pro Radio Database on June 2, 2016, about
11,386 (or about 99.9 percent) of 11,395 commercial radio stations in
the United States have revenues of $38.5 million or less. The
Commission has estimated the number of licensed noncommercial radio
stations to be 4,096. The Commission does not have revenue data or
revenue estimates for these stations. These stations rely primarily on
grants and contributions for their operations, so it will assume that
all of these entities qualify as small businesses.
244. The Commission notes, however, that, in assessing whether a
business concern qualifies as small under the SBA definition, business
(control) affiliations must be included. The Commission's estimate,
therefore, likely overstates the number of small entities that might be
affected by its action, because the revenue figure on which it is based
does not include or aggregate revenues from affiliated companies.
245. In addition, an element of the definition of small business is
that the entity not be dominant in its field of operation. The
Commission is unable at this time to define or quantify the criteria
that would establish whether a specific television or radio station is
dominant in its field of operation. Accordingly, the estimate of small
businesses to which rules may apply does not exclude any television or
radio station from the definition of a small business on this basis and
therefore may be over-inclusive to that extent. Also, as noted, an
additional element of the definition of small business is that the
entity must be independently owned and operated. The Commission notes
that assessing these criteria in the context of media entities is
difficult at times and the estimates of small businesses to which they
apply may be over-inclusive to this extent.
246. The SBA has developed a small business size standard for the
census category of Newspaper Publishers; that size standard is 1,000 or
fewer employees. Census Bureau data for 2012 show that there were 4,466
firms in this category that operated for the entire year. Of this
total, 4,378 firms had employment of 499 or fewer employees, and an
additional 88 firms had employment of 500 to 999 employees. Therefore,
the Commission estimates that the majority of Newspaper Publishers are
small entities that might be affected by its action.
247. Description of Reporting, Record Keeping, and other Compliance
Requirements for Small Entities. The Order adopts rule changes that
will affect reporting, recordkeeping, and other compliance
requirements. The need for and content of each of these rule changes is
described in detail above in the summary of the action, and the
Commission's efforts to minimize the impact of these rules is described
in detail below. Additionally, the Order adopts a requirement that
commercial broadcast television stations must place a copy of any SSA
entered into between commercial broadcast television stations in their
online public inspection files within 180 days after the filing
requirement becomes effective. The Commission will seek OMB approval
for the filing requirement, and, upon receiving approval, the
Commission will release a Public Notice specifying the date by which
SSAs must be filed. Going forward, commercial broadcast television
stations must place copies of such agreements in their online public
inspection files in a timely fashion following execution.
248. As a result of these new or modified requirements, the
Commission does not believe that small businesses will need to hire
additional professionals (e.g., attorneys, engineers, economists, or
accountants) to comply with the new reporting, recordkeeping, and other
compliance requirements. Commercial television stations should already
have staff capable of placing SSAs in the stations' online public
files, given the existing public file requirements.
249. Steps Taken to Minimize Significant Economic Impact on Small
Entities, and Significant Alternatives Considered. In conducting the
quadrennial review, the Commission has three chief alternatives
available for each of the Commission's media ownership rules--eliminate
the rule, modify it, or, if the Commission determines that the rule is
necessary in the public interest, retain it. The Commission finds that
the rules adopted in the Order, which are intended to achieve the
policy goals of competition, localism, and diversity, will continue to
benefit small entities by fostering a media marketplace in which they
are better able to compete and by promoting additional broadcast
ownership opportunities among a diverse group of owners, including
small entities. The Commission discusses below several ways in which
the rules may benefit small entities as well as steps taken, and
significant alternatives considered, to minimize any potential burdens
on small entities.
[[Page 76261]]
250. The Commission finds that the Local Television Ownership Rule,
as modified, will continue to help ensure that local television markets
do not become too concentrated and, by doing so, will allow more firms,
including those that are small entities, to enter local markets and
compete effectively. The Order also addresses the competitive
challenges faced by broadcasters that operate in small markets--
including small entities--by retaining the existing failed/failing
station waiver policy. In particular, the Commission notes that a
review of recent transactions demonstrates that waivers under the
failed/failing station policy are frequently granted in small and mid-
sized markets, which often provides relief for small entities.
251. The Order concludes that, consistent with previous Commission
findings, broadcast radio continues to be a viable avenue for new entry
in the media marketplace, including by small businesses, minorities,
women, and entities seeking to serve niche audiences. The Commission
finds that retention of the local radio ownership limits, including the
AM/FM subcaps, will help foster opportunities for new entry in local
radio markets, including by small entities. Moreover, the Commission
believes that by limiting the consolidation of market power among the
dominant groups, the rule will help ensure that small radio station
owners remain economically viable.
252. In several ways, the Commission's decisions regarding the NBCO
Rule minimize the economic impact on small entities, namely small
broadcasters and newspaper owners. First, retaining the prohibition on
newspaper/broadcast combinations in local markets will help small
entities compete on more equal footing with larger media owners that
may have pursued consolidation strategies through cross-ownership.
Second, by entertaining waiver requests on a pure case-by-case basis,
taking into consideration the totality of circumstances surrounding a
proposed transaction and the potential harm to viewpoint diversity, the
Commission will have the flexibility to accord the proper weight to any
factors that are particularly relevant for small media owners. The
significant alternatives that the Commission considered, such as
allowing combinations under either a bright-line rule or a presumptive
waiver standard, would not have afforded the Commission the same degree
of flexibility. Third, adopting a more lenient approach for proposed
combinations involving a failed or failing broadcast station or
newspaper will benefit entities in financial distress, which may be
more likely to include small entities. Fourth, grandfathering existing
combinations will avoid disruption of settled expectations of existing
licensees and prevent any impact on the provision of service by smaller
entities that are part of such combinations. Finally, requiring
subsequent purchasers of grandfathered combinations to comply with the
rule in effect at that time will provide opportunities for new entrants
to acquire a divested media outlet.
253. By retaining the Radio/Television Cross-Ownership Rule, the
Commission minimizes the economic impact on small entities. The
Commission considered the significant alternative of eliminating the
rule but concluded that it remained necessary to promote viewpoint
diversity. Retaining the rule will benefit small broadcast stations by
limiting the growth of existing combinations of radio stations and
television stations in local markets. In addition, grandfathering
existing combinations will avoid disruption of settled expectations of
existing licensees and prevent any impact on the provision of service
by smaller stations that are part of such combinations; requiring
subsequent purchasers of grandfathered combinations to comply with the
rule in effect at that time will provide opportunities for new entrants
to acquire a divested media outlet. The Commission's decision also
alleviates the concern expressed by commenters that further
consolidation would harm small businesses because radio provides one of
the few entry points into media ownership for minorities and women.
254. The Commission finds that the Dual Network Rule remains
necessary to preserve the balance of bargaining power between the top-
four networks and their affiliates, thus improving the ability of
affiliates to exert influence on network programming decisions in a
manner that best serves the interests of their local communities. The
Commission believes that these benefits to affiliates are particularly
important for small entities that may otherwise lack bargaining power.
255. The Commission finds that reinstating the revenue-based
standard will help promote small business participation in the
broadcast industry. The Commission believes that small-sized applicants
and licensees benefit from flexible licensing, auctions, transactions,
and construction policies. Often, small-business applicants have
financing and operational needs distinct from those of larger
broadcasters. By easing certain regulations for small broadcasters, the
Commission believes that it will promote the public interest goal of
making access to broadcast spectrum available to a broad range of
applicants. The Commission also believes that enabling more small
businesses to participate in the broadcast industry will help encourage
innovation and expand viewpoint diversity. In addition, the
Commission's intent in reinstating the previous revenue-based eligible
entity definition--and in applying it to the construction, licensing,
transaction, and auction measures to which it previously applied--is to
expand broadcast ownership opportunities for new entrants, including
small entities. Therefore, the Commission anticipates that these
measures will benefit small entities, not burden them.
256. Although the Commission does not currently require the filing
or disclosure of sharing agreements that do not contain time brokerage
or joint advertising sales provisions, broadcasters are required to
file many types of documents in their public inspection files.
Therefore, broadcasters, including those qualifying as small entities,
are well versed in the procedures necessary for compliance and will not
be overly burdened with having to add SSAs to their public inspection
files. In addition, the Commission considered various disclosure
alternatives in the record, but determined that such measures would
either be more burdensome than the disclosure method adopted in the
Order or that the proposals would not adequately address the concerns
raised by the Commission. Ultimately, as the Commission finds that the
new SSA disclosure requirement will not be especially burdensome to
small entities, adopting any special measures for small entities with
respect to this new disclosure requirement is therefore unnecessary.
B. Final Paperwork Reduction Act Analysis
257. This Report and Order contains information collection
requirements subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA),
Public Law 104-13. The requirements will be submitted to the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) for review under section 3507(d) of the
PRA. OMB, the general public, and other Federal agencies will be
invited to comment on the information collection requirements contained
in this proceeding. The Commission will publish a separate document in
the Federal Register at a later date seeking these comments. In
addition, the Commission notes that pursuant to the Small Business
Paperwork Relief Act of
[[Page 76262]]
2002, Public Law 107-198, see 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(4), the Commission
previously sought specific comment on how it might further reduce the
information collection burden for small business concerns with fewer
than 25 employees. In this present document, the Commission has
assessed the effects of the SSA disclosure requirement, and finds that
the disclosure requirement will not impose a significant filing burden
on businesses with fewer than 25 employees. In addition, the Commission
has described impacts that might affect small businesses, which
includes most businesses with fewer than 25 employees, in the FRFA.
C. Congressional Review Act
258. The Commission will send a copy of this Second Report and
Order to the Government Accountability Office pursuant to the
Congressional Review Act, see 5 U.S.C. 801(a)(1)(A).
VII. Ordering Clauses
259. Accordingly, it is ordered, that pursuant to the authority
contained in sections 1, 2(a), 4(i), 303, 307, 309, 310, and 403 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 151, 152(a), 154(i),
303, 307, 309, 310, and 403, and section 202(h) of the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, this Second Report and Order is
adopted. The rule modifications attached hereto as Appendix A shall be
effective thirty (30) days after publication of the text or summary
thereof in the Federal Register, except for those rules and
requirements involving Paperwork Reduction Act burdens, which shall
become effective on the effective date announced in the Federal
Register notice announcing OMB approval. Changes to Commission Forms
required as the result of the rule amendments adopted herein will
become effective on the effective date announced in the Federal
Register notice announcing OMB approval.
260. It is further ordered, that the proceedings MB Docket No. 09-
182 and MB Docket No. 14-50 are terminated.
List of Subjects in 47 CFR Part 73
Radio, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Television.
Federal Communications Commission.
Gloria J. Miles,
Federal Register Liaison Officer, Office of the Secretary.
Final Rules
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Federal
Communications Commission amends 47 CFR part 73 as follows:
PART 73--RADIO BROADCAST SERVICES
0
1. The authority citation for part 73 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 47 U.S.C. 154, 303, 334, 336 and 339.
0
2. Amend Sec. 73.3526 by adding paragraph (e)(18) to read as follows:
Sec. 73.3526 Local public inspection file of commercial stations.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(18) Shared service agreements. For commercial television stations,
a copy of every Shared Service Agreement for the station (with the
substance of oral agreements reported in writing), regardless of
whether the agreement involves commercial television stations in the
same market or in different markets, with confidential or proprietary
information redacted where appropriate. For purposes of this paragraph,
a Shared Service Agreement is any agreement or series of agreements in
which:
(1) A station provides any station-related services, including, but
not limited to, administrative, technical, sales, and/or programming
support, to a station that is not directly or indirectly under common
de jure control permitted under the Commission's regulations; or
(2) Stations that are not directly or indirectly under common de
jure control permitted under the Commission's regulations collaborate
to provide or enable the provision of station-related services,
including, but not limited to, administrative, technical, sales, and/or
programming support, to one or more of the collaborating stations. For
purposes of this paragraph, the term ``station'' includes the licensee,
including any subsidiaries and affiliates, and any other individual or
entity with an attributable interest in the station.
* * * * *
0
3. Amend Sec. 73.3555 by revising paragraphs (b) introductory text,
(b)(1) introductory text, (b)(1)(ii), (c)(1)(i) and (ii), (c)(3)(i),
and (d), and revising Note 4 and Note 5; and adding Note 11 and Note 12
to read as follows:
Sec. 73.3555 Multiple ownership.
* * * * *
(b) Local television multiple ownership rule. An entity may
directly or indirectly own, operate, or control two television stations
licensed in the same Designated Market Area (DMA) (as determined by
Nielsen Media Research or any successor entity) if:
(1) The digital noise limited service contours of the stations
(computed in accordance with Sec. 73.622(e)) do not overlap; or
* * * * *
(ii) At least 8 independently owned and operating, full-power
commercial and noncommercial TV stations would remain post-merger in
the DMA in which the communities of license of the TV stations in
question are located. Count only those TV stations the digital noise
limited service contours of which overlap with the digital noise
limited service contour of at least one of the stations in the proposed
combination. In areas where there is no DMA, count the TV stations
present in an area that would be the functional equivalent of a TV
market. Count only those TV stations digital noise limited service
contours of which overlap with the digital noise limited service
contour of at least one of the stations in the proposed combination.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) The predicted or measured 1 mV/m contour of an existing or
proposed FM station (computed in accordance with Sec. 73.313)
encompasses the entire community of license of an existing or proposed
commonly owned TV broadcast station(s), or the principal community
contour(s) of the TV broadcast station(s) (computed in accordance with
Sec. 73.625) encompasses the entire community of license of the FM
station; or
(ii) The predicted or measured 2 mV/m groundwave contour of an
existing or proposed AM station (computed in accordance with Sec.
73.183 or Sec. 73.186), encompasses the entire community of license of
an existing or proposed commonly owned TV broadcast station(s), or the
principal community contour(s) of the TV broadcast station(s) (computed
in accordance with Sec. 73.625) encompass(es) the entire community of
license of the AM station.
* * * * *
(3) * * *
(i) TV stations: Independently owned and operating full-power
broadcast TV stations within the DMA of the TV station's (or stations')
community (or communities) of license that have digital noise limited
service contours (computed in accordance with Sec. 73.622(e)) that
overlap with the digital noise limited service contour(s) of the TV
station(s) at issue;
* * * * *
(d) Newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule. (1) No party
(including all parties under common control) may directly or indirectly
own, operate, or control a daily newspaper and a full-
[[Page 76263]]
power commercial broadcast station (AM, FM, or TV) if:
(i) The predicted or measured 2 mV/m groundwave contour of the AM
station (computed in accordance with Sec. 73.183 or Sec. 73.186)
encompasses the entire community in which the newspaper is published
and, in areas designated as Nielsen Audio Metro markets, the AM station
and the community of publication of the newspaper are located in the
same Nielsen Audio Metro market;
(ii) The predicted or measured 1 mV/m contour of the FM station
(computed in accordance with Sec. 73.313) encompasses the entire
community in which the newspaper is published and, in areas designated
as Nielsen Audio Metro markets, the FM station and the community of
publication of the newspaper are located in the same Nielsen Audio
Metro market; or
(iii) The principal community contour of the TV station (computed
in accordance with Sec. 73.625) encompasses the entire community in
which the newspaper is published; and the community of license of the
TV station and the community of publication of the newspaper are
located in the same DMA.
(2) The prohibition in paragraph (d)(1) of this section shall not
apply upon a showing that either the newspaper or television station is
failed or failing.
* * * * *
Note 4 to Sec. 73.3555: Paragraphs (a) through (d) of this
section will not be applied so as to require divestiture, by any
licensee, of existing facilities, and will not apply to applications
for assignment of license or transfer of control filed in accordance
with Sec. 73.3540(f) or Sec. 73.3541(b), or to applications for
assignment of license or transfer of control to heirs or legatees by
will or intestacy, or to FM or AM broadcast minor modification
applications for intra-market community of license changes, if no
new or increased concentration of ownership would be created among
commonly owned, operated or controlled media properties. Paragraphs
(a) through (d) of this section will apply to all applications for
new stations, to all other applications for assignment or transfer,
to all applications for major changes to existing stations, and to
all other applications for minor changes to existing stations that
seek a change in an FM or AM radio station's community of license or
create new or increased concentration of ownership among commonly
owned, operated or controlled media properties. Commonly owned,
operated or controlled media properties that do not comply with
paragraphs (a) through (d) of this section may not be assigned or
transferred to a single person, group or entity, except as provided
in this Note, the Report and Order in Docket No. 02-277, released
July 2, 2003 (FCC 02-127), or the Second Report and Order in MB
Docket No. 14-50, FCC 16-107 (released August 25, 2016).
Note 5 to Sec. 73.3555: Paragraphs (b) through (e) of this
section will not be applied to cases involving television stations
that are ``satellite'' operations. Such cases will be considered in
accordance with the analysis set forth in the Report and Order in MM
Docket No. 87-8, FCC 91-182 (released July 8, 1991), in order to
determine whether common ownership, operation, or control of the
stations in question would be in the public interest. An authorized
and operating ``satellite'' television station, the digital noise
limited service contour of which overlaps that of a commonly owned,
operated, or controlled ``non-satellite'' parent television
broadcast station, or the principal community contour of which
completely encompasses the community of publication of a commonly
owned, operated, or controlled daily newspaper, or the community of
license of a commonly owned, operated, or controlled AM or FM
broadcast station, or the community of license of which is
completely encompassed by the 2 mV/m contour of such AM broadcast
station or the 1 mV/m contour of such FM broadcast station, may
subsequently become a ``non-satellite'' station under the
circumstances described in the aforementioned Report and Order in MM
Docket No. 87-8. However, such commonly owned, operated, or
controlled ``non-satellite'' television stations and AM or FM
stations with the aforementioned community encompassment, may not be
transferred or assigned to a single person, group, or entity except
as provided in Note 4 of this section. Nor shall any application for
assignment or transfer concerning such ``non-satellite'' stations be
granted if the assignment or transfer would be to the same person,
group or entity to which the commonly owned, operated, or controlled
newspaper is proposed to be transferred, except as provided in Note
4 of this section.
* * * * *
Note 11 to Sec. 73.3555: An entity will not be permitted to
directly or indirectly own, operate, or control two television
stations in the same DMA through the execution of any agreement (or
series of agreements) involving stations in the same DMA, or any
individual or entity with a cognizable interest in such stations, in
which a station (the ``new affiliate'') acquires the network
affiliation of another station (the ``previous affiliate''), if the
change in network affiliations would result in the licensee of the
new affiliate, or any individual or entity with a cognizable
interest in the new affiliate, directly or indirectly owning,
operating, or controlling two of the top-four rated television
stations in the DMA at the time of the agreement. Parties should
also refer to the Second Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-50,
FCC 16-107 (released August 25, 2016).
Note 12 to Sec. 73.3555: Parties seeking waiver of paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, or an exception pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)
of this section involving failed or failing properties, should refer
to the Second Report and Order in MB Docket No. 14-50, FCC 16-107
(released August 25, 2016).
[FR Doc. 2016-25567 Filed 10-31-16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6712-01-P